ALBERT R. MANN LIBRARY New York State Colleges . OF Agriculture and Home Economics Cornell University Cornell University Library TJ 415.S8 A handbook on piping, 3 1924 003 625 088 The original of tiiis book is in tine Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924003625088 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING BY THE SAME AUTHOR ESSENTIALS OF DRAFTING A Text and Problem Book for Apprentice, Trade and Evening Technical Schools 200 Pagea 450 lUustrationa Postpaid $1.50 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING BY CARL L. SVENSEN, B.S. ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OP ENGINEERING DRAWrNQ IN THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, JUNIOR MEMBER OP THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OP MECHANICAL ENGINEERS, FORMERLY INSTRUCTOR IN MECHANICAL ENGINKERINa IN TUFTS COLLEGE 359 Illustrations 8 Folding Plates NEW YORK D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 25 Park Place 1918 COPYRIGHT, I918, BY D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY THE-PLIMPTON-PEPSS NOKWOOD'HASSn-S'A PREFACE There are many things which every engineer is assumed to know about piping, but the sources of such information are not always so readily available as to justify this assumption. In designing some pieces of work requiring the use of piping, the designer has often been imder the necessity of searching through collections of catalogs, handbooks, and even fittings themselves, perhaps without finding the details desired. The inconvenience and loss of time resulting from the lack of a ready source of infor- mation regarding the use of pipe and its accessories would seem to justify the publication of a book devoted to it. This work is thus offered for the purpose of supplying in con- venient form information and data regarding piping, fittings, pipe joints, valves, piping drawings, and pipe lines and their accessories. It is hoped that the variety and extent of the tables, illustrations and formulae will be sufficient to make it of value to both engineers and students. The tables have been prepared with care, and are aU uniform in arrangement, to facilitate their use. In the case of tables of sizes the names of the different com- panies have been given, which it is believed will add to their value. The illustrations have all been especially drawn for the book. A Ust of books and references is given in Chapter XIX with a view to extending the usefulness of this work. Various authorities have been consulted, and no claim for orginality can be made for the substance of the information thus obtained, but it is hoped that the form of presentation will com- mend itself. The author wishes to express his appreciation of the complete and valuable responses with which his inquiries were met by the iv PREFACE companies and individuals mentioned in the text, and in par- ticiilar the services of Prof. Thomas E. French and Mr. W. J. Norris. Suggestions and criticisms will be welcomed by both pubUshers and author. CARL L. SVENSEN Columbus, Ohio. April 8, 1917 CONTENTS PAGE Prsface iii CHAPTER I Pipe 1 Historical — Wrought Iron and Steel — Briggs Standard — Out- side Diameter Pipe — Manufacture of Steel Pipe — Cast Iron — Copper — Brass — Lead — Riveted Pipe — Strength of Materials. CHAPTER II Dimensions and Strength op Pipe 11 General Formula — Formulae for Cast Iron — Cast Iron Cylinder Tests — Cast Iron Hub and Spigot Pipe — Plain Cast Iron Pipe — Briggs Standard Dimensions — Bursting Pressures of Pipe — — Mill Tests — English Pipe — Riveted Pipe — Copper and Brass Pipe — Lead Pipe — Wooden Stave Pipe. CHAPTER m Pipe Threads 35 American Pipe Threads — Standard Pipe Thread Gages — Pipe Threading — Pipe Tools — English Pipe Threads — Foreign Pipe Threads. CHAPTER IV Pipe Fittings 44 Screw Fittings — Couplings — Elbows — Tees, Crosses, Bushings, Caps, Plugs — Nipples — Cast Iron Fittings — Screwed Reducing Fittings — Brass Fittings — Malleable Iron Fittings — Extra Heavy Cast Steel Screwed Fittings — Strength of Fittings — Flanged Fittings — Reducing Fittings — Cast Steel Fittings — Ammonia Fittings — British Standard Pipe Flanges and Fittings. CHAPTER V Pipe Joints 76 Welded Joints — Screw Unions — Flange Unions — Bolt Circles and Drillings — Flange Facing — Flange Joints for Steel Pipe — Ti CONTENTS Pipe Flange Tables — Special Connections — Converse Joints — Matheson Joints — Flanges for Copper Pipe — Lead Pipe Joints — Joints for Riveted Pipe — Joints for Cast Iron Pipe. CHAPTER VI Standard Valves 98 Valves — Materials — Globe and Gate Valves — Valve Seats — Gate Valves — By-Pass Valves — Valve Stem Arrangements — Strength of Gate Valves — Standard Pressures and Dimensions — Check Valves — Operation of Valves — Location. CHAPTER VII Special Valves 114 Butterfly Valves — Blow-off Valves — Plug Valves — Boiler Stop Valves — Foster Automatic Valve — Emergency Stop Valves — Crane-Erwood Automatic Valve — Reducing Valves — Reducing Valve Sizes — Pump Governors — Back Pressure Valves — Auto- matic Exhaust Relief Valves — Safety Valves — ^CCnstallation of Pop Safety Valves — Extracts from Report of American Society of Mechanical Engineers' Boiler Code Committee. CHAPTER VIII Steam Pipma 137 General Considerations — Header System — Direct System with Cross-over Header — Ring System — Duplicate System — Steam Velocity — Size of Pipe — Equalization of Pipes — Superheated Steam — Effect of High Temperature on Metals and Alloys — live Steam Header — Connections between Boiler and Header — Pipe Lines from Main Header — Auxiliary and Small Steam Lines for Engines, Pumps, etc. — Steam Loop — Injector Piping — Live Steam Feed Water Purifier — Method of Piping Purifier — Water Column Piping — The Placing of Thermometers in Pipes — Steam CHAPTER IX Drip and Blow-Ofp Piping 161 Drainage — Separators — Drip Pockets — Steam Traps — Drips from Steam Cylinders — Drainage Fittings — Automatic Pump and Receiver — Blow-Off Piping. CHAPTER X Exhaust Piping and Condensers 172 Exhaust Piping — Exhaust from Small Engines, Pumps, etc. — Exhaust Heads — Vacuum Exhaust Pipes — Classes of Condensers — Surface Condensers — Piping for Surface Condenser — Jet Con- CONTENTS Vii densers — Jet Condenser Kping — Barometric Condenser — Pip- ing for Barometric Condenser — Multi-jet Educator Condenser. CHAPTER XI Feed Water Hbatbeb 188 Uses and Types of Heaters — Closed Feed Water Heaters — Closed Heater Piping — Open Feed Water Heaters — Open Heater Piping. CHAPTER XII Piping for Heating Systems 201 Piping for Heating Systems — Steam Heating Piping Systems — Steam Radiator Pipe Connections — Sizes of Steam Heating Pipes — Hot Water Heating Systems — Expansion Tanks — Hot Water Radiator Pipe Connections — Sizes of Hot Water Pipes — Exhaust Steam Heating — The Webster Vacuum System of Steam Heating — Radiator Pipe Connections — Typical Arrangement Webster Systems — Atmospheric System of Steam Heating — Central Sta- tion Heating — Underground Steam Mains — Underdrainage — Installation in Wood Casings — Expansion and Contraction — Interior Piping for Central Station Heat. CHAPTER XIII Water and Hydraulic Piping 226 Water Piping — Gravity Pipe Lines — Flow of Water in Pipes — Pump Suction Piping — Pump Discharge Piping — Boiler Feed Piping — Interior Water Piping — Hydraulic Pipe and Fittings — Hydraulic Valves. CHAPTER XIV Compressed Air, Gas and Oil Piping 237 Compressed Air Piping — Compressed Air Transmission — The Air Lift Pumping System — Gas Fitting — Materials — Location of Piping — Sizes of Pipes — Testing — Gas Meters — Gas Piping Specifications — Pressure Test — Obstructions and Jointing — Slope of Piping — Protection of Piping — Outlets — Gas Engine Connection — Explanation of Piping Schedule — Use of Piping Schedule — Plan of Piping — Stems — Arms — General — Oil Piping — Oil Piping for Lubrication — Richardson Individual Oil- ing System — Phenix Individual Oiling System — Oil Pipe Fit- tings — Oil Piping Drawing — Sight Feed Lubricator Connec- tions — Oil Fuel Piping. CHAPTER XV Erection — Workmanship — Miscellaneous 269 Handling Pipe — Putting Up Pipe — Pipe Dopes — Gaskets — viii CONTENTS Valves — Vibration and Support — Expansion — Pipe Bends — Bending Pipe — Nozzles — Pipe Saddles — Supporting Large Thin Pipe — Flexible Metal Hose — Aluminum Piping and Tubing — Brass and Copper Tubing — Boiler Tubes — Color System to Des- ignate Piping. CHAPTER XVI Piping Insulation 289 Pipe Coverings — Tests on Pipe Coverings — Low Pressiu'e Steam, Hot and Cold Water Pipes — Cold Pipes — Forms of Pipe Cover- ings — Underground Piping — Out-of-Doors Piping. CHAPTER XVII Piping Drawings 306 Classification of Piping Drawings — Erection Drawings — Con- ventional Representation — Dimensioning — Flanges — Coils — Sketching — Developed or Single Plane Drawings — Isometric Drawing — Oblique Drawings. CHAPTER XVIII Specifications 329 Standard Piping Schedule — Standard Specifications (Stone & Webster) — Model Specifications (Walworth). CHAPTER XIX List of Book8 and References 347 Index 353 APPENDIX Plate 1 — Main Steam Lines — Plan. Plate 2 — Main Steam Lines — Elevations. Plate 3 — Auxiliary Exhaust Lines — Plan. Plate 4 — Auxiliary Exhaust Lines — Elevations. Plate 5 — Boiler Feed Lines — Plan. Plate 6 — Boiler Feed Lines — Elevation. Plate 7 — Boiler Blow-Off Lines. Plate 8 — Heater Suction and City Water Lines. A HANDBOOK ON PIPING CHAPTER I PIPE Historical. — All branches of engineering involve the con- veying of fliiids — gas, air, water, etc. For this purpose pipes made of various materials are used. Wood was probably one of the first piping materials, and a piece of early wood piping is shown in Fig. 1. Pipes made of hollow hemlock logs were used with the first waterworks constructed in America, at Boston, Massachusetts, in 1652. In tropical countries bamboo tubes are used for conveying water short distances and it is likely that the practice dates from Fig. 1. A Piece of Wood Piping. ancient times. Tubes made of pottery have been found in pre- historic ruins and lead pipes were in use as early as the first cen- tury A.D. Wrought iron tubes were first made for gun barrels. The method employed was to bend an iron plate to form a skelp. A smith then welded the edges of the red hot metal piecemeal by hammering over a rod. Machinery for welding tubes was patented in 1812 by an Englishman named Osborn. For convey- ing gas for fighting purposes old gun barrels were screwed together to form the first continous pipes. In 1824 James Russell filed a "specification for an improvement in the manufacture of tubes for gas and other purposes," by which the weld could be formed either with or without a mandrel, and the edges butted against 2 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING each other. The basis of the present process was invented by Cornelius Whitehouse in 1825. Between 1830 and 1834 the first butt-welding furnace in the United States was built by Morris, Tasker and Morris in Philadelphia. In 1849 Walworth & Nason built the Wanalancet Iron & Tube Works at Maiden, Mass., of which Robert Briggs was construction engineer. Other early pipe mills were those of Griffith Brothers, Allison & Company, and Girard Tube Company, Philadelphia, and Seyfert, McManus & Company, Reading, Pa. Materials ordinarily used for pipe are clay, cement, cast iron, wrought iron or steel, steel plate, brass, copper, lead, lead lined and tin Hned iron or steel. Wrought Iron and Steel. — Wrought iron or steel piping is most generally used for conveying steam, gas, air, and water. Wrought iron pipe because of its expense has been largely dis- placed by steel pipe. Through custom the term "Wrought Iron Pipe " is often taken to refer to the Briggs Standard sizes rather than to the material of which the pipe is made, and so it is necessary to specify exactly what is wanted. "Steel," "wrought steel," and "wrought pipe," are terms sometimes used and refer to welded pipe made of steel. If real wrought iron pipe made from puddled iron is required the terms "genuine wrought iron," "guaranteed wrought iron," or the manufacturer's brand or name should be used. There are differences of opinion as to the superi- ority of one over the other, especially in the matter of corrosion. Some people consider that the cinder which remains in the wrought iron breaks up the continuity of the metal and tends to impede corrosion. Many authorities hold that there is little or no dif- ference in the rust-resisting qualities of the two materials. Steel pipe has a higher tensile strength than wrought iron. In 1915 approximately 90 per cent, of the wrought pipe was made of steel, a reversal of conditions of twenty years ago when wrought iron was mostly used. Briggs Standard. — Both wrought iron and steel pipe are made to the same standard of sizes. Standard pipe is known by its nominal inside diameter. This nominal diameter differs from the actual diameter by varying amounts as an inspection of Table 4 in Chapter II will show. It is necessary to guard against underweight pipe known as "merchant weight," of which the reputable companies have given up the manufacture. This PIPE 3 varies from standard full weight pipe and is usually 5 to 10 per cent, thinner. It should be carefully avoided in work of any importance as the extra cost of maintenance will soon over- balance the small difference in first cost. Besides standard weight there is made extra strong and double extra strong pipe. The outside diameter remains the same, but the thickness is increased by decreasing the inside diameter. Fig. 2 shows sections of the three weights of pipe of the same nominal inside diameter. Above 125 pounds per square inch extra strong pipe should be used. Standard weight is sometimes used for pressures up to 200 oo Fig. 2. Sections of i", Standard, Extra Heavy, and Double Extra Heavy Wrought Pipe. pounds per square inch, but this is not advisable. Double extra strong pipe is used for hydraulic work. Outside Diameter Pipe. — Above 12 inches in diameter pipe is known as O. D. or outside diameter pipe. It is then specified by its outside diameter. The thickness varies with the diameter and the use for which it is required. For large sizes it is always advisable to specify the outside diameter and the thickness of the metal. , Especially is this true if the pipe is to be threaded, as sufficient thickness must be allowed to maintain the strength of the pipe after cutting the threads. The thickness should not be less than ^ inches. When used for water wrought iron or steel pipe may be gal- vanized, or otherwise treated to prevent corrosion and pitting. Manufacture of Steel Pipe. — The manufactm'e of steel pipe by the National Tube Company is described in one of their books, from which the following is abstracted: v "Welded tubes and pipe are made either by the lap or butt- weld process. " The lap-weld process consists of two operations, bending and welding. The plate, rolled to the necessary width and gage for 4 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING the size of pipe intended, is brought to a red heat in a suitable furnace, and then passed through a set of rolls which bevel the edges, so that when overlapped and welded the seam will be neat and smooth. It now passes immediately to the bending machine where it takes roughly the cylindrical shape of a pipe with the two edges overlapping. In this form it is again heated in another furnace, Fig. 3, and when brought to the welding temperatmre the bent skelp is pushed out of the furnace into the welding rolls, Lap-Weld Furnace — Bent Plate ready to Charge. Fig. 4. Each of these rolls has a semi-circular groove forming a circular pass, corresponding to the size of pipe being made. A cast iron ball, or mandrel, held in position between the welding rolls by a stout bar, serves to support the inside of the pipe as it is carried through. This 'ball' or mandrel is shaped like a projectile and the pipe shdes over it on being drawn through the rolls. Thus every portion of the lapped edge is subjected to a compression between the ball on the inside and the rolls on the outside, which reduces the lap to the same thickness as the rest of the pipe, and welds the overlapping portions solidly together. " The pipe then enters similarly shaped rolls caUed the sizing roUs, which correct any irregularities in shape and give the exact PIPE 5 outside diameter required. Any variation in gage makes a pro- portional variation in the internal diameter. Finally the tube is passed through the straightening or cross rolls, consisting of two rolls set with their axes askew. The surfaces of these rolls are so curved that the tube is in contact with each for the whole Fig. 4. Welding Rolls for Lap-Weld, Mandrel in Position. length of the roU, and is passed forward and rapidly rotated when the rolls are revolved. The tube is made practically straight by the cross roUs, and is also given a clean finish witb a thin, firmly adhering scale. " After this last operation the tube is rolled up an inclined cool- ing table, so that the metal will cool off slowly and uniformly without internal strain. When cool enough the rough ends are removed by cold saws or in a cutting-o£f machine, after which the 6 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING tube is ready for inspection and testing. In the case of threaded pipe the ends are threaded before testing. " In the case of some sizes of double-extra-strong pipe (3-inch to 8-inch) made by the lap-weld process, two pipes are first made to such sizes as will telescope one within the other, the respective welds being placed opposite each other; these are then returned to the furnace, brought to the proper welding heat, and given a pass through the welding rolls. While a pipe made in this way is, in respect to its resistance to internal pressure, as strong or stronger than when made from one piece of skelp, it is not neces- sarily welded at aU points between the two tubular surfaces; Fig. 5. Drawing Butt- Weld Pipe. however, each piece is first thoroughly welded at the seam before telescoping. " Skelp used in making butt-welded pipe comes from the rolling department of the steel mills with a specified length, width, and gage, according to the size pipe for which it is ordered. The edges are slightly beveled with the face of the skelp, so that the surface of the plate which is to become J;he inside of the pipe is not quite as wide as that which forms the outside; thus when the edges are brought together they meet squarely. " The skelp for all butt-welded pipe is heated imiformly to the welding temperature. The strips of steel when properly heated are seized by their ends with tongs and drawn from the fiu:- naces through bell-shaped dies or 'bells,' as they are called. Fig. 5. The inside of these bells is so curved that the plate is PIPE 7 gradually formed in the shape of a tube, the edges being forced squarely together and welded. For some sizes the pipe is drawn through two bells consecutively at one heat, one beU being just behind the other, the second one being of a slightly smaller diameter than the first. " The pipe is then run through siziog and cross rolls similar to those used in the lap-weld process, to secure the correct outside diameter and finish. " The pull required to draw double-extra strong (hydraulic) pipe by this process is so great, on account of the thickness of the skelp, that it is found necessary to weld a strong bar on the end of the skelp, thereby more evenly distributing the strain. With this bar the skelp is drawn through several bells of decreas- ^■^^.'^>^^v^^.'s^^^^^^.^^^^^.^■'iR />»»/'>/'/','^/'^/'/>/) Fig. 6. Cast Iron Pipe - Flanged. Fig. 7. Cast Iron Pipe — Bell and Spigot. ing size, and is reheated between draws until the seam is thor- oughly welded. It is evident that the skelp is put to a severe test in this operation, and, unless the metal is sound and homo- geneous, the ends are Hkely to be pulled off." Cast Iron. — Cast iron is conmionly used for underground water pipes, gas mains, and sanitation piping, and it may be used for any low pressure work. Because of its uncertain nature it should not be used for high pressures. Cast iron does not cor- rode as readily as wrought iron or steel pipe. It is cheap and easily shaped. Cast iron pipe must be well supported because of its great weight. Supports should be placed from ten to twelve feet apart. Cast iron pipe is made with either flanged ends. Fig, 6, or bell and spigot ends. Fig. 7. For sanitation piping and imderground work the bell and spigot end pipe is used. There is a certain amount of flexibiUty with this form of joint which adapts it to variations in level. The joint is leaded and calked. 8 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Flanged pipe is bolted together with gaskets between the flanges. This is the usual form when the pipe is above ground. Copper. — Copper pipe is expensive, and is used only where its flexibility makes it superior to other materials, such as on shipboard or for expansion bends, for small oil piping, and for stills and chemical work. At high temperature it becomes brittle. Copper pipe is sometimes woimd with steel or copper wire under tension to increase its strength. The same result is o o o o o o o o o o o o o i 6 o o o o l« o a o o o o o 1 VoVWoVo'Vo" %°o°o°o°oV Fig. 8. Straight Riveted Steel Pipe. secured by using steel hoops at frequent spaces. Copper pipe may be made by brazing plates together (in which cases the joint is a source of weakness) or they may be sohd drawn in iron pipe sizes. Brass. — Brass pipe is safe and strong but is too expensive for general use. It is used for hot water where iron would corrode rapidly, generally in small sizes. Up to four inches diameter seamless drawn brass tubes come in twelve foot lengths in iron pipe sizes. Such pipe is caUed iron pipe size to distinguish it from thin brass tubing and plumbers' brass pipe. Fig. 9. Spiral Riveted Steel Pipe. Lead. — Lead piping is used for water and waste pipes and for acid and various chemical solutions which would rapidly cor- rode iron pipe. It is made in sizes up to twelve inches diameter and of the thicknesses and qualities of lead as given in Table 14 in Chapter II. Pipe is also made of tin, of lead lined with tin, and of steel lined with lead for special purposes or conditions. Riveted Pipe. — Large pipes may be made up of steel plates forming riveted steel pipe. They may be either straight riveted, PIPE 9 Fig. 8, or spiral riveted, Fig. 9. They may be joined by flanges of cast or pressed steel. These flanges are riveted to the ends of the pipe. The riveted ends are calked, and then the pipe is generally galvanized. Such pipe is largely used for low pressure work, as exhaust mains, drains, etc. The spiral riveted pipe has only one seam and consequently is stronger than the straight riveted pipe for the same diameter and thickness of plate. Strength of Materials. — Some average values for the proper- ties of various materials used for piping, valves, and fittings are given in the following tabulations. These values will .be found to vary somewhat with different manufacturers, but the ulti- mate strength should not be much more than five per cent, lower. Material Ultimate Tensile Strength Elastic Elongation Reduction in area Cast Iron 23,000 33,400 37,000 ("18,000 to [ 30,000 33,000 65,000 75,000 80,000 40,000 50,000 1,650 15,000 25,000 35,000 36,000 30,000 15% in 2 inches 25% in 2 inches 32% in 2 inches 18% in 2 inches Semi Steel Malleable Iron Brass Hard Metal Composi- tion 10% Cast Steel 35% Monel Metal Crucible Steel Wrought Iron Soft Steel 40% 50% Lead Pipe The following is the composition of two casting alloys of the U. S. Navy Bureau of Steam Engineering. Copper Tin Zinc Iron (Max.) Lead (Max.) Gun Bronze. Screw Pipe Pit- tings, Brass. 87-89% 77-80% 9-11% 4 % (Min.) 1-3% 13-19% .06% .1% .2% 3.0% 10 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING The gun bronze is suitable for all composition valves four inches in diameter and above; expansion joints, flanged pipe fittings, gear wheels, bolts and nuts, miscellaneous brass castings, all parts where strength is required of brass castings, or where subjected to salt water, and for all purposes where no other alloy is specified. Composition valves; safety and rehef, feed, check and stop, surface blow, drain, air and water cocks, main stop, throttle reducing, sea, safety sluice, and manifolds at pumps. This gun bronze has an ultimate tensile . strength (minimimi) of 30,000 pounds, yield point (minimum) of 15,000 pounds, and elongation in two inches (minimum) of 15 per cent. The brass listed is suitable for composition screwed fittings. This brass has an ultimate tensile strength (minimum) of about 40,000 pounds, yield point (minimum) of about 20,000 pounds and elongation in two inches (minimum) of about 20 per cent. No physical tests are specified however. CHAPTER II DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE All kinds of pipe are now manufactured in standard sizes and thicknesses, so that it is not often necessary to figure them. Vari- ous formulae are here given for use where it is desirable to check sizes, to have pipe made to specifications, or for any other reason. The properties of materials are given in the tabulation at the end of Chapter I. General Formula. — The general formula for cylinders subject to internal pressure is obtained as follows: In Fig. 10, let d t I V f inside diameter in inches, thickness of cylinder wall in inches, length of cyhnder wall in inches, internal fluid pressure in lbs. per sq. in. stress induced in material in lbs. per sq. in. General Formula for Pipe. Fig. 11. The pressure will be exerted at right angles to the surface. Considering a very small portion of the circumference, w, Fig. 11, the arc may be assumed equal to the chord, and the area about point C will be wl square inches. The pressure at C will then be pwl. 12 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Let a = angle COB Let C = pressure SLtC = pwl The vertical component of C wiU then be plw sin a Each point may be treated in the same manner, and the alge- braic sum of the upward pressures will equal the algebraic sum of the downward pressures. This will be a measure of the tend- ency to separate the cylinder at A and B and is equal to S plw sina = pld Resisting this pressure is the metal at A and B, the strength of which is 2ltf. Equating this to the pressure gives pld = 2ltf P-f (1) a or t = ?^ (2) 2/ ^ ^ This formula may be used for wrought iron or steel, assuming a proper factor of safety. For cast iron it does not give practical thicknesses, and a constant is generally added. Formulae for Cast Iron. — Several formulae are . here given for cast iron pipe. The formula for pressiu-es above 100 poimds per square inch is * = -^+r (3) 4000 2 ^ Another common formula is ' = ^ (*> The American Society of Mechanical Engineers' formula for cast iron pipe is ,.[^.,o.33a(.-A)],, „, in which/- 1800 Farming's formula for cast iron water pipe is t = 0.00006 Qi + 230) d + 0.333 - 0.0033d. ... (6) in which h = head in feet DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 13 Francis' formula for cast iron water pipe is t -= 0.000058 hd + 0.0152d + 0.312 (7) Cast Iron Cylinder Tests. — In the A. S. M. E. Trans. Vol. 19, page 597, Prof. C. H. Benjamin gives the results of some tests of cast iron cylinders made at Case School of Applied Science. The cylinders were 10 1/8 inches in diameter, 20 inches long, 3/4 inches thick and had covers bolted on the ends. Water pressure was used. Cylinder 1 Bursting pressure. . . 1350 pd Unit stress/ = ^ = 9040 2 3 4 Average 1400 1350 1200 1350 0200 9735 9080 9500 Cast Iron Hub and Spigot Pipe. — The dimensions of hub and spigot pipe given in Tables 1 and 2 are from the "Standard y-'-^ Fig. 12. Cast Iron Bell and Spigot Pipe. Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe" of the American Society for Testing Materials, which give complete information as to ma- terials, allowable variation in weight, methods of inspection, testing, etc. The hydrostatic tests for various classes of pipe are given as follows: 20-Inoh Diameter and Larger Founds per Sq. In. Less than 20-Inoh Diameter Pounds per Sq. In. Class A Pipe 160 300 Class B Pipe 200 300 Class C Pipe 250 300 Class D Pipe 300 300 14 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING § 1 ■1 CQ ^ S § I o •I ^ ^ fe: 1 •*> t ^ ill i i-H o o o o o o o uS S O >0 00 o o iH I-H c3 N CO "3 l> 9900 12600 16100 19000 1 p CO 00 U3 00 »0 (M CO lO o 8 C p p d 00 i-H 05 d d >^ O p t-; CO uj d i-i CO i-» 1-1 1-) pj lO >o OS C5 CO -K ^ CT ci 1 i I I 1 3 III o 00 8 1— ) .H iH S O CO ■* (O 8888 CD OS r^ iH 00 o CO CO tH i-( i-( CO 00 tH 00 OS t^ 00 o eo IN o 00 to CO lo 00 d d U5 >H ■* I> O 1> o ■* •rt rt ^ N « ■* us »-; CO l>; t~; CO 00 i-< -! 1-1 o •* •* t» OS tH CO rH rH III d d d d d t^ 00 00 p p cq CO d d d d 1-i .-5 .-< lO t-; S P 1-4 T-H 1-5 ci o J ill i I-H .-H th oi e P CO CJ S lO CO o W5 t» OS Jh 1-1 Ji odd 15 d d d d d d d 1-H T-i 00 IN >0 t- N ■* "3 p 1-4 tH 1^ l-H s J O O lO ■^ t^ tH (N CO m g i lO o o o o o o t- O O O K5 o S O CO lO 00 ■* lO !>. i-H T-* rH tH C^ CO ^ CO 00 OS 1-1 1-1 1 o 00 OS p CO N p N N; !> OS 00 d d -^ T-4 T-H W O (N lO O OS 0> rH ^ rH cq N CO >o t^ O 1> IN CO d d i-H CO O I-H "5 CD 00 OS iu o (6 d d d iffl o to lO lO OS OS CO rH O ea OS UJ -^ to 00 i> ^ OS >o M £o "3 •* o o U3 CD q CO O o CO O q 00 !>: q to lO '^. CO CO CO CO CO IN 09 •'1 g OS f> U5 ■* CO N CJ rj -ri ,-; .-; n i?i s 1^ 1 o» to l- T-i in th t- M l; t- u> to 00 1-- to t- ^ ijl lO OS ^ CO ^^ -^ to 1-4 t~ in 00 'Si^ 03 & 05 •* tH CO ■* to |> ■5(4 ■* ■* IN t> IN >> 1> 00 ■>*l 1-1 1-1 SB, ■3 ll< ■* s- ^ to- to t- CO 00 lO N q q 00 t> q in ■*. CO CO CO CO CO ^ ■*' O t^ «3 •* CO « IN 1-i 1-4 T-4 1-4 t-i T-H 1-1 l> •* iH ■<* CO ■* "3 to lo 88§ iH iH iH Sfe lO O O) O CO to 03 CO w> 00 12 o 8 03 CO OS q ,H i-< CO >o 00 ■* O CO I> CO 00 t>^ 1^ t^ lis to 00 q 00 o •Ho'-' ' iH ei CO ■* t-: OS N KJ O ^ 00 1—1 IN 1-4 o 00 ui Tji CO 1=? 1-1 iH (N CO U3 CO 00 00 t- (3S r-4 iH H T-4 1-4 & ■5" pu p ■o-S a B in 00 N ■* •* 1-1 1-1 00 OS CO N OS cq o O 00 -^ 1-1 m OS 00 Q o N t> O to "SP^ ?asssss CO 1> 1-1 1-4 00 to 00 S O CO ■* o o tH 1-2 c^ t^ to 00 to M 00 CO 00 1—1 J> O 1-1 o q 1^ c^. O 1> § o l-H l-i N cj CO U3 t> OS O N -514 OS CO lO ■* « »o T-4 to id o & II ^■3 T-4 iH 1-4 1-1 (N N CO CO CO -* ■* ■* lO fs s o, -*a g ^ ■* J^ O O 00 IN t~ N CO lO OS O 00 1-- ■* ■* CO I^ iH s CO t^ CO ei| 1 9SSS2feS5 1-1 lO OS I-- O OS CO 1-1 i> ■* OS o o ^ Ui I> CD o Cfl i> to F- m rt l» lO CO OS iO CD q OS C5 N ■* 00 CO ■* CO 1-4 ■* c> id CO ca 1 P4 i-l iH 1-1 iH (N IN CO CO CO '^ -* ■* ■* Pi i| § 00 i-c OS CO CO q m ■* CO to CO t~ t~ 00 o 1-1 t^ gg »o lO o lo 00 C» O -rH CO ■* ■* U) O 1-1 o >o lO in in o o o o o o o O l> 8 S 8 S IN N fii IN io s •a >a ia ta * S*© ■* lo q 00 q CO q OS CO 00 lo CO to CO to t> t-- t~ i> t>: N; M.S£ ' ' 1-4 tH 1-4 rH e« en CO •^ ■* »d lo CD 1> 00 OS o c> o 1-4 N c4 wS"* T-l 1-1 1-1 iH 1-1 1-1 III ^ CO C^ -^ Oi o O 1-- CO iH iH N CO to 05 C^ IN ■* 00 S o eq t~ ■* C» m (N CO ■* q 00 q CO ^ o lO O lO o o o o OS rt 1-1 o o o o 1-3,1 1-4 1-4 1-4 IN e4 CO CO •*■ ■* >o CO l^ 00 00 Inch Thick ^S 'A Inch Thick %^i V> Inch Thick •A Inch Thick 1 Inch Thick 14 36.71 45.68 54.57 63.37 72.10 80.73 89.28 106.13 138.84 15 39.38 49.02 58.57 68.04 77.43 86.73 95.95 114.14 149,52 16 42.05 52.36 62.58 72.72 82.77 92.74 102.63 122.15 160.20 17 44.72 55.69 66.58 77.39 88.11 98.75 109.30 130.16 170.88 18 47.39 59.03 70.59 82.06 93.45 104.76 115.98 138.17 181.56 20 57.00 65.71 78.60 91.41 104.13 116.77 129.33 154.19 202.92 21 59.20 69.04 82.60 96.08 109.47 122.78 136.00 162.20 22 62.60 72.38 86.61 100.75 114.81 128.79 142.68 170.21 24 68.00 85.00 94.62 110.10 125.49 140.80 156.03 186.23 26 74.00 93.00 102.63 119.44 136.17 152.82 169.38 202.25 28 80.00 100.00 120.00 128.79 146.85 164.83 182.73 218.27 30 85.00 107.00 128.00 138.13 157.53 176.85 196.08 234.30 20 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING a maimer as to keep the area of cross section constant; and that the length of the tube is mialtered by the internal fluid pressiu-e. As neither of these assumptions is theoretically cor- rect the result is approximate. Barlow's formula is j=2^;p^2f^;t = ^DJ;f = ^Dl, (8) D = outside diameter in inches. t = nominal or average thickness of wall in inches. p = internal fluid pressure in pounds per square inch. / = fibre stress in poimds per square inch. n = safety factor based on ultimate strength. / = for butt-welded steel pipe n ^ 50000, , ,j J , , . / = for lap-welded steel pipe n f = for seamless steel tubes n , 28000. ... / = for wrought u:on pipe n The average values of / are based on a large number of tests on commercial tubes and pipes made at one of the milla of the National Tube Company, which gave the following values: Butt-wdded steel pipe 41686 Butt-welded wrought iron pipe 29168 Lap-welded steel pipe 52225 Lap-welded wrought iron pipe 30792 The average bursting pressures for a number of the tests re- ferred to above are shown graphically in Fig. 13. It is understood that recent improvements in the manufacture of butt-welded pipe i.e. 3 inches and smaller, have resulted in such strengthening of the weld that the bursting strength is approximately equal to that of lap-welded pipe. Mill Tests. — The various pipe mills have their own standard of test pressures which are applied to wrought pipe. National Tube Company test pressures are as follows: DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 21 Nominal Size Standabd Pipe Method of Manufacture Test Pressure J4 inch to 2 inches (inclusive) Butt-weld 700 pounds 214 inches and 3 inches " " 800 Up to 8 inches Lap-weld 1000 9 and 10 inches " " 900 11 and 12 inches " " 800 13 and 14 inches " " 700 15 inch " " 600 ISOCO ^ Hoto ^ 13000 ^.000 ^mmm ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ \ / i N 1 / \ \ / \ STEEL BUTT liV£LDEO " STEEL. LAP r/CLOED • iy/iou6HTmaN Birmynoo) ° WmUSHT WON LAP WELDED m OJ looto m aooo N \ \ \ fc 7000 \ ^ N \ ^sooe *i>fOOO %3000 ^2000 loeo i N .N \ "s V. _ 1 s - - i 9 y 4 i / i ' ? . » i 'i J 4 t J r t ' 6 ! S /O H/OMINAL OI/llr7ETEK OF fIPE - /A/CHES Kg. 13. Diagram Showing Bursting Strength of Wrought Iron and Steel Pipe. Extra Steong Pipe Nominal Size Method of Manufactiure Test Pressure 700 pounds 1500 2600 Jl inch to 1 inch (inclusive) Butt-weld IJi inches to 3 inches (inclusive) " " IJ^ and 2 inches Lap-weld 2}^ to 4 inches (inclusive) " " 2000 4J^ to 6 inches (inclusive) " " 1800 7 inches to 9 inches (inclusive) " " 1500 Winches " " 1200 11 and 12 inches " " 1100 13 inches to 15 inches (inclusive) " " 1000 22 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING DouBiiB Extra. Stbonq Pipe Nominal Size Method of Manufacture Test Pressure H inch to 1 inch (inclusive) Butt-weld 700 pounds IM inches to 2J^ inches (inclusive) " " 2200 " l}4 inches to 3 inches (incliisive) Lap-weld 3000 " 3J^ inches and 4 inches " " 2500 " 4J^ inches to 8 inches (inclusive) " " 2000 " English Pipe. — English standard wrought pipe differs slightly from the Briggs Standard. The ruling dimension is the e3diemal diameter, but the sizes are designated by the nominal internal diameter. These nominal sizes were mainly estabUshed in the EngUsh Tube trade between 1820 and 1840. Tables 18 and 19, Chapter III, give the dimensions of EngUsh pipe. The British Board of Trade rule for lap welded wrought iron pipe when the thickness is greater than J inch is '-^ »' in which t = thickness in inches. p = pressure in poimds per square inch. d = diameter in inches. Riveted Pipe. — For spiral riveted steel pipe the following formula may be used. t=^4 (10) 2/e in which e = efficiency of riveted joint in per cent. The dimensions and weight of Root spiral riveted pipe, made by Abendroth & Root, as given in Table 8, are for piping to be used for conveying water, oil, gas, exhaust steam, compressed air, etc. Spiral riveted pipe is two-thirds stronger and is more rigid than straight seam pipe of equal weight. This great rigidity is due to the absence of seams having a tendency to weaken the pipe, there being but one continuous heHcal seam from one end to the other, and this forms a stiffening rib. When spiral riveted pipe has been tested to destruction, fracture has always occurred toward the center of the strip rather than at the seam. For underground water work systems and exposed work where the temperature is less than 100 degrees F., asphalted pipe is advised. It is made in lengths up to 30 feet. For conveying DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 23 exhaust steam, paper pulp, and all hot liquids, especially such as are acid or alkaline, galvanized pipe is advised. It may be single or double galvanized and is made in lengths up to 20 feet. TABLE 8 Abendroth and Root Black Spiral Rivbted Pipe Thiokneaa B. W. Gauge Am>roximate Bursting Presaure in Lbs. per Sq. Incli Weight in Lbs. per 100 Feet Diameter in Inches Plain End Pipe With A & R Flanges, Bolts and Gaskets With Root Bolted Joints 3 22 20 18 1060 1326 1860 115 147 205 139 171 229 153 186 243 4 20 18 16 1000 1390 1845 195 273 360 227 306 392 247 326 412 6 20 18 16 795 1100 1480 242 340 448 282 380 488 304 402 510 6 18 16 14 12 930 1220 1580 2060 385 608 653 858 433 666 701 906 475 698 743 948 7 18 16 14 12 790 1060 1340 1780 446 688 755 992 510 652 819 1056 540 682 849 1086 8 18 16 14 12 690 946 1180 1540 507 669 860 1130 587 749 940 1210 604 766 957 1227 9 16 14 12 820 1040 1380 763 967 1271 873 1087 1391 863 1077 1381 10 16 14 12 740 946 1024 835 1071 1408 963 1199 1536 1025 1261 1598 11 16 14 12 670 860 1120 916 1176 1546 1060 1320 1690 1122 1382 1752 12 16 14 12 10 615 790 1025 1265 1003 1287 1692 2080 1163 1447 1862 2240 1215 1499 1904 2292 24 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 8 {Continued) Thickness B. W. Gauge Approximate Bursting Freasure in Pounds per Square Inch Weight in Founds per 100 Feet Diameter in Inches Plain End Pipe With A and R Flanges, Bolts and Gaskets With Root Bolted Joints 13 16 14 12 10 670 730 950 1165 1106 1420 1866 2294 1274 1688 2034 2462 1346 1660 2106 2534 14 16 14 12 10 530 675 890 1090 1199 1639 2022 2486 1399 1739 2222 2686 1465 1806 2288 2752 16 14 12 10 630 825 1015 1649 2167 2664 1889 2407 2904 1973 2491 2988 16 14 12 10 590 770 950 1771 2327 2861 2061 2607 3141 2149 2705 3239 18 14 12 10 525 690 850 1974 2693 3188 2334 2963 3548 2394 3013 3608 20 14 12 10 470 620 760 2180 2863 3521 2556 3239 3897 2608 3291 3949 22 14 12 10 430 666 695 2390 3140 3860 2830 3680 4300 2830 3680 4300 24 14 12 10 395 516 635 2604 3421 4216 3108 3926 4720 3084 3901 4696 26 12 10 475 680 3558 4380 4718 6640 4090 4912 28 12 10 440 646 3894 4720 5274 6100 4478 6304 30 12 10 410 610 4115 6063 5531 6479 4755 6703 DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 25 The following information and Tables 9, 10, and 11 are based upon the American Spiral Pipe Works publications. In manu- factiuing Taylor's spiral riveted pipe, a strip of sheet metal is woimd into helical shape with one edge overlapping the other for riveting the seam. The sheet is drawn and formed in such a manner as to obtain metal to metal contact, in order that the pipe may be more nearly smooth inside. The riveting is done cold by compression or squeezing vmder enormous pressure, thus insuring complete filling of the rivet holes with sHght counter- sink. The pipe comes from the machines in a continuous piece, and is cut to any desired length. American Spiral pipe is made of various thicknesses, in sizes from 3 inches to dO inches diam- eter, and is furnished in any length desired up to 30 feet for asphalt coated pipe and 20 feet for galvanized pipe. TABLE 9 Taylor's Spiral Riveted Pipe Standard Thickness Diam- eter in Inches Thick- ness U.S. Stand- ard Gauge Approximate Weight per Foot Asphalted Founds Approximate Biu*sting Pressure in Founds per Square Inch Diam- eter in Inches Thick- ness U.S. Stand- ard Gauge Approximate Weight per Foot Asphalted Pounds Approximate Bursting Pressure in Pounds per Square Inch 3 20 1.9 1500 16 14 18.1 585 4 18 3.0 1500 18 14 19.9 520 6 18 3.7 1200 20 14 22.1 470 6 16 5.3 1250 22 12 33.7 595 7 16 6.2 1070 24 12 36.5 540 8 16 7.1 935 26 12 39.5 505 9 16 8.0 835 28 10 61.7 605 10 16 8.8 750 30 10 56.8 660 11 16 9.7 680 32 10 61.6 525 12 16 10.6 625 34 10 65.4 490 13 16 11.4 575 36 10 69.1 470 14 14 15.9 670 40 10 76.7 420 15 14 17.0 625 Above weights are for plain ends without connections. Working pressure should not be more than 25 per cent, of the ultimate strength or bursting pressure. 26 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 10 Taylor's Spiral Riybted Pipe Extra Heavy Thickness Diam- eter in Inches Thick- ness U.S. Stand- ard Gauge Approximate Weight per Foot Asphalted Pounds Approximate Bursting Pressure in Pounds per Square Inch Diameter in Inches Thickness U.S. Standard Gauge Approximate Weight per Foot Asphalted Founds Approximate Bursting Pressure in Pounds per Square Inch 3 18 2.3 2000 16 12 25.2 820 4 16 3.7 1875 18 12 27.6 730 5 16 4.5 1500 20 12 30.6 660 6 14 6.6 1560 22 10 42.2 765 7 14 7.7 1340 24 10 45.7 705 8 14 8.8 1170 26 10 49.5 650 9 14 9.9 1045 28 8 63.6 735 10 14 11.0 935 30 8 68.7 685 11 14 12.0 850 32 8 74.3 645 12 14 13.0 780 34 8 78.8 600 13 14 14.1 720 36 8 83.4 570 14 12 22.2 940 40 8 92.4 515 15 12 23.7 875 TABLE 11 Taylor's Spiral Riveted Pipe Dovhle Extra Heavy Thickness Diam- eter in Inches Thick- ness U.S. Stand- ard Gauge Approximate Weight per Foot Asphalted Founds Approximate Bursting Pressure in Founds per Square Inch Diameter in Inches Thick- ness U.S. Stand- ard Gauge Approximate Weight per Foot Asphalted Pounds Approximate Bursting Pressure in Pounds per Square Inch 6 12 9.2 2170 18 10 34.5 940 7 12 10.7 1860 20 10 38.3 840 8 12 12.3 1640 22 8 50.8 940 9 12 13.9 1460 24 8 55.2 820 10 12 15.3 1310 26 8 59.8 795 11 12 16.6 1200 28 6 76.6 870 12 12 18.2 1080 30 6 80.5 810 13 12 19.7 1010 32 6 87.1 760 14 10 27.6 1210 34 6 93.6 715 15 10 29.6 1125 36 6 97.8 680 16 10 31.5 1050 40 6 108.5 610 DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 27 Some of the advantages claimed for riveted pipe as compared with cast iron pipe in large sizes are given in a pamphlet by Edwin Burhorn, M.E. These are uniformity in thickness and materials, absence of blow holes, no shrinkage strains, lessened freight and haulage charges (straight riveted pipe can be shipped "knocked down" and nested, the sheets being properly curved, pimched, fitted, and marked ready for erection), cheapened erection and handhng costs as its weight is only about one third that of cor- responding cast iron pipe, lessened resistance to flow of contents, safety against damage due to hidden defects. The pamphlet also describes and illustrates straight riveted pipe which has been built and which is advocated for high pressure steam mains, exhaust steam systems, vacuum exhausts for engines and tur- bines, discharge pipe from hydrauUc dredges, water power dis- tribution, pnemnatic power and air supply, gas power and pipe lines, etc. The thickness of material and character of the joint on riveted pipe depend entirely upon the service for which the 'pipe is re- quired. The lap and butt joint may be single, double, or triple riveted, designed for the special conditions, and flanges may be either single or double riveted to the pipe. When pipe is straight riveted the computation becomes the same as for a steel tank or boiler shell. Information with regard to straight riveted pipe is given in Table 12. TABLE 12 Straight Sbam Riveted Pipe Inaide Thiokness of Material Theoretical Approximate Weight per Diameter Inehea U. S. Standard Gauge Inches Safe Working Head, Feet Lineal Foot Pounds 16 16 .062 190 13.00 16 14 .078 237 16.00 16 12 .109 332 22.25 16 11 .125 379 24.50 16 10 .140 425 28.50 18 16 .062 168 14.75 18 14 .078 210 18.50 18 12 .109 295 25.25 18 11 .125 337 29.00 18 10 .140 378 32.50 18 8 .171 460 40.00 20 16 .062 151 16.00 20, 14 .078 189 19.75 28 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 12 (jCmUinued) Stbaiqht Seam Rtvbted Pipe Inside Thickness of Material Theoretical AppTonmate Weight per Diameter Inches U. S. Standard Gauge Inches Safe Working Head, Feet Lineal Foot Pounds 20 12 .109 265 27.50 20 11 .125 304 31.50 20 10 .140 340 35.00 20 8 .171 415 45.50 22 16 .062 138 17.75 22 14 .078 172 22.00 22 12 .109 240 30.50 22 11 .125 276 34.50 22 10 .140 309 39.00 22 8 .171 376 50.00 24 14 .078 158 23.75 24 12 .109 220 32.00 24 11 .125 253 37.50 24 10 .140 283 42.00 24 8 .171 346 50.00 24 6 .200 405 59.00 26 14 .078 145 25.50 26 12 .109 203 35.50 26 11 .125 233 39.50 26 10 .140 261 44.25 26 8 .171 319 54.00 26 6 .200 373 64.00 28 14 .078 135 27.25 28 12 .109 188 38.00 28 11 .125 216 42.25 28 10 .140 242 47.50 28 8 .171 295 58.00 28 6 .200 346 69.00 30 12 .109 176 39.50 30 11 .125 202 45.00 30 10 .140 226 50.50 30 8 .171 276 61.75 30 6 .200 323 73.00 30 M .250 404 90.00 36 11 .125 168 54.00 36 10 .140 189 60.50 36 'A. .187 252 81.00 36 Ji .250 337 109.00 36 Vi. .312 420 135.00 40 •/.« .187 226 90.00 40 M .250 303 120.00 40 Vi. .312 378 150.00 40 Va .375 455 180.00 DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 29 The safe working heads given in the Table are theoretical and are based on ordinary working conditions, so judgment should be used in deciding the safe heads for a particular case. The values given in the Table are for double-riveted longitudinal seams and single-riveted circumferential seams. Proper allow- ances should be made for possible water hammer, settUng, expan- sion and contraction of the pipe, and causes which would tend to collapse the pipe. Copper and Brass Pipe. — Copper pipe may be figured by the British Board of Trade rule which for well made pipe with brazed joints is i-^ + A^ (U) 6000 16 t = 11 "^32 ■ .(12) and for solid drawn pipe of 8 inches diameter or less pd 6000 t = thickness in inches. p = pressure in potmds per square inch. d = diameter in inches. Table 13 gives dimensions and weights of brass and copper pipe. TABLE 13 Seamless Drawn Brass amb Copper Pipe Standard Weight Extra Heavy Nominal Diam- Inside Diameter Indies Outside Diameter Iiiches Approximate Weight per Lineal Foot Nominal Diam- eter Inside Diameter Inches Approximate Weight per Lineal Foot eter Brass Poimds Copper Founds Brass Founds Copper Founds V^ .281 .405 .25 .26 Yi .205 .370 .388 u .375 .540 .43 .45 M .294 .625 .650 Va .494 .675 .62 .65 H .421 .830 .870 a .625 .840 .90 .95 Yi .542 1.200 1.33 Ya, .822 1.05 1.25 1.31 Y^ .736 1.660 1.75 1 1.062 1.315 1.70 1.79 1 .951 2.360 2.478 IM 1.368 1.66 2.50 2.63 iJi 1.272 3.300 3.465 VA. 1.600 1.90 3.00 3.15 V/i 1.494 4.250 4.462 2 2.062 2.375 4.00 4.20 2 1.933 5.460 5.733 30 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 13 (Continued) Seamless Drawn Bbasb and Cofpeb Pipe Standard Weight Extra Heavy Approximate Weiglit per Lineal Foot Approximate Weight Nominal Inside Outside Nominal Inside per Lineal Foot Diam- Diameter Incliea Diameter Inclies Diam- eter Diameter Inches eter Brass Copper Brass Copper Pounds Founds Founds Pounds 2y2 2.500 2.875 5.75 6.04 2Ji 2.315 8.300 8.715 3 3.062 3.50 8.30 8.72 3 2.892 11.200 11.760 SVi 3.500 4.00 10.90 11.45 3J^ 3.358 13.700 14.385 4 4.000 4.50 12.70 13.33 4 3.818 16.500 17.325 4Ji 4.500 5.00 13.90 14.60 5 4.813 22.800 23.940 5 6.062 6.563 15.75 16.54 6 5.750 32.00 33.60 6 6.125 6.625 18.31 19.23 7 7.062 7.625 26.28 27.60 8 7.982 8.625 29.88 31.37 Lead Pipe. — As mentioned in Chapter I, lead pipe was in use in very early times. It was made by the Romans by bending sheets of lead and soldering the seams. Lead pipe is now made by extrusion, using the hydrauhc press to produce continuous pieces of almost any length. For lead pipe the Chadwick-Boston Company give the following formulae and Tables 14 and 15: (13) .(14) ' ~ 750' t = thickness in inches. d = diameter in inches. / = fibre stress in pounds per square inch. p = internal fluid pressure in poimds per square inch. h = head in feet. DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 31 TABLE 14 Sizes and Weights of Lead Pipe Calibre A = Outside Diameter, Inches Inches B = Weight per Foot, Pounds, Ounces V. A 'A B O-21A V4 A 'A Vi. "/« B 0-5 0-8 0-11 V. A 'Vm 'V« Vi. Vi= 'V« "/e4 »v«. V* «/82 "/« B 0-6 0-8 0-10 0-12 0-14 1-0 1-4 1-8 1-12 2-0 A "/« '»v« "/« VlO »/« "/« "/:. "748 Vs *»/« Vi B 0-8 0-10 0-12 0-14 1-0 1-4 1-8 1-12 2-0 2-8 A 1V48 IVs B 3-0 4r-0 A »A «A2 "A. "/a. "764 »v« "/» 1 1V« 1V» V. B 0-13 0-14 1-0 1-4 1-8 1-12 2-0 2-4 2-8 2-12 A 1V« IVs iVm IVs l"/« B 3-0 3-4 3-8 4-0 4-8 A 'A "/64 "/« "/« "/50 «Vm 1V« IVi. IVm IVs 'A B 0-12 0-14 1-0 1-2 1-4 1-8 1-12 2-0 2-4 2-8 A I'Ao IVe l'V« l'V64 l»/« l"/« B 2-12 3-0 3-8 4r-0 4-8 6-0 A IV50 IV16 l'Ve4 IV* 1"A4 IVm 1"/S2 IVs iVi. 1"A2 1 B 1-4 1-8 1-12 2-0 2-4 2-8 3-0 3-8 4H) 5-0 A PV« l"/3. 1V« B 6-0 7-0 8-0 A IV.. IV20 l"/« l"/« l"A2 l"/64 IVs !"/» IVio 1V4 1V4 B 1-12 2-0 2-4 2-8 3-0 3-8 4-0 4-8 5-0 6-0 A 1"A6 l"/« l'V« B 7-0 8-0 9-0 A iVi. IVio IV4 l"/a2 I'Vie l"/» l"/« l"/64 2V2a IV2 B 2-0 2-8 3-0 3-8 4-0 4-8 5-0 6-0 7-0 A 2>U 2Vl6 2Vi. B 8-0 10-0 12-0 I'A A 1«V32 2V» 2V» 2V« 2"/64 2Vl2 2V2 B 3-0 4-0 5-0 6-0 8-0 10-0 12-0 2 A 2Vi« 2V4 2Vl6 2V8 2V12 ■2fiU 2"/32 2Vu 2"A6 B 3-0 4^0 5-0 6-0 7-0 8-0 9-0 10-0 12-0 :32 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 14 {Cmtinued) Sizes and Weiohts of Lead Pipe Calibre Inches A = Outside Diameter* Inches B = Weight per Foot, Pounds, Ounces 2V2 A B 2"/ie 3-8 2«/„ 5-0 2"/» 7-0 2"/u 8-0 3 11-0 37. 14r-0 37. 18-0 3 A B 3V. 4r^) 378. 5-0 3V»! 6-0 37. 8-0 3"/»2 10-0 372 13-0 3"/m 16-0 3"/i. 17-0 37. 1&-0 3V2 A B 3"/i. 4r-8 3"/k! 6-0 3Vs 10-0 4 15-0 47l2 1&-0 4 A B 4V« 5-0 4V. 6-0 4V4 8-0 4"/« 10-0 47. 12-0 472 18-0 4>724 21-0 41/, A B 4"A. 7-0 4»/,2 8-0 4"/64 14r-0 5 20-0 5 A B 5"/m 8-0 5«/m 9-0 5V8 15-0 572 22-0 6 A B evs 10-0 6V1. 12-0 6V« 26-0 674 33-0 TABLE 15 Weight op Lead Pipe fob VAMOtrs Pressubes Calibre Pressure in Founds per Square Inch Inches 15 20 25 38 so 75 100 7. 72 7. 74 1 17. 17. lbs. oz. 0-8 0-12 1-4 1-8 1-4 1-8 1-12 2-0 2-8 3-8 lbs. oz. 0-10 0-12 0-14 1-0 1-12 1-12 2-0 2-8 3-0 4W) lbs. oz. 0-12 1-4 1-12 2-0 2-4 2-8 3-0 4-0 4-8 5-0 lbs. oz. 1-0 1-8 1-12 2-4 2-8 3-0 3-8 4^^) 4r-8 5-0 6-0 lbs. oz. 1-4 2-0 2-12 3-0 4r-0 5-0 7-0 10-0 lbs. oz. 1-4 1-8 2-8 3-4 3-8 4-8 6-0 9-0 12-0 lbs. oz. 1-8 3-0 4H) 5-0 7-0 12-0 15-0 DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTH OF PIPE 33 Wooden Stave Pipe. — Continuous wooden stave pipe is used for conveying water long distances and especially where the expense of cast iron or steel pipe would be prohibitive. Sizes ordinarily range from two to ten feet in diameter. The staves are generally made of redwood or fir, and of thicknesses ranging from IVs inches net thickness for sizes up to 44 inches diameter, 2 inches up to 60 inches, and 2 '/a inches up to 8 feet diameter. The bands for wooden stave pipe should be of soft steel with an ultimate tensile strength of about 60,000 pounds per square inch, and an elongation of at least 25 per cent, in 8 inches. The ends of the bands should have either rolled threads or be upset Wood Stave Pipe. so as to have the same strength as the unthreaded portion. The usual sizes of bands vary from Vs inches for pipe 2 feet outside diameter to V4 inches for pipe 4V2 feet outside diameter. The spacing may be figured from formula 15. In Fig. 14 let A = area of section of hoop in square inches. / = imit stress of material of hoop in poimds per square inch. d = diameter of pipe in inches. I = spacing of hoops in inches. p = pressure in pounds per square inch. Then equating pdl = force tending to separate pipe, 2Af = force resisting separation of pipe, ■pdl = 2Af. 34 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Introducing a coefficient C to allow for the stress due to swelling of the wood including a factor of safety of four or five for the bands, this equation becomes '-'^ (>=' or -f (-) It is not considered desbable to have the band spacing exceed 10 inches, and good practice often indicates even closer spacing, regardless of pressure requirements. Bulletin 155, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, by S. 0. Jayne, gives considerable information on this subject, and has been referred to in the preparation of the foregoing article. CHAPTER III PIPE THREADS Screw threads form a part of many types of joints and fittings used for piping. The kinds used for such purposes will be de- scribed in this chapter. American Pipe Threads. — The thread used on piping in the United States is known as the Briggs Standard. This standard ___^_J:a \.ioo' I7hv ^snsoOs I — ..-, fvliafroota. > Cbmfl/eM t/trtad. Fig. 15. Enlarged Section of 2i' Pipe Thread. is due to Robert Briggs, C. E., who prepared a paper on "Ameri- can Practice in Warming Buildings by Steam," for the Institu- tion of Civil Engineers of Great Britain. This paper was presented and read after his death. An enlarged longitudinal section of a nominal 2Vrinch pipe is shown in Fig. 15. The end of the pipe has a taper of 1 in 16 or ^/i inch per foot. Fig. 16. The thread has an angle of 60 degrees and is rounded at the top and bottom, so that the depth of the thread is .8 of the pitch. Fig. 17 shows this form. The length » of perfect thread, which is the distance the pipe should enter, is given by the formula '^^ Kg. 16. Taper of Threaded Pipe End. L = (4.84-.8D)| (17) D = actual external diameter of pipe. N = nmnber of threads per inch. Preceding the perfect threads are two threads perfect at the bottom and imperfect at the top. Preceding these are four threads imperfect at both top and bottom. The nmnber of 36 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING threads per inch is arbitrary, and comes from usage along with the nominal size of the pipe. They are finer in pitch than ordi- nary bolt threads because of the thinness of the metal and to Kg. 17. Form of Briggs' Pipe Thread. maintain a tight joint. Table 16 gives the dimensions for pipe threads. TABLE 16 Standabd Pipe Threads Outside Siie Inohefi Threads per Inch Diameter of Tap DriU Inches Diameter of Threads at End of Pipe Inches Depth of Threads Inches Number of Perfect Threads Length of Perfect Threads Inches Vs 27 "/« .393 .029 5.13 .19 V4 18 "/m .522 .044 5.22 .29 '/> 18 'Ae .656 .044 5.4 .30 Vj 14 "A. .815 .057 5.46 .39 'A 14 »v» 1.025 .057 5.6 .40 1 ll'A IVa 1.283 .069 5.87 .51 1V4 ll'A l"/« 1.626 .069 6.21 .54 I'A ii'A !"/«. 1.866 .069 6.33 .55 2 ll'A 2Vl6 2.339 .069 6.67 .58 2V. 8 2Vl6 2.819 .100 7.12 .89 3 8 3Vi. 3.441 .100 7.6 . .95 3Vs 8 3"Ae 3.938 .100 8.0 1.00 i 8 4Vl6 4.434 .100 8.4 1.05 4'A 8 4V4 4.931 .100 8.8 1.10 5 8 5Vl8 5.490 .100 9.28 1.16 6 8 6Vl6 6.546 .100 10.08 1.26 7 8 .... 7.540 .100 10.88 1.36 8 8 .... 8.534 .100 11.68 1.46 9 8 9.527 .100 12.56 1.57 10 8 .... 10.645 .100 13.44 1.68 PIPE THREADS 37 Standard Pipe Thread Gages. — In order to avoid variation in the number of threads which pipe will screw into fittings tapped at different shops it is necessary to have a definite stand- ard for the proper depth of thread. The following is from the report of the committee on Standardization of Pipe Threads of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. "The gages shall consist of one plug and one ring gage of each size. " The plug gage shall be the Briggs standard pipe thread as adopted by the manufacturers of pipe fittings and valves, and recommended by The American Society of Mechanical Engi- neers in 1886. The plug is to have a flat or notch indicating the distance that the plug shall enter the ring by hand. " The ring gage is to be known as the American Briggs standard adopted by the Manufacturers' Standardization Committee in 1913, and recommended by The American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the Cqnimittee on International Standard for Pipe Threads, and the Pratt & Whitney Company, manufacturers of gages. The thickness of the ring is given in Table 17. It shall be flush with the small end of the plug. This will locate the flat notch on the plug flush with the large side of the ring. TABLE 17 (Fig. 18) •Standabd Pipe Thread Gages Pipe Ring Gage Pipe Ring Gage Size Thickness Size . Thickness Inches Inches Inches Inches Vs .180 5 .937 V4 .200 6 .958 Vs .240 7 1.000 'A .320 8 1.063 'A .339 9 1.130 1 .400 10 1.210 I'A .420 12 1.360 I'A .420 14 1.562 2 .436 15 1.687 2V» .682 16 1.812 3 .766 18 2.000 3Va .821 20 2.125 4 .844 22 2.250 4'A .875 24 2.375 38 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING " The Table indicates the dimensions of the ring gage, A, shown in Fig. 18, which are the figures adopted by the Manufacturers' Standardization Committee. "In the use of the plug gage shown in Fig. 18, the notch on the plug is to gage, and one *^^ thread large or one thread small must be the inspection limits. " In the use of the ring gage, male threads are to gage when flush with small end of ring, and one thread large or one thread small must be inspection limits." Pipe Threading. — Pipe threads may be cut either by hand or in a machine. When cut by hand a pipe tap or die is used, shown in Fig. 19. For machine threading a lathe may be used, setting a properly shaped tool at right angles to the axis of the pipe, not per- pendicular to the taper. A Saunders' pipe threading machine is shown in Fig. 20. A good threaded joint requires clean, smoothly Fig. 18. Standard Plug and Ring Gage. f//oe ffeamaf Pijae 7ii/3 f/pe D/e Fig. 19. Pipe Reamer, Hand Tap, Die and Die Stock. cut threads. To make sure of such threads the die must be made with proper consideration as to Up, chip space, clearance, lead, and sufficient number of chasers. Valuable information along the following lines is given in National Tube Company's Bulletin No. 6. PIPE THREADS 39 The lip is the incUnation of the cutting edge of the chaser to the surface of the pipe, as shown in Fig. 21. This Up angle should Fig. 20. Pipe Threading Machine. be from 15 degrees to 25 degrees, depending upon conditions, and may be obtained by milUng the cutting face of the chaser as shown by the full lines, or inclining the chaser as in the dotted Kg. 21. Thread Cutting. Fig. 22. Thread Cutting. 40 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING lines. Chip space should be provided as shown in the figure, as otherwise the chips will clog and tear the threads. Fig. 22 shows the working of a properly made chaser. Clearance is the angle between the threads of the chasers and those of the pipe. Lead is the angle which is ground or machined on the front of each chaser to enable the die to start on the pipe and to distribute the work of cutting. The proper amoimt of Fig. 23. Kpe Vises. lead is about three threads. The number of chasers to obtain good results in threading at one cut is as follows: I'A" to 4" should have approximately 6 chasers 4" " 7" " 8 " 7" " 10" " 10 " 10" " 12" " " 12 " 12" " 14" " 14 " 14" " 18" " 16 " 18" " 20" " 18 " In all cases the cutting tools should be kept well lubricated with good lard oil or crude cottonseed oil. Pipe Tools. — Examples of various forms of vises, cutting tools, wrenches, etc., for use in the threading and making up of pipe are illustrated and named in Figs. 23 and 24. English Pipe Threads. — "British Standard Pipe Threads," as given in the report of the Engineering Standards Committee, PIPE THREADS 41 are shown in Fig. 25. This is the Whitworth form of thread. The tops and bottoms are rounded so that the depth is about .64 of /foUer Coffer •^'c^fffr l^^rsnch . Tonffs Cf7a(n Wrenches Fig. 24. Pipe Cutters, Tongs, and Wrenches. the pitch, and the angle is 55 degrees. Ordinary pipe ends or "short screws" taper V4 inch to the foot or Vis inch per inch of length measured on the diameter, as in the Briggs system. Long screws are made straight. Table 18 gives information on Fig. 25. Form of Whitworth Pipe Thread. British pipe threads as approved by the above committee, for sizes up to 18 inches diameter. 42 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 18 British Standard Pipe Thbeads Inside Diameter Inches Approxiinate Outside Diameter Inches Gage Diameter Top of Thread Inches Depth of Thread Inches Core Diameter Inches Number of Threads per Inch •A •v« .383 .0230 .337 28 V4 "/» .518 .0335 .451 19 Vs "Ae .656 .0335 .589 19 'A . "/» .825 .0455 .734 14 'A "Ae .902 .0455 .811 14 'A IVi. 1.041 .0455 .950 14 'A l'A2 1.189 .0455 1.098 14 1 l"/« 1.309 .0580 1.193 11 IV. 1"A. 1.650 .0580 1.534 11 IV2 l»/« 1.882 .0580 1.766 11 I'A 2V82 2.116 .0580 2.000 11 2 2V8 2.347 .0580 2.231 11 2V4 2V8 2.587 .0580 2.471 11 2'A 3 2.960 .0580 2.844 11 2»A 3V4 3.210 .0580 3.094 11 3 3V2 3.460 .0580 3.344 11 ■ 37, 3V4 3.700 .0580 3.584 11 3V. 4 3.950 .0580 3.834 11 3'A 4>A 4.200 .0580 4.084 11 4 4V2 4.450 .0580 4.334 11 4V. 5 4.950 .0580 4.834 11 5 5>A 5.450 .0580 5.334 11 6'A 6 5.950 .0580 5.834 11 6 6IA 6.450 .0580 6.334 11 7 77. 7.450 .0640 7.322 10 8 872 8.450 .0640 8.322 10 9 972 9.450 .0640 9.322 10 10 1072 10.450 .0640 10.322 10 11 1172 11.450 .0800 11.290 8 12 1272 12.450 .0800 12.290 8 13 1374 13.680 .0800 13.520 8 14 1474 14.680 .0800 14.520 8 15 1574 15.680 .0800 15.520 8 16 1674 16.680 .0800 16.520 8 17 1774 17.680 .0800 17.520 8 18 1874 18.680 .0800 18.520 8 PIPE THREADS 43 The Whitworth Standard Threads are given in Table 19 for sizes up to 4 inches in diameter. TABLE 19 Whitwoeth Standard Pipe Threads Nomi- nal Size Actual Outside Diam- eter Inclies Diameter at Bottom of Thread Inches No. of Threads per Inch Diameter of Tap Drill Inches Nomi- nal Size Actual Outside Diam- eter Inches Diameter at Bottom of Thread Inches No. of Threads per Inch Diameter of Tap Drill Inches Vs .3825 .3367 28 Vi» IVs 2.245 2.1285 V4 .518 .4506 19 "/m 2 2.347 2.2305 IVs. 'A .6563 .5889 19 Vie 2V8 2.467 2.3505 'A .8257 .7342 "Ae 2'A 2.5875 2.4710 2"/32 Vs .9022 .8107 "A. 2V8 2.794 2.6775 Vi 1.041 .9495 =V32 2V2 3.0013 2.8848 2^V82 Vs 1.189 1.0975 IVie 2V8 3.124 3.0075 1 1.309 1.1925 I'A 2'A 3.247 3.1305 3V82 I'A 1.492 1.3755 2V8 3.367 3.2505 1V« 1.650 1.5335 1"A2 3 3.485 3.3685 3V32 I'A 1.745 1.6285 S'A 3.6985 3.5820 3>A IV. 1.8825 1.7660 i"A« 3V2 3.912 3.7955 3V. I'A 2.021 1.9045 3=A 4.1255 4.0090 4 I'A 2.047 1.9305 1"A6 4 4.339 4.2225 4V4 Foreign Pipe Threads. — The author is indebted to Mr. Wil- ham J. Baldwin for notes on foreign practice. In the practice of Germany and France (comparing the German and French sys- tems with the Briggs system), Germany uses straight threads nearly altogether. The pitch and form of thread is about the same as the English except that the thread as a whole is not tapered. France is more irregular in practice, the Navy follow- ing one method and private shops other methods. The French Navy, however, leans toward tapered threads. South American countries have no fixed standards, but import from the United States and England and use the method of the country from which they import. Canada uses the Briggs stand- ard. In Mexico a great deal of American pipe and fittings is used, but Mexico and the South and Central American countries use the methods of those from whom they buy, as a general rule. CHAPTER IV PIPE FITTINGS Screw Fittings. — Since there is a practical limit to the length of pieces of pipe as well as the necessity for connections and convenient changes in direction, pipe fittings have been devised. There are two general classes of fittings, namely: screwed fittings and flanged fittings. As a rule the screwed fittings are used with Y-Bronch^ ttfght y Left Coi/fi/ing, Fig. 26. Kpe Kttings. /ieturn Bene/ the smaller sizes of pipe and for low pressure work. The flanged flttings are used for higher pressm-es and for larger sizes of pipe. Fig. 26 shows a variety of screwed fittings for "making up" standard pipe. Couplings. — For joining two lengths of pipe, couplings are used. These may have right hand threads at both ends or may have right hand threads at one end and left hand threads at the other for convenience in connecting and disconnecting. Eight and left couplings generally have bars running lengthwise to distinguish them from couplings with right hand threads. Some- times reducing couplings are used where a change in size of pipe is desired. Couplings are made of cast iron, wrought iron, steel, PIPE FITTINGS 45 maJleable iron, and brass. A coupling is included on one end of each full length of standard pipe. Forms of couplings are shown n inwghf Ca/fi/Jng Cos/ /fan Rone/ /. Covp/ing Cov/a/i'ng Size ^ « 1 H lli 3ti 1 l^i 4 14 Z i% Off-Sef Coop/tng Fig. 27. Couplings. in Fig. 27 and Table 20 gives the dimensions of standard wrought iron couplings. TABLE 20 Stakdabd Weought Iron Cottplinge 1 Size of Outside Length Inches Average Size of Outside Length Average Kpe Diameter Weight Kpe Diameter Weight Inches Inches Pounds Inches Inches Pounds Vs "A2 "Ae .03 3V3 4Vi. 3Vl6 3.40 'A V4 IV32 .07 4 4"/l6 3Vl6 3.50 V» »v» IV32 .11 4>A 5"A2 3V8 4.70 'A 1V32 IV16 .15 5 6V4 4V8 8.50 V4 l"/82 IV16 .25 6 7VS2 4V8 9.70 1 IVs I'Vis .42 7 8V82 4V8 11.10 I'A 1»V32 2Vk .60 8 9'A 4V8 13.60 I'A 2'V64 2Vi. .81 9 IOV16 578 17.40 2 2"A2 2Vl6 1.18 10 llVa evs 31.10 2'A 3Vl6 2V8 1.70 12 13'A 678 44.20 3 3'Vl6 3Vl6 2.45 46 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Elbows. — For turning corners elbows or ells are used, Pig. 28. Reducing ells are used to change the size of pipe at a corner. Sometimes ells are provided with an opening at the side in which case they are called side outlet elbows. Elbows are also made 90' er/iboty /fet/i/cing £/txyr 30'Elbcm P/o/n C/bow flat Bea 4 1 I'A 2 2V2 3 3V2 4 IV* iVs 2>A 3 3V2 4 47. 1V2 I'A 2'A 3 3V2 4 4V2 2 2 2V2 3 3V2 4 47! 2V2 2V. 3 3V2 4 4V2 5 3 2V2 3 3V2 4 4V2 5 3V2 2»A 4 4V2 5 5V2 6 4 3 4 4V2 5 5V2 6 4>A 3 4 4V2 5 6V2 6 5 3V4 4V2 5 5V2 6 672 6 3V4 4>A 5 5V. 6 672 7 3V2 5 8 3'A 5 9 4 5 10 4 5 12 4 5 PIPE FITTINGS 49 The sizes when threaded one end right hand and the other end left hand are the same for sizes up to four inches diameter. A right and left nipple of malleable iron with a hexagon center is shown at C in Fig. 33. These are made in sizes ranging from V4 inch to 4 inches. Variations will be foimd as there are no standard dimensions. Cast Iron Fittings. — Pipe fittings for screwed pipe are made of various materials and in various designs to suit the require- ments of pressure and medium to be conveyed. For steam, water, etc., under pressure less than 125 pounds per square inch /?ec/t/cer Fig. 34. Screwed Fittings. standard weight fittings of cast iron are generally used. The question of strength involves much more than the pressure from within the pipe which induces a comparatively low stress in the material. The greater strains come from expansion, support, and "making up." For severe service or pressures from 125 to 250 pounds per square inch extra heavy cast iron fittings may be used. The dimensions of cast iron screwed fittings are not standardized and a variation will be found in the products of different manufacturers. For this reason the dimensions for standard weight, extra heavy, and long sweep cast iron fittings, and malleable iron fittings, as made by a number of companies have been given in Tables 22 to 29 inclusive. These will be found to give sufficient information for most purposes. so A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 22 (Fig. 34) Walworth Co. Standard Cast Iron Fittinqs Size of A A-A B C D E F G Kpe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 'A 'A IV2 Vi. 1 •A 'A V 'A I'A Vi. lVi« 2Vl6 IVs Vi. 'A. 'A IVi. 2'A "A. IVs 2Vl6 iVi. 'A V. 'A 1V» 2V8 "Ae 2Vl6 2V4 I'A v.. Vi. 1 I'A 3 »/.6 2V2 3V4 2Vl6 'A 'A I'A I'Vie SVs iVi. 3 3'A 2V2 V16 "A. I'A 2 4 1V16 37* 4V4 2V4 'A "A« 2 2»A 4V4 I'A 4 5V2 3V8 "A. V. 2V2 2'A 6»A 1% 5 6'Vl6 4V8 "Ae 1 3 SVi'e 6V8 IVs 5% 7V8 4V4 "A« 1 S'A 3"/i. 7V8 2Vi« 6V. 8'A 5V4 1 iVi. 4 4 8 2V4 7V8 9V4 6 IV16 1V8 4V2 4Vi. 8'A 2V.6 7V8 IOV2 6V« IV8 1V4 5 4"A6 9»A 2Vl6 87. IIV16 7Vi« I'A IV4 6 5Vi. lO'A 2'Vic 9"A6 13V8 8V8 I'A IV8 7 6V1. 12V8 3V8 IIV* 14V8 9V4 IV16 IV2 8 6"A6 13V8 3Vl6 121V16 16"A6 lO'A IVs I'A 9 7'A 15 SVs 141A 19 12V8 iVi. I'A 10 8'A 16'A 4Vie 16 20V8 13V4 IV8 IV4 12 9Vl6 19>A 4'A ISVs IV4 I'A TABLE 23 (Fig. 34) Walworth Co. Extra Heavy Cast Iron Fittings Size of A a-a B E F G Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches V2 1V« 2Vu 74 P7a Vic 7.6 'A 1V8 2V4 7/8 P7s2 72 78 1 1"A2 3Vi. 1 27w 7l6 "A. I'A l"A« 378 17l6 274 "A. "A. IV2 2Vi. 478 174 37i. 74 78 2 2V. 5 172 374 7. 1 2V. 3 6 174 47i. 1 17. 3 3"A6 77. 274 5V. 174 17. 3V2 4V3. 87i. 27i. 6 iVi. IVi. 4 4"/Ki 8'7i. 2'7i. 6»Ae 1V18 17.. 4V. 4"A2 9»A. 27. 778 lVi« l"A. 5 57.2 I07i6 378 7«A. l"A. 1"/.. 6 5"A6 117. 37i« 97i. 174 I'A 8 7Vi. 1478 3"A« ll7i. 1V8 l"A. PIPE FITTINGS 51 Fig. 35. Long Sweep Cast Iron Fittings. TABLE 24 (Fig. 35) Walworth Co. Long Sweep Cast Ibon Fittings Size of A B c D E Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 1 2'A 2V8 IV2 IV* 2V8 3V. I'A I'A 3 SVs 2 2 3V8 SVs 2V8 2V2 4V4 4V2 3V* 678 574 3 5V2 5'A 3V2 774 S'A 3V» 5V« 5»A 4 874 6V4 4 eVs eVs 4V8 lOVs 978 4V2 67* e'A 4V8 1078 974 5 7 7»A 578 1178 972 6 7V2 9 674 13 llVs 7 sVs lOVs eVs 1472 12V4 8 9Vj ll'A 778 1874 1672 9 lO'A 217. 1974 10 11V2 llVs 11V8 2474 2278 12 12'A .... 31 28V4 TABLE 25 (Fig 36) National Tdbb Company Stanbahd Cast Ibon Fittings Size of A A-A B Size of A A-A B Pipe Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 74 "A. 178 . • . 372 372 7 27i. Va "A« 178 Vs 4 3"A6 7V8 278 72 l7i« 278 »/a2 472 4Vl6 87i. 2"A. 74 174 272 "A. 5 472 9 274 1 172 3 178 6 57» loVi. 378 174 178 374 174 7 5"/i. 11V8 37i. 172 l'7l8 3V8 IVs 8 672 12«A. 3"A. 2 27u 478 IVi. 9 77i. 14V8 474 272 2V» 574 l^A. 10 874 1672 4V8 3 37i6 678 27l6 12 97i. 1978 572 62 A. HANDBOOK ON PIPING Fig. 36. Screwed Fittings. .' * • TABLE 26 (Fia. 36) National Tube Company, Extra Heavy Cast Iron FrmNOS SUe of •' A A-A Size of A A-A Kpe Kpe Inches ■ Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches v. • 'A 1=A 3V2 3'A 7V2 Vs *1 2 4 4V8 8»A v« iVi. 2»A 4V. 4»A8 9V8 'A IVs • 2V4 5 4V8 9V4 1 . IV16 3V8 6 5V8 ll'A I'A IVs S'A 7 6V1. 12V8 IV2 2V8 4V4 8 6"A. 13% 2 2V2 5 9 7"A. 15V8 27. 2"A8 5Va 10 8'A 17 3 S'A 6'A 12 91V1. 19V8 Fig. 37. Long Sweep Cast Iron Fittings. TABLE 27 (Fig . 37) National Tube Company, Long Sweep Cast Iron Fittinos Size of A A-A B c Size of A A-A B c Kpe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Kpe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 1 2Va 5 2 17ie 472 77l6 1478 51716 3"A. I'A 2'A S'A 278 172 5 774 1572 67l6 4Vi. I'A 2«A6 6V8 274 174 6 97l6 1878 7"A« 47i. 2 3Vi. 678 274 278 7 1074 2072 8i7i« 578 2V2 4V8 874 378 272 8 1172 23 9"A. 6 3 5V»2 I07i6 4'7l6 2'7.e 10 1472 29 12'7i. 67l6 3V2 5»A6 1178 472 374 12 16 32 14 8 4 6V8 1274 57l6 378 PIPE FITTINGS 53 s 1 ^ 1 3i ■Cop § /fec/i/cer Pig. 34. Screwed Fittings. TABLE 28 (Fig. 34) Crane Company, Standabd Cast Iron Fittings Size of A B c D K H Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches V* "/16 'A Vs "/i. "/16 v> IVs Va IVs 2V2 'A iVi. 1 2'A 3 1 iVi. IVs 2V4 31A 1V4 I'A iVi. S'A 4V4 2V8 IV2 I'Vi. 1V16 31V1. 4'A 2V4 2 2V4 l'Vl6 4V2 5V4 2Vl6 2'A 2"A6 1"A6 5Vl6 6V4 2"A6 3 3V8 2Vl6 6V8 7V8 2"A. 3V2 3Vi. 2V8 6V8 8'A 3Vs 4 S'A 2V8 7V8 9V4 3V8 2Vl6 4V. 4Vi. 2"/i. 9V4 11V8 3V8 2V.. 6 4Vl8 3Vl6 9V4 llVs 3V8 2V8 6 5V8 3Vl6 10V4 13Vl6 4V8 2V8 7 5"/i. 3V8 12V4 15V4 4"A. 2V8 8 6V2 4V4 ISVs 16"A« 5V4 3V8 9 7Vi. 4"A6 16V4 20'Vi6 5'Vl6 3V8 10 7'A 5Vl6 16V4 20»/i8 6V16 3V8 12 9V4 6 19V8 24V8 7V8 4V4 54 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING ^ c- "* •-< -Jfi-A— 1 k--.H— H > - Fig. 38. Screwed Fittings. TABLE 29 (Fig. 38) Cbanb Company, Extba Heavy Cast Iron Fittings Size of A B Size of A B Kpe Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 1 2 IVs 4V2 5V2 3 IV. 2V. IV2 5 eVs 3Vi. IV. 2Vi. IVa 6 7V4 3V4 2 3 1"A6 7 8V8 4 2V. 3V2 2V. 8 QVs 4V4 3 4V8 2V!! 10 IPA 4V8 sv. 4"/i. 2Vl6 12 13V8 5V2 4 5Vs 2V4 Screwed Reducing Fittings. — The centre to face and face to face dimensions for Walworth Standard Weight cast iron screwed reducing tees and crosses, Fig. 39, are determined as follows: For AA face to face, add to the outside . diameter E of outlet bead, twice the width rrrj I ^ i^ of the run-bead. For A centre to face, ' ^ * i ^^ *° *^® width F of outlet bead, one half the diameter E of the run-bead. Thus for a 2" X V4" tee the dimensions are ■^■ -AA- Fig. 39. Reducing Tees and Crosses. A A = PA -I- "/16 + "As = 3V8 A = V16 + PV16 = 278". See Table 22 for necessary dimensions. Brass Fittings. — Brass fittings are made in both standard and extra heavy weights. They are used for feed water pipes where bad water makes steel pipes undesirable. Brass fittings may be had in iron pipe sizes. The dimensions as made by the Lunken- heimer Company are given in Table 30 for pressures up to 175 pounds, and in Table 31 for pressures up to 300 pounds. PIPE FITTINGS 55 Fig. 40. Brass Fittings. TABLE 30 ( FiQ. 40) LUNKENHBIMEK BrONZE FiTTINGS, MeDIUM PaTTEBN Size of A B C D E F G H K Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Vs Vi. IVs 'A 'A IVi. 'A 1 IV4 I'A V4 'A 1V2 1 IV16 l"/32 "/.» PA. l'V.8 2V8 'A 'A I'A iVi. IVs IV16 "/i. 1V16 1"A6 2V8 'A 1 2 I'A I'A l"/»2 iVi. I'Vie 2Vl6 2"/!. 'A IV16 2V8 iVi» 2 2'A iVi. 2V8 3 3V8 1 iVi. 27. IVs 2Vl6 2'A I'A 2V8 3V. 4Vi. IV4 i"A. 3'A l'V.6 2"A, 3Vi. 23A 3Vl6 4Vl6 5V8 I'A I'A 3"A6 2 3 3V4 2V8 3"/i« 4'Vl6 6V8 2 2Vl6 4V2 2Vi. 3"A6 4V. 27. 4V4 5"Ae 7V8 2V. 2V8 5V4 2»A .... S'Ae 5V4 3 3Vi. 6V18 2"A. TABLE 31 (Fig. 40) LUNKENHEIMEE BrONZB FiTTINGS, EXTBA HeAVT PATTERN Size of A B c Size of A B C Pipe Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches v. "As 1V8 "Ae IV4 1"A6 3Vl6 'A Vs l"A« IV16 I'A 2 4 V8 1 1"A6 IV16 2 2V8 4"A. V. IV8 2V4 1V8 2V2 2V4 5Vl6 'A IV16 2V8 3 3Vi. 6V16 1 IV2 3 Malleable Iron Fittings. — Malleable iron fittings are made plain and beaded and for various pressures. Plain fittings are for low pressure work only. Standard beaded fittings may be used up to 150 pounds; extra heavy beaded fittings up to 250 pounds, and double extra heavy fittings for hydraulic work up to 800 pounds. The principle dimensions of malleable fittings as made by the National Tube Company are given in Tables 32 and 33. Extra heavy malleable iron fittings for pressures up to 250 pounds as made by Crane Company are dimensioned in Table 34. 56 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING I u U U— ^ "3 Fig. 41. Standard Malleable Fittings. TABLE 32 (Fig. 41) National Tube Company Standard Flat Bead Malleable FiTTiNas (. Size of A A-A B Size of A A-A B Kpe Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Vs V82 iVi. "/»2 2V2 2V8 S'A l"Ae V4 'A I'A Vs 3 3"/32 6"Ae 2Vl6 Vs 1V.2 2Vi» "A. 3V2 3"/32 7"A. 2"/» 'A IV32 2Vi. »v» 4 4»A2 8V16 2V8 'A l"/82 2'Vl6 "As 4V2 4»A6 9V8 3V8 1 IV16 3V8 IV16 5 5Vl6 lOVs 3V2 1V4 IVs 3'A I'A 6 6V32 12Vie 4Vi. IV2 2Via 4V8 1"A! 7 6"A6 13V8 4V8 2 2"A2 4'V.. 1V« 8 7=^732 15Vl6 5'A A, S. ia& *■ A. ->4 ~" - >^ k - T s. - - J". Fig. 36. Screwed Fittings. TABLE 33 (Fiq. 36) National Titbe Company, Extra Heavy Flat Bead Malleable Fittings Size of A A-A B Size of A A-A B Kpe Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 'A "A6 IV. • > • • 3V2 3V2 7 2Vl6 'A "A. 1V8 Vs 4 3"A. 7Va 2V8 V2 IV18 2V8 "A2 4V2 4Vl6 8V18 2"A. 'A I'A 2V2 "/i. 5 4V. 9 2V4 1 1V2 3 1V8 6 5Vi« IOV18 3V. I'A IVs 3V4 IV4 7 5'Vi. llVs 3Vi. IV. i"A« 3V8 1V8 8 6V2 12"A. 3"A« 2 2Vi. 4V8 IV16 9 7Vi. 14V8 4V4 2V. 2V. 5V4 l"/l« 10 8V* I6V2 4V. 3 3Vi. 6V8 2Vl6 12 9V« 19V8 5V2 PIPE FITTINGS 57 1 ^4 -•j*-/l-» Mg. 38. Screwed Fittings. TABLE 34 (Fia. 38) Crane Company, Extba Hbavt Malleable Fittings Size of A B c Site of A B c Pipe Pipe Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches •A lVl6 'A . • t . 2V» 3V2 2'A 4'A 'A I'A 7/8 .... 3 4V8 2V2 5V2 'A I'A 1 .... 3'A 4V8 2V8 6'A 'A I'A IVs .... 4 5V8 2"A. 7 1 2 IVis 2V2 4'A 5V8 .... 7'A I'A 2'A 1V2 3 5 6V4 S'A I'A 2V2 1"A6 3V2 6 7'A .... 9V2 2 3 2 4 Extra Heavy Cast Steel Screwed Fittings. — Screwed fittings are made by Walworth Company of cast steel for superheated steam at 350 poimds working pressure and a total temperature of 800 degrees F. or for water working pressures of: 5,000 pounds for 1 inch and smaller sizes. 3,500 poimds for 1^/4 inch to 2 inch. 2,500 pounds for 2V2 inch to 4V2 inch. 2,000 pounds for 5 inch and 6 inch sizes. Such fittings have a larger radius than ordinary cast iron fittings. Strength of Fittings. — Some results of tests to determine the average bursting pressures of extra heavy flanged fittings are plotted in Pig. 42. These tests were made by Crane Company who burst several fittings of each size under hydraulic pressure. The average tensile strength of the metal test bars were: Ferro- steel 33,000 poimds per square inch, and cast iron 22,000 pounds per square inch. The bursting pressure of screwed fittings is from ten to twenty times the working pressure. The internal fluid pressure, how- 58 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING ever, is not the determining factor, as fittings must withstand the strain of expansion, contraction, weight of piping, settling, and water hanmier, and there is also the possibility of non-uni- form thickness. For cast iron the bursting pressure is generally in excess of 1000 pounds, and for malleable iron in excess of 2,000 pounds. Flanged Fittings. — Flanged fittings. Fig. 43, are to be preferred for im- portant or high pressure work. Regular fittings are now made with dimensions of the American Standard as devised by a committee of the A. S. M. E., and a Manufacturers' ^^ committee. This standard fixes the dimensions for standard weight fittings (125 lbs.) from 1 inch to 100 inches and for extra heavy or high pressure fittings (250 lbs.) from 1 inch to 48 inches. The following tables give the dimensions revised to March 7th and 20th, 1914. The dimensions in Table 35 are common to all fittings for 125 pounds working pressure, and those in Table 36 are common to all fittings for 250 pounds working pressure. Tables 37 and 38 give the thickness of metal, and Tables 39 and 40 the dimensions of pipe flanges. The following explanatory notes as well as the Tables and data here given are from the A. S. M. E. committee's report. "(a) Standard and Extra Heavy Reducing Elbows carry same dimensions centre to face as regular Elbows of larger straight size. S«eo ^^^" \ \ \ \ \ \ s> » \ % ? \ \ V V ^ -•^ ^t s \ N ^ ^ \ ^ h \ V, \ s -^ g \ "^-^a •*-: $ \ \ ^tr. "^ 19 \ e-fc ^T ^"" \ ^^T \ s \ \ c '^f^ v?*^ s. N, ^S. y \-, ^ \ \ , \ y SOO lo /a It le la DI*in€T£ll OF FITTINS- INCHES. Fig. 42. Bursting Strength of Flanged Fittings, PIPE FITTINGS 5d "(&) standard and Extra Heavy Tees, Crosses, and Laterals, reducing on run only, carry same dimensions face to face as larger straight size. "(c) If Flanged Fittings for lower working pressure than 125 pounds are made, they shall conform in all dimensions except thickness of shell, to this standard and shall have the guaranteed *vi-^*/i-» ^m W-/I* 1 "" so £■// Pou6/e Branch Side Ouflel- £11 an Long Racfit/s Ell 45° £1/ ■^A^A* ^-A'^A* m ffli Qi K--4»f»>1- Tse 1.5TG Single Stveep Poi/Sle SiYeep Side OuHef Tee Tee Tee 4-- Ctoss -\ Lafe/'a/ Reducer Fig. 43. A. S. M. E. Flanged Fittings. M Bccenf-ric Reducer working pressure cast on each fitting. Flanges for these fittings must be of standard dimensions. " (d) Where Long Radius Fittings are specified, it has reference only to Elbows which are made in two centre to face dimensions, and to be known as Elbows and Long Radius Elbows, the latter being used only when so specified. "(e) AH standard weight fittings must be guaranteed for 125 pounds working pressure and Extra Heavy Fittings for 250 pounds working pressure, and each fitting must have some mark cast on it indicating the maker and guaranteed working steam pressure. " (/) All extra heavy fittings and flanges to have a raised sur- face of Vi6 inch high inside of bolt holes for gaskets. Fig. 44. 60 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Standard weight fittings and flanges to be plain faced. Bolt holes to be Vs inch larger in diameter than bolts. Bolt holes to straddle centre line. "(g) Size of aU fittings scheduled indicates inside diameter of ports. " (h) The face to face dimension of reducers, either straight or eccentric, for all pressures, shall be the same face to face as given in table of dimensions. " (i) Square head bolts with hexagonal nuts are recommended. For bolts, V/a inch diameter and larger, studs with a nut on each end are satisfactory. Hexagonal nuts for pipe sizes 1 inch to 46 inch, on 125 poimds > l-^i-^^"^ ""' standard, and 1 inch to 16 ""' "*"-• — ^-^ inch on 250 poimds standard can be conveniently pulled Fig. 44. Raised Face on Flange. "P .^tl^ open wrenches of mimmum design of heads. Hexagonal nuts for pipe sizes 48 inch to 100 inch on 125 poimds, and 18 inch to 48 inch on 250 pound standards can be conveniently pulled up with box or socket wrenches. "(j) Twin Elbows, whether straight or reducing, carry same dimensions centre to face and face to face as regular straight size eUs and tees. Side Outlet Elbows and Side Outlet Tees, whether straight or reducing sizes, C9,rry same dimensions centre to face and face to face as regular tees having same reductions. ' "(fc) Bull Head Tees or Tees increasing on outlet, will 'have same centre to face and face to face dimensions as a straight fit- ting of the size of the outlet. "(J) Tees and Crosses, 16 inches and down, reducing on the outlet, use the same dimensions as straight sizes of the larger port. Size 18 inch and up, reducing on the outlet, are made in two lengths, depending on the size of the outlet jis given in the table of dimensions. Laterals, 16 inches and down, reducing on the branch, use the same dimensions as straight sizes of the larger port. " (m) Sizes 18 inches and up, reducing on the branch, are made in two lengths, depending on the size of the branch, as given in the table of dimensions. The dimensions of reducing flanged fittings are always regulated by the reductions of the outlet or branch. Fittings reducing on the run only, the long body pattern PIPE FITTINGS 61 will always be used. Y's are special and are made to suit condi- tions. Double sweep tees are not made reducing on the run. "(n) Steel Flanges, Fittings, and Valves are recommended for Superheated Steam." TABLE 35 (Fia. 43) Amemcan Standard Flanged Fittings 126 Pounds Working Pressure Size A-A A B C D E F G Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 1 7 3V2 5 IV. 7V2 5»A IV. 1V« 7V2 3V4 5V2 2 8 67. 1V4 1V2 8 4 6 2'A 9 7 2 2 9 41/2 6V2 2V2 IOV2 8 272 2V2 10 5 7 3 12 972 272 3 11 5Va 7'A 3 13 10 3 6 3V2 12 6 8V2 3V2 14V2 1172 3 672 4 13 6^/2 9 4 15 12 3 7 4V2 14 7 9V2 4 15V2 1272 3 772 S 15 7V2 IOV4 4V2 17 1372 372 8 6 16 8 IIV2 5 18 1472 372 9 7 17 8V2 12'A 5V2 2OV2 1672 4 10 8 18 9 14 5V2 22 1772 472 11 9 20 10 15V4 6 24 1972 472 1172 10 22 11 I6V2 6V2 25V2 2072 5 12 12 24 12 19 7V2 30 2472 572 14 14 28 14 2IV2 7V2 33 27 6 16 15 29 14V2 22V4 8 34'A 2872 6 17 16 30 15 24 8 36V2 30 672 18 18 33 I6V2 26V2 8V2 39 32 7 19 20 36 18 29 9V2 43 35 8 20 22 40 20 3IV2 10 46 3772 872 22 24 44 22 34 11 49V2 4072 9 24 26 46 23 36V2 13 53 44 9 26 28 48 24 39 14 56 4672 97. 28 30 50 25 4IV2 15 59 49 10 30 32 52 26 44 16 32 34 54 27 46V2 17 34 36 66 28 49 18 t • > 36 38 58 29 51V2 19 38 40 60 30 54 20 ... 40 62 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 35 (Fig. 43) (Ccmiinued) American Standabd Flanged Fittings 126 Pounds Working Pressure Sinn A-A A B c D E F G Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 42 62 31 56V2 21 42 44 64 32 59 22 44 46 66 33 6l'A 23 46 48 68 34 64 24 48 50 70 35 66V2 25 50 52 74 37 69 26 52 54 78 39 7IV2 27 54 56 82 41 74 28 56 58 84 42 76V2 29 58 60 88 44 79 30 60 62 90 45 8IV2 31 62 64 94 47 84 32 64 66 96 48 86V2 33 66 68 100 50 89 34 68 70 102 51 9IV2 35 70 72 106 53 94 36 72 74 108 54 96V2 37 74 76 112 56 99 38 76 78 116 58 IOIV2 39 78 80 118 59 104 40 80 82 120 60 IO6V2 41 82 84 124 62 109 42 84 86 126 63 IIIV2 43 86 88 130 65 114 44 88 90 134 67 116V. 45 90 92 136 68 119 46 92 94 138 69 I2IV2 47 94 96 142 71 124 48 96 98 146 73 1267, 49 98 100 148 74 129 50 100 PIPE FITTINGS 63 TABLE 36 (Fia. 43) Extra Heavy American Standard Flanged Fittings 260 Pounds Working Pressure Size A-A A B C D E F G Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches I [lohea Inches 1 8 4 5 2 8V2 6V2 2 1V4 S'A 4V4 5V2 2V2 9V2 7V4 2V4 I'A 9 47^ 6 2V4 11 8V2 2V2 2 10 5 6>A 3 IIV2 9 2V2 2'A 11 572 7 3V2 13 IOV2 2V2 3 12 6 7V4 3V2 14 11 3 6 3V. 13 6V2 8V2 4 I5V2 I2V2 3 6V2 4 14 7 9 4V2 I6V2 13V2 3 7 4V» 15 7'A 9V2 4V2 18 14V2 37. 7V. 5 16 8 IOV4 5 I8V2 15 3V2 8 6 17 8V2 IIV2 5V2 2IV2 17V2 4 9 7 18 9 I2V4 6 23V2 19 472 10 8 20 10 14 6 25V2 2OV2 5 11 9 21 lO'A 15V4 6V2 27V2 22V2 5 IIV2 10 23 ll'A I6V2 7 29V2 24 5V2 12 12 26 13 19 8 33V2 27V2 6 14 14 30 15 21'A 8V2 371/2 31 6V2 16 15 31 I51A 22V4 9 39V2 33 6V2 17 16 33 16'A 24 9V2 42 34V2 7V2 18 18 36 18 26V2 10 45V2 37V2 S 19 20 39 lO'A 29 IOV2 49 4OV2 8V2 20 22 41 20'A 3IV2 11 53 43V2 9V2 22 24 45 22V2 34 12 57V2 47V2 1 24 26 48 24 36V2 13 26 28 52 26 39 14 28 30 55 27V2 4IV2 15 30 32 58 29 44 16 32 34 61 3OV2 46V2 17 34 36 65 32V2 49 18 36 38 68 34 5IV2 19 38 40 71 35V2 54 20 40 42 74 37 56V2 21 42 44 78 39 59 22 . . . 44 46 81 4OV2 6IV2 23 . . • . . . 46 48 84 42 64 24 • • 48 64 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 37 American Standabd Cast Ibon Pipe, Wall Thickness 126 Pounds Working Pressure Diameter Thickness Minimuni Stress per Square Inch Diameter Thickness Minimum Stress pep Square Inch Pounds of Pipe ofKpe Thickness OfKpe OfKpe Thickness Inches Inches Inches Pounds Inches Inches Inches 1 .43 Vi» 143 42 1.82 1"A. 1448 iv. .44 V16 178 44 1.87 I'A 1467 1V2 .45 Vi. 214 46 1.94 1"A. 1484 2 .46 VX6 286 48 2.00 2 1500 2'A .48 V16 357 50 2.07 2Vi. 1515 3 .50 V16 428 52 2.14 2V8 1530 3'A .52 Vi. 500 54 2.20 2Vi. 1543 4 .53 V2 500 56 2.27 2V« 1555 4V2 .55 •A 562 58 2.34 2Vi. 1567 5 .56 •A 625 60 2.41 2Vi. 1538 6 .60 V16 667 62 2.47 2V. 1550 7 .63 Vs 700 64 2.54 2Vi. 1561 8 .66 Vs 800 66 2.61 2V8 1572 9 .70 "Ae 818 68 2.68 2"A. 1582 10 .73 'A 833 70 2.74 2'A 1591 12 .80 "As 923 72 2.81 2"A. 1600 14 .86 'A 1000 74 2.88 2'A 1609 15 .90 'A 1072 76 2.94 2«A6 1617 16 .93 1 1000 78 3.01 3 1625 18 1.00 IVie 1059 80 3.08 3Vi. 1633 20 1.07 IVs 1111 82 3.15 3V8 1640 22 1.13 IV16 1158 84 3.21 3Vi. 1647 24 1.20 IV4 1200 86 3.28 S'A 1653 26 1.27 IVi. 1238 88 3.35 3Vu 1660 28 1.33 I'A 1273 90 3.41 S'A 1667 30 1.40 I'A. 1304 92 3.48 3V. 1643 32 1.47 IV2 1333 94 3.55 3Vi. 1649 34 1.54 IV16 1360 96 3.62 3V. 1655 36 1.60 IVs 1385 98 3.68 3"A6 1661 38 1.67 1"A6 1407 100 3.75 3'A 1667 40 1.73 I'A 1428 PIPE FITTINGS 65 TABLE 38 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Pipe, Wall Thickness 260 Pounds Working Pressure Diameter ThioknesB Minimum Stress per Square Inch Pounds Diameter Thickness Minimum Stress per Square Inch Pounds of Pipe of Pipe Thickness of Pipe of Pipe Thickness Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 1 .45 'A 250 V/i .47 V2 312 16 1.27 I'A 1600 I'A .49 •A 375 18 1.37 I'A 1636 2 .51 V. 600 20 1.48 I'A 1666 2V2 .53 'A. 555 22 1.59 I'A. 1760 3 .56 Vie 667 24 1.70 IVs 1846 3V2 .59 Vi. 778 26 1.81 I'Vie 1793 4 .61 Vs 800 28 1.91 I'A 1866 4V2 .64 'A 900 30 2.02 2 1875 5 .67 "A. 909 32 2.13 278 1882 6 .72 'A 1000 34 2.24 2'A 1889 7 .78 "Ae 1077 36 2.35 2V8 1894 8 .83 "A. 1230 38 2.46 2Vl6 1948 9 .89 'A 1285 40 2.56 2»A6 1953 10 .94 «/i. 1333 42 2.67 2»A6 1953 12 1.05 1 1500 44 2.78 2"A6 1955 14 1.16 I'A 1555 46 2.89 2'A 2000 15 1.21 lVl6 1579 48 3.00 3 2000 TABLE American Standard Pipe Flanges ■ 39 126 Pounds Working Pressure Size Inches Diameter Thickness Bolt Number Size of Length Length of of Flanges of Flanges Circle of Bolts of Bolts Studs with Inches Inches Inches Bolts Inches Inches Two Nuts Inches 1 4 Vi. 3 4 Via IV2 I'A 4'A V. 3V8 4 V18 IV2 IV2 5 Vi. 3V8 4 V2 1% 2 6 Vs 4V4 4 V. 2 2V2 7 "As 5V2 4 V. 2V4 3 T'A 'U 6 4 v. 2V2 S'A 8'A "Ae 7 4 Vs 2V2 4 9 "A. 7V2 8 v. 2V4 4V2 9'A "A» 7'U 8 v« 3 5 10 "/16 8V> 8 V. 3 6 11 1 9V. 8 y* 3 7 12'A IV.. IOV4 8 V4 3 8 13V. IV. IIV* 8 '/i 3V4 9 15 IV. 13V4 12 '/i 3V4 10 16 lVl6 14V4 12 Vs 3V2 12 19 1V« 17 12 V. 3V4 14 21 IV. isv* 12 1 4V4 15 22V* IV. 20 16 1 4V4 66 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 39 (Cmtinued) Ameeican Standakd Pipe Flanges — 125 Pounds Working Pressure Size Diameter Thickness Bolt Number Size of Length Length of Studs with of Flanges of Flanges Circle of Bolts of Bolts Inches Inches Inches Bolts Inches Inches X wo X^ lltO Inches 16 23V2 iVi. 21V* 16 1 4V* 18 25 IVu 22V* 16 iv. 4'A 20 27V2 i"A« 25 20 IVs 5 22 29V> I'Vi. 27V* 20 IV* 5V2 24 32 IVs 29V2 20 IV* 5V2 26 34'A 2 31V* 24 IV* 5V* 28 3672 2V.S 34 28 IV* 6 30 38'A 2V8 36 28 1V8 6V* 32 41V* 2V* 38V2 28 1V2 6V2 34 43'/* 2Vi. 4OV2 32 1V2 6V2 36 46 2V. 42V* 32 1V2 7 38 48V4 2V. 45V* 32 1V8 7 9 40 50'A 2V2 47V* 36 1V8 7 9 42 53 2V8 49V2 36 1V8 7V2 9V. 44 55V* , 2V8 51V* 40 IVs 7V2 9V2 46 57V* 2"A6 53V* 40 1V8 7V2 9V2 48 59V2 2V* 66 44 1V8 8 9V. 50 eiv* 2V* 58V* 44 IV* 8 10 52 64 2V8 6OV2 44 IV* 8 IOV2 54 66V* 3 62V* 44 IV* 8V. IOV2 56 68V* 3 65 48 IV* 8V2 10V> 58 71 3Vs 67V* 48 IV* 9 11 60 73 3V8 69V* 52 IV* 9 11 62 75V* 3V* 71V* 52 1V8 9 11V2 64 78 3V* 74 52 IVa 9 llV. 66 80 3V8 76 52 1V8 9V2 11V2 68 82V* 3V8 78V* 56 1V8 9V2 11V2 70 84V2 3V2 8OV2 56 1V8 10 12 72 86V2 3V2 82V2 60 IV. 10 12 74 88V2 3V8 84V2 60 1V8 10 12 76 90V* 3V8 86V2 60 7V8 10 12 78 93 3V* 88V* 60 2 10V2 I2V2 80 95V* 3V* 91 60 2 10V2 12V. 82 97V2 3V. 93V* 60 2 10V2 13 84 99V* 3V. 95V2 64 2 lOVi 13 86 102 4 97V* 64 2 11 13 88 104V* 4 100 68 2 11 13 90 106V. 4V. 102V* 68 2V8 llV. 14 92 108V* 4V8 104V2 68 2V8 iiV. 14 94 111 4V* 106V* 68 2V8 11V2 14 96 113V* 4V* IO8V2 68 2V* 11V2 14V2 98 115V2 4V8 uov* 68 2V* 12 14V2 100 117V* 4V8 113 68 2V* 12 14V2 PIPE FITTINGS 67 TABLE 40 Extra Hbavt Amebican Standard Pipe Flanges 260 Pounds Working Pressure Size Inches Diameter Thickness Bolt Number Size of Length of Length of Rtiirin with of Flanges of Flanges CSrcle of Bolts Bolts OvUUB WlvU Two Nuts Inches Inches Inches Bolts Inches Inches ■L TT V XI IXUO Inches 1 4V= "A. 3V4 4 V2 2 I'A 5 'A 3V4 4 V2 2V4 IV. 6 "A. 4'A 4 'A 2V2 2 6V2 'A. 5 4 'A 2V2 2V2 7% 1 S'A 4 'A 3 3 8'A I'A eVs 8 'A 3V. 3Vi 9 I'/ie 7V4 8 'A 3V4 4 10 I'A 7V8 8 'A 3V2 4V. lOVi! lVi« 8'A 8 'A 3V2 5 11 I'A 9V4 8 'A 3V4 6 12'A I'A. lOVs 12 'A 3V4 7 14 IV2 ii'A 12 'A 4 8 15 IVs 13 12 'A 4V4 9 I6V4 IV4 14 12 1 4V4 10 17V2 I'A 15V4 16 1 5 12 2OV2 2 17V4 16 IV8 5V2 14 23 2V8 20V4 20 I'A 5V4 15 24'A 2Vl6 21'A 20 IV* 6 16 25'A 2V4 22V2 20 IV4 6 18 28 2'U 24V4 24 IV4 6V4 20 3OV2 2'A 27 24 IV8 6V4 22 33 2V8 29V4 24 1V2 7 24 36 2V4 32 24 IV8 7V. 9V2 26 38V4 21V16 341/2 28 IVs 8 10 28 4OV4 2iV» 37 28 1V8 8 10 30 43 3 39V4 28 IV4 8V2 IOVj 32 45V4 3V8 4IV2 28 IVs 9 11 34 477. 3V4 43V2 28 IVs 9 11V2 36 SO SVs 46 32 IVs 9V2 11V2 38 52Vi 3Vi. 48 32 IVs 9V2 11V2 40 54V2 3Vl6 5OV4 36 IV8 10 12 42 57 3"/i. 52V4 36 IV8 10 12 44 59V4 3V4 55 36 2 IOV2 I2V2 46 6IV2 3V8 57V4 40 2 IOV2 13 48 65 4 6OV4 40 2 11 13 Reducing Fittings. — The sizes for reducing fittings are given in Tables 41, 42, 43, and 44. 68 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING On all reducing tees and crosses from 1 inch to 16 inches, in- clusive, the centre to face dimension of the various outlets is the same on fittings of the same size run. Thus a 5 x 5 X 1 tee has the same centre to face dimension as a 5 X 5 x 5 tee, and is inter- changeable with any combination of 5 inch cross. For sizes 18 inches and up interchangeabiUty exists in two classes, one for short body patterns and one for long body patterns. Fig. 45. Short Body Reducing CroBBes and Tees. TABLE 41 (Fia. 45) AuEBiCAN Standard REDtrcma Tees and Cbosses Short Body Paitem 126 Pounds, Working Pressure Size of Size of Size Outlet and B-B B C Sine Outlet and B-B B C Inches Smaller Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Smaller Inches Inches Inches Inches 18 12 26 13 15V2 60 40 66 33 41 20 14 28 14 17 62 40 66 33 42 22 15 28 14 18 64 42 68 34 44 24 16 30 15 19 66 44 70 35 45 26 18 32 16 20 68 44 70 35 46 28 18 32 16 21 70 46 64 37 47 30 20 36 18 23 72 48 80 40 48 32 20 36 18 24 74 48 80 40 49 34 22 38 19 25 76 50 84 42 50 36 24 40 20 26 78 52 86 43 52 38 24 40 20 28 80 52 86 43 53 40 26 44 22 29 82 54 88 44 54 42 28 46 23 30 84 56 94 47 56 44 28 46 23 31 86 56 94 47 57 46 30 48 24 33 88 58 96 48 58 48 32 52 26 34 90 60 100 50 61 50 32 52 26 35 92 60 100 50 62 52 34 54 27 36 94 62 104 52 63 54 36 58 29 37 96 64 106 53 64 56 36 58 29 39 98 64' 106 53 65 58 38 62 31 40 100 66 110 55 67 PIPE FITTINGS 6d TABLE 42 (Fia. 45) Extra Heavy Ambmcan Standard Rbdttcing Tees and Crosses Short Body Pattern 260 Pounds. Working Pressure Size of Size of Size Outlet and B-B B c Size Outlet and B-B B C Inches Smaller Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Smaller Inches Inches Inches Inches 18 12 28 14 17 34 22 44 22 28 20 14 31 15V2 18V. 36 24 47 23V. 29V. 22 15 33 16V» 20 38 24 47 23V. 30V. 24 16 34 17 21V. 40 26 50 25 31V. 26 18 38 19 23 42 28 53 26V. 33V. 28 18 38 19 24 44 28 53 26V. 34V. 30 20 41 20V. 25V. 46 30 55 27V. 35V. 32 20 41 20V. 26V. 48 32 58 29 37V. n t rr "i^mtUM vv-r Fig. 46. Short Body Beducing Laterals. Fig. 47. Long Body Reducing Laterals. TABLE 43 American Standard REDtjciNa Laterals Short Body Pattern (Fig. 46) 126 Pounds Working Pressure Size Size of Branch and Smaller C D E F Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 18 9 26 25 1 27V. 20 10 28 27 1 29V. 22 10 29 28V. V. 31V. 24 12 32 31V. V. 34V. 26 12 35 35 38 28 14 37 37 40 30 15 39 39 42 70 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Long Body Pattern (Fig. 47) Siie Size of Branch and Larger C D E F Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 18 10 39 32 7 32 20 12 43 35 8V. 35 22 12 46 37V. 8 371/, 24 14 49Vj 40^/, 9 40V. 26 14 53 44 9 44 28 15 56 46'A 9V» 46'/, 30 16 59 49 10 49 TABLE 44 Extra Heavy Amkbican Standard RBDUciNa Laterals Short Body Patiem (Fia. 46) 250 Pounds Working Pressure Size Size of Branch and Smaller C D E F Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 18 9 34 31 3 32V. 20 10 37 34 3 22 10 40 37 3 24 12 44 41 3 43 Long Body Pattern (Fig. 47) Size Size of Branch and Larger C D E F Inohes Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 18 10 45V. 20 12 49 22 12 53 24 14 57V. Cast Steel Fittings. — Walworth Company list cast steel fit- tings for steam pressures up to 350 pounds working pressure, and total temperature of 800 degrees, or working water pressures of 1,000 pounds for 2 inch to 4 inch sizes. 800 pounds for 4V2 inch to 8 inch sizes. 500 pounds for 9 inch to 24 inch sizes. PIPE FITTINGS 71 These fittings have the same dimensions as extra heavy cast iron fittings but are made from steel, having a tensile strength of 60,000 pounds. Ammonia Fittings. — For ammonia piping malleable iron screwed fittings are made with a recess for soldering to insure tightness. Flange fittings are made tongued and grooved and provided with gaskiets. The flanges may be round, square, or Fig. 48. Flanged Ammonia Fittings. oval. Fig. 48 shows some flanged ammonia fittings, and Table 45 gives the sizes of lead or rubber gaskets for tongued and grooved ammonia joints, as made by the Walworth Company. TABLE 45 Ammonia Gaskets fob Tongued and Grooved Joints Size Inches Outside Inside Size Inches Outside Inside Inches Inch^ Diameter Inches Diameter Inches V4 "/a »/« 2 3V32 2Vi. V. 1V.2 "/m 2V. 3"/a 2»/i. v« IVa Va 3 4V»a 3Vl6 v« 1"/S2 IVs 3V. 4"/»2 4V.6 1 l"/3. IV. 4 5"/« 4Vi. I'A 2V« l"/l8 5 6" A. 5V. IV. 2»/» l»/l. 6' 7"/.. 6"/i. 72 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING British Standard Kpe Flanges and Fittings. — The dimensions for standard pipe flanges used in England are given in Tables 46 and 47. TABLE 46 British Stakdabd Pipe Flanges For Working Steam Pressures up to 55 Pounds per Square Inch, and for Water Pressure up to SOO Pounds per Square Inch This table does not apply to boiler feed pipes, or other water pipes subject to exceptional shocks. Diameter of Flange Diameter of Bolt Circle Number of Bolts Diameter of Bolts Thickness of Flanges Internal Diameter of Kpe Cast Iron and Steel or Iron Welded on Cast steel and Bronze Stamped or Forged Wrought Iron or Steel Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches V2 3V4 278 4 7. 7. 78 7i. 'h 4 2V8 4 7. 7. 78 7i. 1 4V2 374 4 7. 7. 78 7i« 1V4 47* 37l6 4 V. 78 7. 74 IV. 57* 378 4 7. 78 7. 74 2 6 47. 4 78 74 7.8 7i. 2'A 67. 5 4 78 74 7i« 7i. 3 77* 574 4 78 74 7l6 78 3V. 8 67. 4 78 74 7l6 78 4 87s 7 4 78 V8 "As 78 4V. 9 77. 8 78 78 "Aa Vi. 5 10 874 8 78 78 "A. 7. 6 11 974 8 78 7. »A. 7. 7 12 1074 8 78 1 74 7. 8 1374 117. 8 78 1 74 7. 9 147. 1274 8 78 1 74 78 10 16 14 8 74 1 74 78 12 18 16 12 74 178 78 78 14 2074 187. 12 78 174 1 74 15 2174 197. 12 78 174 1 74 16 223/4 207. 12 78 174 1 74 18 2574 23 12 78 178 178 78 20 2774 2574 16 78 17. 174 1 24 327. 2974 16 1 178 178 178 Bolt-holes. — For '/2-inch and 78-inch bolts the diameters of the holes to be 'Arinch larger than the diameters of the bolts, and for larger sizes of bolts, 78 inch. Bolt-holes to be drilled off centre lines. PIPE FITl'INGS 73 TABLE 47 Bbitish Standard Pipe Flanges For Working Pressures up to ISB Pounds, 2^5 Pounds, and SSB Pounds per Square Inch Internal Diam. Diam. Number TfaioknesB of Flanges Diam. of of Bolt of Diameter ot Cast Iron, and steel (Cast or of Pipe Flange CSiole Bolts Bolts Steel or Iron Riveted on) Welded on and Bronze 125 Lbs. 125 Lbs. 125 Lba. 225 Lba. 225 Lbs. 225 Lbs. 125 Lbs. 125 225 325 125 225 325 325 Lbs. 325 Lbs. 325 Lbs. 225 Lbs. 325 Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches In. In. In. In. In. In. 'A 3V. 2»A 'A 'A V2 V2 V. V. v.. V. V- 4 2V8 'A V. V2 V2 V. V. Vi. V. 1 4»/« 3Vi. 'A V. V2 V. V. V. V2 >V" I'A 5V4 3V. V. 'A v> V. V. V2 V. "A« I'A 51/2 4'A 'A V> Vs V. V. V2 v» V. 2 e'A 5 V» V. V. V. 1 V. "A. V. 2V» 7V. 5»A 8 V. V. V. 'A 1 V. "A. V. 3 8 6>A 8 V. V. V. 1 IV. V. V. 1 3>A 8>A 7 8 V. V. V. 1 IV. V. V. 1 4 9 71A 8 V. V. V. IV. IV. V. V. IV. 4V. 10 8V. 8 V. V. V. IV. IV. V. V. IV. 5 11 9V. 8 V. 'A 1 IV. 1V2 V. 1 IV. 6 12 lOV. 12 V. 'A 1 IV. 1V2 V. 1 IV. 7 13V. IIV2 12 V. V. 1 IV. IVs V. IV. IV. 8 14V2 12V. 12 V. 'A IVs IV. IV. 1 IV. 1V« 9 16 14 12 V. 1 IV. 1V2 IV. 1 IV. IV. 10 17 15 12 V. 1 IV. 1V2 IV. 1 IV. IVs 12 19»A 17V. 16 V. 1 IV. IV. 2 IV. IV. IV. 14 2IV4 19V2 16 1 I'A IV. IV. 2V. IV. 1V2 IVs 15 22'A 2OV2 16. 1 IV. IV. IV. 2V. IV. IV. IVs 16 24 21V. 20 1 I'A IV. IV. 2V. IV. IV. 2 18 261A 24 20 1V» IV. 1V2 2 2V. IV. IV. 2Vs 20 29 26V2 24 I'A IV. IV. 2V. 21/2 1V2. IV. 2V. 22 31 28V2 24 IV. IV. IV. 2V. 2V. 1V2 2 2Vs 24 331A 30V. 24 IV. IV8 IV. 2V. 2V< IV. 2V. 2V2 Bolt-holes. — For V2-inch and V^nch bolts the diameters of the holes to be ^/le-inch larger than the diameters of the bolts, and for larger sizes of bolts, Vciiich, Bolt-holes to be drilled off center lines. The Engineering Standards Committee gives four classes according to pressure, as follows: low pressure for steam up to 55 pounds, and water up to 200 pounds per square inch; inter- mediate pressure for steam over 55 pounds and not exceeding 125 pounds; high pressure for steam pressure over 125 pounds, and not exceeding 225 pounds; extra high pressure for steam pressure over 225 pounds and not exceeding 325 pounds. 74 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING General dimensions for British Standard Flanged Fittings are given in Tables 48 and 49 for short tees and bends of cast material and for long bends of wrought iron and steel. ^ jy Fig. 49. British Standard Short Tees and Bends. TABLE 48 (Fia. 49) British STAin>ABD Short Bendb and Tees SSS Pounds Working Pressure Siie A R Size A E D D Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches V2 3'A 2'A 7 10 vv« 'A 3'A 2V4 8 11 8'A 1 4 2»A 9 12 9 I'A 4'A 3 10 13 10 I'A 4V. 3 12 15 ii'A 2 5 3V. 14 17 13'A 2'A 5V2 3'A 15 18 14V4 3 6 4 16 19 15'A 3V. 6Vi. 4V. 18 21 17 4 7 4'A 20 23 18»A 5 8 5V2 21 24 19V. 6 9 6'A 24 27 22V4 Fig. 50. British Standard Long Bends. PIPE FITTINGS 75 TABLE 49 (Fig. 50) British Standakd Long Bends of Wbought Iron and Steel Siie A B R Site A B B D D Inches Inches Inches Inqhea Inches Inches Inches Inches •A 4'A 2V. 2 6 25 7 18 'A 5 2V. 2V. 7 31V. 7 24V. 1 6 3 3 8 36 8 28 I'A 6»A 3 3V4 9 39V. 8 31V. IV. 7'A 3 4V. 10 49 9 40 2 97. 3V. 6 12 58 10 48 2'A llV. 4 7V. 14 74 11 63 3 13 4 9 15 79V. 12 67V. 3V. 15V. 5 lOV. 16 93 13 80 4 17 5 12 18 104 14 90 5 21 6 15 20 126 16 110 CHAPTER V PIPE JOINTS There are a great many kinds of joints used for connecting pieces of pipe. Some forms are described in this chapter but there are many others which space does not permit showing. The ideal arrangement woidd be to have the pipe in one continuous piece, but this is not practicable, although the number of joints Fig. 51. Atwood Line Weld. can be greatly reduced by using welded joints. The question of joints should receive very careful attention and the type selected which will best meet the conditions involved. Welded Joints. — Any means of reducing the niunber of joints to be made in pipe lines is distinctly worth while as it makes ^^ Fig. 52. Interlock Welded Necks. fewer chances for leakage, lessens repairs, and is generally com- mendable. The oxy-acetylene blow torch is used by the Pitts- burg Valve, Foundry, and Construction Company for doing PIPE JOINTS 77 welded work, as illustrated in the patented joints shown in Figs. 51 and 52. The "Atwood line weld," Fig. 51, allows the fabricar tion of pipes into lengths as long as can be handled for shipment, with a consequent reduction by about fifty per cent of the number Figs. 53 and 54. Screwed Unions. of flange joints in the line. For connecting branch lines of wrought pipe in mains of the same material, "interlock welded necks" are made use of to eliminate cast fittings. This appears to good advantage in welded headers where the weight is reduced in addi- tion to doing away with a large number of joints. The method of making this connection is shown in Fig. 52. Screw Unions. — For joining two lengths of small screwed pipe, couplings are in general use, as described in Chapter IV, Figs. 55 and 56. Screwed Unions. Table 20. When the joint must be immade frequently, or for making the last joint in a line, unions may be used. Fig. 53 shows a union made of malleable iron with a brass seat forced into place so that contact is between iron and brass. Both ends are ground 78 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING together, making a tight joint. Fig. 54 shows a union made of malleable iron, using a metallic gasket to make a tight joint. The Kewanee Union shown in Fig. 55 is made by the National Tube Company. Part A is made of brass, giving a brass to iron thread connection, and a brass to iron ball joint seat. Fig. 56 shows the Dart Union, having inserted brass seats. Unions are also made entirely of brass. Table 50 gives the dimensions of Crane Company Unions. Figs. S7. Screwed Unions. TABLE 50 (Fig. 57) Crane Malleable Iron Unions, Union Ells, Union Tees Standard Klbows Union, Union, Standard Crane and and Rail- road Unions Size and Tees Male Female Union Unions D with Male A B C D and Female Ends E Inches Inches Inches Inches Inchea Inches Inches V. ... . • . . . > I'A V4 "Ae 2'A« l»A. I'A 2Vi. 27* •A "Ae 2'A 2Vu I'A 2'A 2Vi. V. IVs 3Vl6 2Vl6 I'A 2Vi. 2"A. V* I'A. 3>A 2«A 2V8 27. 37i. 1 I'A. 3"A. 3 2V. 2'A 3Vi. I'A I'A 4Vi. 3Vi. 2V. 2"/m 3»A. IV. l"A. 4»A 3»A. 2»A. 37. 4 2 2V« 5'A 4V. 3'A 3»A. 4Vi. 2V. 2"A. 6 4'A 3Vl6 47i. 4'A 3 3"A. 4V. 3V. 4»A 4 ... 47. PIPE JOINTS 78 Flange Unions. — For many purposes, especially for the larger sizes, flange unions, Figs. 58 and 59, are to be preferred. These are made in a large variety of forms. The object of using them is to facilitate the erection and disassembling of the piping. The Kewanee Flange Union is shown in Fig. 59. Figs. 68 and 59. Flanged Unions. Bolt Circles and Drilling. — The diameters of bolt circles, sizes of bolts and bolt holes, number of bolts, etc., are given in Tables 39 and 40, Chapter IV, for the American Standard which is generally used in the United States. When cast steel flanges are used the bolt holes are spot faced. This is done by facing off around the bolt holes on the back side of the flange, where the nut or head of the bolt bears. This gives a truer and firmer bearing than can be had with a rough casting. Flange Facing. — There are a large number of methods of facing flanges and providing for the holding of gaskets to make tight joints. These may be Usted as 80 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Straight plain face Corrugated, plain face Scored, plain face Grooved, plain face Raised face for gasket Raised face for ground joint Tongue and groove Male and female Fig. 60 shows the plain straight-faced flange commonly employed for pressures up to 125 pounds on steam and water. Either a full face or ring gasket is used. The full face gasket is a Kttle easier to put in place and to centraUze with the bore of the pipe. Very good results can be obtained by a ring gasket of fair thick- ness, so that the gasket will have suJB&cient pressure exerted upon it by the bolts to make a tight joint, before the outside edges of the flange meet. A corrugated, plain face flange is made by cutting concentric cvu:ves with a round nosed tool. The corrugations have a tend- wmm/m ptiiifjiijjim r. ^^ ^v,^\\x^ Pig. 60. Straight Faced Flange. Fig. 61. Raised Face Flange. ency to prevent the gaskets from blowing out. Their use is desirable when the flmd conveyed requires extra thick gaskets. A scored, plain face flange is one which has concentric rings scored upon the face by a diamond-pointed tool. When lead gaskets must be used, as on oil and acid lines, this form of flange is de- sirable. The lead gasket squeezes into the scores and helps to maintain a tight joint without bringing undue strain on the bolts. Same forms of grooved flanges are used in which contact is made by a copper or lead wire pressed into a groove cut into both flanges. This joint is effective, but the flanges must be strong to withstand the stresses set up when the bolts are tightened. A very satisfactory joint for high pressiu-e steam lines is made by raising the face of the flange between the inside of the bolt PIPE JOINTS 81 holes and the bore Vw inch above the rest of the flange, Fig. 61. The entire force exerted by the bolts is concentrated at the joint without danger of the edges of the flanges coming together, mak- ing an eflBcient joint. Such flange faces are advised by the A. S. M. E. Committee for all flanges and fittings for use with pressures above 125 pounds. It is essential that no organic matter should be in contact with superheated- steam as it will carbonize. For such use the raised faces of Fig. 61 may be ground, giving a metal to metal joint. Special gaskets may be had for superheated steam. The tongued and grooved flange shown in Fig. 62 provides a recess to hold the packing in place so that it cannot blow out. Fig. 62. Tongued and Grooved Flanges. Fig. 63. Male and Flanges. The male and female flanges shown in Fig. 63 are used con- siderably on high pressure hydraulic lines and to some extent on high pressure steam Unes. The gasket is held seciu-ely in place, but both Figs. 62 and 63 are difficult to take down as they must be separated a distance equal to the projection before the pipe can be moved. Flange Joints for Steel Kpe. — For making joints with wrought pipe various forms of flange joints are made, of which the follow- ing may be mentioned: Screwed Screwed and calked Screwed and welded Welded Rolled joint Riveted and shrunk Swivel Shrunk joint The screwed joint shown in Fig. 60 is a common method of attach- ing flanges. The flange is screwed on until the pipe projects 82 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING through, then the flange and pipe are faced off together. It is advisable to have the gasket bear on the end of the pipe to insure tightness. The threading weakens the pipe so that for high pressures some of the following tjrpes are advisable. Flanges ^'^'^'^W^WA.-t ik^v^^^^^v.■.w.^^^ Fig. 64. Walco-Weld Flange. Fig. 65. Flange with Calking Recess. are made of cast iron, semi steel, malleable iron, cast steel, and forged steel suitable for the method of joining to the pipe and the pressure to be met. The Walco-Weld flange. Fig. 64, made by the Walworth Com- pany, is made by half-threading on the flange and then welding the back by the oxy-acetylene method, thereby completely elimi- nating the possibility of an imperfect or incomplete weld, as sometimes occurs with the furnace-welded flange. Flanges with a calking recess. Fig. 65, are made by the Crane Company by cutting a recess in the hubs on the backs of the flanges. This recess is Vz inch in depth, 1/4 inch wide at top, and Vw inch wide at bottom. It can be apphed to extra heavy flanges in sizes from 2 to 24 inch. Flanges so fitted are V2 inch higher than the regular flanges. When the flanges are used on cold water, the recesses are filled with lead, and when used on steam the recesses are filled with soft copper, which is Fig. 66. Welded Flange. Fig. 67. Rolled Joint. PIPE JOINTS 83 calked in firmly to keep the flanges from leaking where they are made on pipe. Welded joints are made by welding a wrought steel flange to the pipe, making them into one piece, as shown in Fig. 66. Fig. 67 shows a form of rolled joint. A groove is turned into the flange and the pipe rolled into it. The shrimk joint is shown in Fig. 68. The flange is first bored to a shrink fit, and then heated and placed over the end of the pipe which is peened into the recess in the flange. Afterwards a facing cut is taken across the end of the pipe and flange. The gasket should bear on the end of the pipe as the joint between pipe and flange may not be absolutely tight. Shrunk joints are also made with either single or double riveting. The Walmanco joint. Fig. 69, was developed in the Walworth shops in 1897. Some of the advantages of this form as stated by the makers are : first — the pipe is not weakened by cutting into the waU; second — the gasket bears on the face of the lap, and Fig. 68. Shrink Joint. Fig. 69. Walmanco Joint. Fig. 70. Cranelap Joint. absolutely prevents leakage through the bore of the flange; third — the advantage of the flange swiveling on the pipe is obvious to the fitter; fourth — the flange has maximum strength, and is not subject to torsional strains in attaching. The Cranelap joint made by Crane Company is shown in Fig. 70. The face of the flange is bevelled to the Avidth of the lap, to 84 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING compensate for the difference in the thickness of the pipe between the inside and outside portions of the lap, caused by drawing over the pipe, and the lap is made with a square comer so that the inside of the pipe runs straight to the face of the joint, as illus- trated in Fig. 70. The flanges in these joints are loose and swivel. This is a great convenience when it is necessary to change the position of bolt holes, which this makes possible. Pipe Flange Tables. — The principal dimensions for the vari- ous flange joints are given in Tables 51 to 56 inclusive. For American standard pipe flanges and British standard pipe flanges see Tables 39, 40, 46 and 47 of Chapter IV. Umg Hub F7ansres C^st/ron or ^rrosfve/ Long Mu6 F/anges Forced Sfeet Fig. 71. Cranelap Flanges. Short Hub F/anges Ma//eo6/e /ran, Cosf-'ffteet or Far^eef Sfse/ TABLE 51 (Fig. 71) Extra Heavy Cranelap Pipe Joints WO Pounds Working Pressure Size B Q G E T N A Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 4 6Vi. 5V4 IV4 1V8 6V8 3V4 S'A IV4 4V. 6'Vl6 6V4 IV16 I'A 7V4 3"A6 3V4 I'Vis 5 7V8 7 I'A IV4 7V4 4V8 S'A I'A 6 8V2 7«/.. l'A« IV4 9 4V4 3V4 2 7 9V* 9V8 I'A 1V16 10 4Vl6 3V8 2Vi. 8 lO'A IOV16 I'A I'A 11 4V8 3V2 3Vl6 9 U'A ll'/s IV4 IV16 I2V4 4'Vu 3V8 2V4 10 13V8 12V8 I'A I'A I31A 4'Vl6 3V4 2V8 12 15V8 14V4 2 1V8 15V4 5Vi« 4 2Vi. 14 16V4 16Vl6 2V8 I'A 17 5'A 4V8 2"A. 15 17V8 17V4 2Vi. i"A. 18 5V8 4V2 2'Vi« 16 19V4 181A 2V4 IV8 19 6 4V4 2V8 18 21V2 20V4 2V8 2 21'A 6V4 5 3V.. 20 23V4 22V> 2V2 2V4 23V« 6V2 5V2 S'A 22 26 24V4 2V8 2V4 25V2 6V8 5V2 3V.. 24 28V4 27 2V4 2Vi. 27V2 7V4 6V4 3V8 PIPE JOINTS 85 Casf /ron Sem/ S/se/ Ma//ea6/e /ran Forget/ Sfee/ CtfSf /ron^ Semf Sfes/t fbtyeefSfee/ Fig. 72. Walmanco Flanges. TABLE 52 (Fia. 72) Standard Weight Walmanco Flanges New Style Low Hub High Hub Diameter Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Pipe Size of Flange through Hub at Edge through Hub at Edge through Hub Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 4 9 IVa "/.. 17.. "A. 278 4V2 974 178 "A. 174 5 10 I'A "/.. 17.8 "A. 278 6 11 2 1 l7i. 1 278 7 1272 27l6 17i. 172 17.. 278 8 1372 178 178 178 178 3 9 15 278 178 I'A 178 374 10 16 2Vl6 17.6 17. 17.. 372 12 19 274 174 27.. 174 4V4 14 21 2V8 17. 27i. IV. 474 15 227* 2V, 178 27.. IVs 474 16 2372 27l6 17.. 27.. 17.. 474 18 25 27.. 17.. 27. 17.. 472 20 2772 2"/i« 1"/.. 274 l"A. 472 22 2972 2"/i« l"/i. 278 24 32 278 17. 3 178 572 26 3472 3 28 3672 37.. 30 38V4 378 86 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 53 (Fig. 72) Extra Heavy Walmanco Flanges Forged New Style High Hub Steel Pipe Size Outside Dismetei High Hub laches Thick- Thickness Thickness Inches Diameter of Face ness of Flange Diameter of Hub through Hub of Flange Thickness of Flange 4 10 6"A 2 578 2"/i. 174 178 4>A lov. 77. 2 6V1G 278 l7i. 174 5 11 8 2V8 6"A« 3 17. 174 6 12V2 9V4 2V4 8V1. 37i. I7i. 174 7 14 lO'A 2'A 9 37l6 172 17l8 8 15 11V4 2>A 10 37i. 17. 178 9 I6V4 12V2 2V8 IIV4 3"A« 174 17.. 10 17>A 13»A 2V4 12Vi. 3"A. 178 172 12 20V2 16 3 14Vl6 47.. 2 17. 14 23 17V4 S'A 15"A6 4"A6 278 17* 15 241A I8V4 3V4 17 478 27.. l"A. 16 25'A 19V4 3'A 18 5 274 178 18 28 21V4 S'A 20 57l6 278 2 20 30V. 23V4 3V4 227. 57. 272 274 . 22 33 25V4 3V8 247j 5V8 278 24 36 27V4 4 2672 6"A6 274 TABLE 54 (Fig. 68) Shbunk and Pbened Flanges — Extra Heavy Size Diameter Cast Flanges Forged Flanges of Flange Inches Inches A B c A B c 4 10 174 67.8 374 178 574 378 472 1072 17i. 6'7i. 3«A. 174 674 374 5 11 178 778 478 174 7 374 6 1272 17l6 872 474 174 7"/i. 374 7 14 172 974 4Vi. 17l6 978 378 8 15 178 1078 478 178 I07i6 372 9 1674 174 1178 4"/l6 17l6 1178 37. 10 1772 178 1378 4"A. 172 1278 374 12 2072 2 1578 57i. 178 1474 4 14 23 27. 1674 572 174 167i. 478 15 2472 27ie 177. 578 1"A6 1774 472 16 2572 274 1974 6 17. 1872 47. 18 28 278 2172 674 2 2074 5 20 3072 272 2374 672 274 227. 572 22 33 278 26 678 274 2474 57. 24 36 274 2874 774 27l6 27 674 87 ^•jTy.t Fig. 73. Tongued and Grooved Flanges. S S ^ & o n ^^ ^^ ^*». ^^ f^ ^**. tua ^^>. n ^^ ^^ ^^ ^*», ^-"^ ^■-., o9 ^"^ ^^ ^■>., ^-v, ^~»«, lo .-(T-i.-11-i.-l'r-icqcqMlNN -< i I o n i 1 >->>>->>>>x<.<<;< 88 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Fig. 74. Male and Female Flanges. TABLE 56 (Fig. 74) ExTKA Heavy Mai.e and Female Flanges Size D E F H J Cast Flanges Forged Flanges Inches A B C A B G 1 4V. V" Vi. 2V« 2V» Vi. 2 1 IV. 5 Vi. V. 2.A 2«/l6 V. 21/! IVs IV. 6 Vi. V. 3V. 3Vi. V. 2V8 IV. 2 6V2 Vi. V. 3V. 311/1. V. 3Vi IV. V. 3V« 1"/. 2V2 7V2 Vi. V. 4V« 4Vis 1 4 iVi. .1 41/iB iVi. 3 8V. Vi. V. 5 5i/i« IV. 4./. IVi. 1 411/1. 1VI6 3V. 9 Vi. Vs 51/! 5Vi. iVi. 51/. IV. IV. 5Vi. IV. 4 10 Vw V. 6 evi. iV. 5V. 1'/. IV. 51./,. IV. 4'A lOVs v.. V. 61/! 6Vi5 IVi. 6V1. liVi. iV. 61/. V'/u 5 11 Vi. v. 7V4 7./n IV. 6'/. IV. IV. 6IV1. IVa 6 12V! Vi. V. 8Va 8Vit IVi. 7iVi« 2 IV. 7Vi 2 7 14 V. v.. 9V. 9Vi. IV! 9 2I/1S iVi. 91/a 2Vi. 8 15 V. v.. lOV. lOii/i! IV. lOVs 2./i« 1"/. lOV. 2'/i. 9 16V4 V. Vi. 11V» llii/i. IV. llVi. 21/. IVi. llVi. 21/. 10 17V! V. v.. 12./. 12iVi. IV. 12»/. 2V. IV! 12Vi. 2»/. 12 20Vi V* v.. 151/. 155/16 2 14V» 2Vi. IV. 14V. 2Vl. 14 23 V. Vl6 161/! 16Vi. 21/. 15Vu 211/1. 1"/. I51V1. 211/1. 15 24Vi V. v« 171/s 17Vi. 2>/i. I61V1. 2i'/i. liVi. 17Vi. 2iVi. 16 25V! V. Vi. 18V! ISVi. 21/. 18 27. IV. 201/. 31/is IS 28 V. v.. 21 211/1. 2'/, 20V» 31/1. 2 20V. 31/1. 20 30V> V. Vi. 23 231/1. 21/! 22V1S 31/. 21/, 221/8 3Vi 22 33 V. Vi. 251/! 25Vi. 2./, 241/! 3Vi. 21/. 24'/. 3V. 24 36 V. Vi. 27Vi 27Vi6 28/. 26V. 3V. 2V« 26»/i. 3'/s Special Connections. — Several forms of special connections for lap-welded steel pipe, as made by the American Spiral Pipe Works, are shown in Figs. 75 to 80. The flanges are all made of forged steel. Fig. 75 shows a riveted steel flange connection which is made in different standards for high and low pressure work. Fig. 76 shows a welded steel flange with follower rings, a form of con- nection especially suited for high pressure work. A field riveted joint suitable for long Knes where faciUties are ample for rivet- ing up at destination, is shown in Fig. 77. It possesses many advantages over the ordinary field joint as the taper end may be inserted into the flared end without difficulty, thus enabling holes to be brought quickly inta alignment. PIPE JOINTS 89 A form of bell and spigot lead joint for low pressure water lines is shown in Fig. 78. It requires a less amount of lead than Fig. 75. Riveted Flanges. Fig. 76. Flanges with Follower Rings. ordinary cast pipe. The bolted socket joint shown in Fig. 79 is especially suited for long line work or for connections on submerged o o o o o Fig. 77. Field Riveted Joint. Fig. 78. Bell and Spigot Joint. pipe lines as it allows for a sKght deflection at each joint. The standard bolted joint connection shown in Fig. 80 forms an ex- Fig. 79. Bolted Socket Joint. Fig. 80. Bolted Joint. pansion joint and permits a deflection or slight angle to be made at each joint. 90 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Converse Joints. — The Converse lock joint pipe, Fig. 81, and the Matheson joint pipe, Fig. 82, are made by the National Tube Company in sizes ranging from 2 inches to 30 inches outside diameter, and about 18 feet long. The joints are made with Fig. 81. Converse Joint. lead. The Converse Lock Joint is made by means of a cast iron hub whose inner surface has an inwardly projecting ring at mid- length; on each side of this ring are two wedge-shaped pockets, diametrically opposite; near each mouth of the hub is a recess for lead. Close to each end of the pipe are two strong rivets, placed at such distance from the end that when the pipe is inserted I into the hub and I slightly rotated, the rivets engage the slopes of the wedge-shaped pock- ets and force the end of the pipe against the central ring of the hub. Lead is then pour- ed into the recess provided for it. Fig. 82. Matheson Joint. and securely calked. Table 57 gives standard sizes, thicknesses, etc., for Converse joint pipe. Matheson Joints. — Matheson joint pipe is a pipe with a joint of a bell and spigot type, very similar in appearance to a cast iron PIPE JOINTS 91 TABLE 57 (Fio. 81) CoNVBESE Lock Joint Pipe Huh — Cast Iron Weight per External Thick- Weight per Foot Plain Ends Weight of Lead Foot Complete, MiU Diameter ness Diameter D Length L Weight for Field End Including Hub Leaded Test on Mill End 2.00 .095 1.932 3V4 3V. 4.25 1.00 2.207 700 3.00 .109 3.365 5V8 3V4 8.50 2.25 3.931 700 4.00 .128 5.293 6Vi 4 10.50 3.00 5.991 600 5.00 .134 6.963 7V4 4V4 15.00 3.75 7.932 600 6.00 .140 8.762 8V4 4V. 19.00 4.50 9.969 600 7.00 .149 10.902 9'A 4'A 24.00 5.50 12.419 600 8.00 .158 13.233 lO'A 4V4 28.25 6.50 15.008 600 9.00 .167 15.754 11V4 4V4 34.60 8.50 17.958 500 10.00 .175 18.363 12V4 5 39.00 9.00 20.801 500 11.00 .185 21.368 13V4 5 41.50 10.00 23.963 500 12.00 .194 24.461 15 5V2 55.00 11.00 27.795 500 13.00 .202 27.610 leVs 5V2 59.00 12.00 31.179 500 14.00 .210 30.928 17V8 S'A 67.00 14.50 35.013 500 15.00 .222 35.038 18V« 5V4 78.00 15.50 39.731 500 16.00 .234 39.401 19V4 6V4 102.00 25.00 45.847 500 17.00 .240 42.959 20V8 6V4 110.00 26.00 49.850 450 18.00 .245 46.458 22V8 6V4 140.00 30.00 55.123 450 19.00 .259 51.840 23Vi6 6V4 150.00 32.00 61.081 450 20.00 .272 57.309 24Vi6 7V4 180.00 37.00 68.337 450 22.00 .301 69.765 26V8 7V4 215.00 45.00 82.868 450 24.00 .330 83.423 29 8V4 275.00 50.00 99.789 450 26.00 .362 99.122 31V8 8V4 360.00 64.00 120.555 450 28.00 .396 116.746 33'Vi6 9V4 425.00 77.00 142.000 450 30.00 .432 136.421 36Vi6 10 525.00 82.00 166.828 450 pipe joint. The joint is made by belling out or expanding one end of the pipe in such a manner as to permit the bell end to sUp over the plain or spigot end of the next length of pipe, leaving enough space between the two for the lead which is to make the joint. After the end of the pipe has been shaped a wrought band is shrunk on the outside of the bell to reinforce it at this point and to keep it in shape to withstand the calking of the lead. The spigot end of the pipe has a recess turned in it jwhich prevents the lead from blowing out or the pipe from pulling out. This pipe is extensively used for water service in the west. Table 58 gives standard sizes, thicknesses, etc., for Matheson pipe. 92 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 58 (Fig. 82) Matheson Joint Pipb Thick- ness Outside Diameter of Rein- forcing BingD Length of Joint L Weight per Foot Weight of Lead per Joint External Diameter Plain Ends Complete Mill Test 2.00 .095 2.966 2.16 1.932 1.952 1.00 700 3.00 .109 4.034 2.26 3.365 3.392 1.75 700 4.00 .128 5.236 2.32 5.293 5.339 2.75 600 6.00 .134 6.268 2.38 6.963 7.019 3.50 600 6.00 .140 7.446 2.50 8.762 8.872 4.75 600 7.00 .149 8.484 2.58 10.902 11.028 5.50 600 8.00 .158 9.646 2.73 13.233 13.405 6.75 600 9.00 ..167 10.684 2.73 15.754 15.945 8.25 500 10.00 .175 11.846 2.82 18.363 18.610 9.50 500 11.00 .185 12.886 2.91 21.368 21.638 11.00 500 12.00 .194 14.048 3.00 24.461 24.880 13.25 500 13.00 .202 15.084 3.07 27.610 28.060 15.25 500 14.00 .210 16.370 3.15 30.928 31.536 17.25 500 15.00 .222 17.394 3.24 35.038 35.686 19.25 500 16.00 .234 18.438 3.32 39.401 40.089 22.00 500 17.00 .240 19.470 3.41 42.959 43.687 23.75 450 18.00 .245 20.730 3.50 46.458 47.384 25.75 450 19.00 .259 21.778 3.57 51.840 52.815 29.00 450 20.00 .272 22.804 3.64 57.309 58.332 31.00 450 22.00 .301 24.882 4.06 69.756 71.098 40.25 450 24.00 .330 26.980 4.26 83.423 84.882 48.00 450 26.00 .362 29.064 4.40 99.122 100.697 55.25 450 28.00 .396 31.672 4.58 116.746 119.021 65.00 450 30.00 .432 33.764 4.75 136.421 138.851 75.00 450 FigB. 83, 84, and 85. Flanges for Copper Pipe. PIPE JOINTS 93 Flanges for Copper Pipe. — For copper pipe the flanges are made of composition and are attached by brazing or brazing and riveting. Figs. 83, 84, and 85 show three methods of attaching flanges to copper pipe, the first form is a plain flange brazed on, the second is brazed and riveted, and the third is peened and brazed. Fig. 86. Wiped Joint. Fig. 87. Blown Joint. Lead Pipe Joints. — Lead pipe may be joined by means of flanges bolted together or by wiped or blown joints as shown in Figs. 86 and 87. The flanges may be of lead integral with the pipe or separate cast iron flanges may be used as in Figs. 88 and 89 respectively. The amoimt of lead required for making lead joints is given in the following tabulation. The thickness of the joint ranges from V4 inch on small sizes to V2 inch on larger sizes. Fig. 88. Lead Flanges. Fig. 89. Iron Flanges for Lead Pipe. Diameter Weight Diameter Weight Inches Pounds Inches Pounds 2 2V2 12 15 3 3'A 14 18 4 4V2 16 22 b 6V2 18 26 8 9 20 33 10 13 94 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Joints for Riveted Pipe. — Straight riveted pipe may be joined by riveting while in the course of erection, by flanges riveted on to the end of the pipe, or in some cases by a slip joint. Spiral riveted pipe may be joined by flanges riveted to the ends of the Fig. 90. Slip Joint. pipe, by a slip joint. Fig. 90, by means of a crimped end and sleeve. Fig. 91, or by bolting, Figs. 80 and 92. The makers have their own standard for dimensions of flanges and drilling so that the American Standard is not supphed unless called for. Table 59 gives the spiral pipe manufacturers' standard dimensions for flanges. The Root bolted joint. Fig. 92, is recommended for both asphalted and galvanized pipe when used to convey water. The joints shown in Figs. 90 and 93 are from Uterature of the American Spiral Pipe (T' ~ - - -^ e^ ^r^ Fig. 91. Crimped End and Sleeve. Works. The lugs shown in Figs. 90 and 91 are for the purpose of drawing up the pipe. Calking is necessary to obtain a tight joint. DifEerences in temperature cause a large amount of expan- sion and contraction on long lines of flanged pipe. Either bolted joints, Figs. 80 and 92 or an expansion joint, Fig. 93, may be PIPE JOINTS 95 used at intervals of about 400 feet to take care of these changes in length. The expansion joint consists of a cast body and brass sleeve, with a gland and packing as shown in the figure. Fig. 92. Bolted Joint. TABLE 59 Flanges fob Rivbted Pipe Riveted Pipe Manufaduresrs' Standard Inside Outside Diameter Sizes of Number Diameter of Diameter Diameter of Bolt Circle Bolts of Bolt Holes Inches Inches Inches Inches Bolts Inchra 3 6 4V4 Vi. 4 V« 4 7 6'Vi. Vie 8 V2 5 8 6"/l6 Vi. 8 Vj 6 , 9 TVs V. 8 Vs 7 10 9 V2 8 Vs 8 11 10 'h 8 Vs 9 13 li'A V2 8 Vs 10 14 12V4 Va 8 V. 11 15 ISVs Va 12 V. 12 16 14V4 V2 12 Vs 13 17 15V4 V2 12 Vs 14 18 16V4 'h 12 Vs 15 19 17Vi. V2 12 Vs 16 21V4 19V4 V2 12 Ve 18 23V4 21V4 Vs 16 V4 20 25V4 23V8 Vs 16 V. 22 28V4 26 Vs 16 V4 24 30 27V4 Vs 16 V4 96 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Joints for Cast Iron Pipe. — Two forms of joints for cast iron pipe are mentioned and illustrated in Chapter I. Dimensions for cast iron bell and spigot joints are given in Tables 1 and 2, Chapter II. For flanges the dimensions for the American Standard are given in Tables 39 and 40, Chapter IV. Eni[ I ] ''^f>ttt*it>*if>n Fig. 93. Expansion Joint. The form of joint shown in Fig. 94 is used on "universal" cast iron pipe made by the Central Foimdry Company. The contact smfaces are machined on a taper at sUghtly different angles and drawn together by bolts, giving an iron to iron joint. The different tapers permit a deflection of three degrees so that the joint allows for expansion and uneven ground settlement. Hub End Ss Taper Sp/gof End S° Taper Fig. 94. Universal Cast Iron Joint. Straight lengths may be laid on a curve of 150 feet radius. Two bolts per joint are sufficient for pressures up to 175 pounds. Table 60 gives the thicknesses and weights of "universal" pipe. Lengths lay a full six feet. PIPE JOINTS 97 2 § o ■< 1 * N M « ^M -J* « <; \ ^ ^ ^ "-1 Ti £ SjTjiiointD" t-ooojO''"' -^ ji ^ If t^t^f^TjHCOOS-^O^HOCO •o S toooc^i^TH^Tioo-^eoM o 9 1^ » H^(NCI3'*lOl>03M dfi 1'^"! ^ <<< << < 1^ o 3!^io3C5CO'*P--*!OM S(M(NC0lOl^C»(N'OC3 "s i-H i-H C^ saqoaj ssanJiDiqj;, ■xojddv ■e •« << O +J r° S" rlOO—lcDNtfltDlNlOTlltO 1 gs U5 i , * « ^ . ^ A m o S -S o oOWOOC^Oit^i^t^-^CCi s s ^ >H(MlNCOTtlOQOOCOai 5 us 1-1 tH W "^ B^^aul lO Bsaa3[oiqx loiddy iOl>e<5>Ot^(M000000O5W':O o S "^ " i 13 . H p; -M O s s o : iooio-Htocooosmoo s a Eh . ..-l(NMTt 3g .-1 tH '^ saqoni lO esaraioiqx : :^g. SSSteSSf? ■xojddy ■fi -^ «4 O ■»:> o an fn a . .oo-*oioeocot~roco "S " 3 «* .O"^00tO<:DOiCn Si ■sS =• (O ,_] i-Ht-HT-lC^C0-^»OCDCl l|l 1^ s^l ■s ■ ■ ■<•<■<<<; i^ o '. '. oo-^o^O'h^tatD P=( "s eaqsux ■ • lO BB9n3I0Tt(X ; ;£;°^^gss§fe •xoiddy ja^auxBiQ O.K. at 750 18 ... O.K. at 700 Strength op Extra Heavy Gate Valves Sizes, Inches Pressure in Pounds per Square Inch Cast Iron Ferro Steel 4to8 1600 to 1900 2450 to 2600 10 and 12 1350 to 1550 1760 to 1900 14 to 16 1100 1200 to 1350 18 O.K. at 850 20 to 24 O.K. at 600 Standard Pressures and Dimensions. — Valves are generally constructed for three pressures, standard, medium, and extra heavy. Standard pressure generally means 125 poimds, medium 175 pounds, and extra heavy 250 poimds, when referring to steam. When used for water these values may be greatly increased, de- pending upon the conditions of service. Valves are made of cast steel suitable for steam pressures up to 350 poimds per square inch. The following tables give some of the dimensions for vari- ous kinds of valves as made by different companies. STANDARD VALVES 105 11 JJ X Rjit 4 1 ilT hrT 1 1 ,..!tH 1 - t •- e - _ — ' • _ Fig. 105. Jenkins Valves, Globe, Angle, and Cross. TABLE 62 (Fiq. 105) Jenkins Standakd Globe, Angi:b, and Cboss Valves. AND Flanged 150 Pounds Working Pressure Brass — Screwed Size A B c D E F G H J Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Vs PA. "Ae 278 274 17. V* 2V8 2Vl6 lVi» IVs 27. v» 378 3V8 27i. »A 2V8 3 I'A. 27i» 2V8 "A2 478 4 27l8 V2 2'A 3Vi. IVs 27l6 3 78 478 5 27.6 'A 3Vi. 3V8 IV2 2V8 37» "U 57* 578 2»A. 'l 3"A. 4 I'A 2V. 4 Vi. 57. 6 3 iV* 4V* 4»A 2Vl6 21V16 472 "/« 7 774 372 I'A 4'A 4V8 2V* 3Vl6 5 7^ 77* 778 478 2 5»A 6 2Vs 3V* 6 7l6 978 974 47. 2V2 eVs 6'A 374 47« 7 78 978 974 5 3 8V2 77= 47* 4Vl6 77.! "As 1078 1174 6 TABLE 63 (Fig. 105) Jenkinb Extra Heavt Globe, Angle, and Gross Valves. Screwed and Flanged SBO Pounds Working Pressure Brass — Size A B c D E F G H J Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 72 2'7l6 374 172 278 374 '7b 474 478 278 74 372 474 174 272 374 "/« 6 678 378 1 478 474 27l6 278 472 72 678 778 372 174 478 572 27l6 374 5 "A2 772 8 478 172 578 674 2'7ia 3'7l6 6 7l8 878 878 478 2 674 774 378 478 672 78 974 1078 5 272 772 874 374 474 772 "A. 1178 1274 672 3 874 972 478 578 874 74 1278 1378 772 106 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Fig. 106. Jenkins Gate Valves. TABLE 64 (Fia. 106) Jenkins Staubabd Gate Valves. Bhass — Screwed and Flanged 1S5 Pounds Working Pressure Size A B E F G J K L M Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches v« I'A 2V2 2V4 v» 3V2 IV* 'A I'A 2V8 2V8 "A. 3V» iVi V2 i"A. 2'Vl6 3 'A 3'Vi« 2 'A 2Vl6 3»A 3V2 "/b 4"A6 2Vi. 2V4 4V4 5"A. 1 2"A6 3«A« 4 Vie 5Vie 2»A6 3Vi. 5V. 6Ve I'A 3 4'A 4V2 »A2 6V4 3 SVs 6V8 ■ 8Vi« I'A S'A 4V8 5 'A ev* 3V. 3V8 77* 9Vi. 2 4 S'A 6 Vie 7V4 4V8 4V8 8V* 10V8 21A 4"A6 61A 7 Vs 9 4V8 4"/l6 9"A6 12"A« 3 5'A 7'A 7'A "A. lOVs 5 5V. IIV2 15 TABLE 65 (Fig. 106) Jenkins Medium Pkessueb Gate Valves. Bkass — Screwed AND Flanged 175 Pounds Working Pressure Size A B E F G J K L M Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches V4 2Vl6 2iVi« 2V4 Vss 3V8 2Vl6 V8 2Vie 2"A6 3 "A2 3V8 2Vl6 V2 2V2 3V4 3 V8 4V8 2Vl6 'U 2V8 3'Vl6 3V2 "/o 5V4 2»A6 3Vi8 5V4 6V8 1 3V2 4V4 4 Vie 6 3 3V8 6 7V8 vu 3«A6 4V4 4V2 "A2 eVs 3V2 3V8 7 8V2 1V« 4V82 5Vl6 5 V2 7 4V8 4V8. 7V8 9V. 2 5Vl6 6 6 Vi. 8V4 4V8 4"A« 8V8 llVs 27. 5V4 6"A. 7 V8 10V4 5 5V4 lOVs 13V. 3 7 8V8 VU "A. 11V2 6 6"A. I2V4 15V4 STANDARD VALVES 107 TABLE 66 (Fia. 106) Jenkins Extba Heavt Gate Valves. Brass — Screwed and Flanged $50 Pounds Working Pressure Size A B E F G J K L M Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches V2 2"A. S'Vie 3'A 'V32 4V4 2V8 'A 3Vl6 4Vl6 3'A "As 5»A 3V8 3V8 5V8 6V4 1 S'A 5 4V. 'A e'A 3'A 3V8 6Vi« ' 7"A. IV. 4'A 5V. 5 "Az 7'A 4V8 4V8 7V« 9 I'A 4'A 6 6 Vl6 8 4V8 4"A. 8 10 2 S'A 7Vs 6'A Va 9V4 5 5»A 9V8 12V8 2'A 6=A S'A 7V2 "A« 11 6V2 6"/l6 lOVs iS'A 3 7V» 9 8V4 »A 12V8 7V2 7V8 12Vi« 15V8 r r l^^n 1 'JL •-E e/aie Ag-Aa /4^^ Ang^ l^a/i^e C/vss ya/ys Fig. 107. Crane Globe, Angle, and Cross Valves. TABLE 67 (Fig. 107) Crane Standard Weight Globe, Angle, and Cross Valves 125 Pounds Working Pressure, Iron Body Size B C D B F G Size B C D E P G A A Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. Ins. 2 8 4 6 Vi lO'A 6V1 7 16 8 12>A lVi« 20>A 14 2V. 8«A 41A 7 "A» ll'A 6>A 8 17 8V1 13'A I'A 23'A 16 3 9V< 4V. 7Vi •A 12'A 7V. 10 20 10 16 I'A. 28 18 3V. lO'A 5Vi 8V. "A« 13 7'A 12 24 12 19 I'A 34 20 4 m/i S>/< 9 «Ao 15V* 9 14 28 14 21 I'A 38V» 24 4V. 12 6 9'A "A« 15V4 9 15 30 15 22V4 I'A 38'A 24 5 13 6V> 10 «A. 17V< 10 16 32 16 231A l'A« 41Vi 27 6 14 7 11 1 19 12 108 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Fig. 108. Crane Globe, Cross, and Angle Valves. TABLE 68 (Fig. 108) Crane Medium Pkessukb Globe, ANGMi and Cross Valves 175 Pounds Working Pressure — Iron Body Size Size B C D E F G H J of By L A Pass Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 2 9 41/. 6iA 'A 7V4 3Vs 11V« W. 2'/, 10 5 7V. 1 8 4 12Vs 7V2 3 11 5'A 8»A IV. 8>A 41A 4V. 9 SVi! 12 6 9 I'/i. 9V2 4V. 15V« 10 4 13 6'A 10 11/4 IOV2 51A levs 10 41A ISVa 6»A 101/2 iVi. llVi 5V. ITVs 12 5 Wh 7Vi U IV. 121A 61A 181A 12 6 16 8 121A IVi. 14 7 20V4 14 7 17V! 8'A 14 I'A 17 81A 211A 14 8 20 10 15 1V» 181/2 91A 241/, 16 IV. 12 10 221A ii>A 171A IV. 221/, llVi 281/2 20 1V2 13V4 12 251/2 12V« 20 2 251A 12V« 31 20 2 15»A TABLE 69 Crane Extra Heavy Globe 250 Pounds Working (Fia. 108) , Angle, and Cross Valves Pressure, Iron Body Size A B C D E F G H J Siz ofE Pas e Angle y Cross B K Globe L Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inch es Inches Inches 2 lOV. 51A 6V2 v« 91A 4V. 13V« 71A 21A 111/2 5V. 7V2 1 lOV. 5V. I41A 9 3 121A eVi 81A iv. IIV* 5V. 171/2 10 31A 131/1 6V. 9 lVi« 121A ev. 171A 10 4 14 7 10 IV. 13 61A 191/2 14 *v. 15 7V2 101/2 lVi» 14 7 I91A 14 S 15V« 7V> 11 IVs 15 71A 21 1/2 16 g 17V2 8V. 121A 1VH I61A 81A 25 18 7 I91A 9V. 14 1V2 ISV* 91/! 261/. 20 s 21 IQiA IS IV. 20 10 291A 24 IV 2 13V. 13V. 10 241A I21A 171A IV. 231A llV. 331A 27 IV 2 142A 14V. 12 28 14 2OV2 2 39 30 2 17V. 17V. 14 33 I61A 23 2V. 42 36 2 19V. 18V. 12 33 I61A 24V2 2'As 42 36 2 19V. 18'/. STANDARD VALVES 109 Fig. 109. Fig. 110. Walworth Gate Valves. TABLE 70 (Figs. 109 and 110) Walworth Standard Gate Valves — Iron Body 1S5 Pounds Working Pressure Size A B C D E F G J Inches Ii iches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 2 I )V2 7 lOVs 1278 6 6 7s 1078 2'A t Vh 71/2 12V8 15 6 7 "Ae 1178 3 i )V8 8 14 1778 8 772 74 1378 31/2 i )V4 8'A 15V8 1972 8 872 "Ae 1478 4 "i "A 9 17V2 2178 9 9 "Ae 16 41A ; 'V4 9IA 19 2378 9 974 "A. 1678 5 { ! 10 2OV4 2678 10 10 "Ae 187. 6 { » 10V2 23Vs 3078 12 11 1 2072 7 11 27V2 347s 14 1272 17l8 2278 8 ll'A 29V8 3872 14 1372 178 2472 9 12 . . . 14 15 17s 10 13 35V8 4678 16 16 17l6 2978 12 14 4IV2 5474 16 19 174 34 14 15 51 6574 18 21 178 3878 15 15 20 2274 178 16 .. I6V4 56V8 7378 20 2372 17l6 4278 18 17V2 64 83 20 25 17l6 47 20 .. 1872 69 90 24 2772 1"A6 5078 22 19 27 2972 1"A6 24 21 81 106 30 32 178 58 110 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 71 (Figs. 109, 110, and 111) Walworth Medium Prbsburb Gate Valves, with Bt-Pabs, Ibon Body 175 Pounds Working Pressure Size of Size A B C D E F G H By-Paas 3 Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Ins. 2 5V2 7'A 11>A 14 6V2 6V2 'A 11 2V. 6 8 I2V2 15V2 6V2 7V2 1 12 3 7V4 9V. 15 I8V2 7V2 8V4 IVs 14 3V2 7V2 10 16V8 2OV2 7V2 9 lVi« 15 4 7V4 10V2 19 23V4 9 10 1V4 16 4V. 8'A 11 20 25 9 IOV2 1VI6 17 5 8'A 11V2 22 28 10 11 I'A 19 6 8V. 12 25V4 32 12 I2V2 I'As 14 IV4 21 7 I2V2 28 36 12 14 IV2 15 IV4 23 8 . . . IS'A 32 41 14 15 V/s 16 IV2 26 9 14 34 44 14 I6V4 1V4 I6V2 IV2 28 10 . . . 15 39 50 16 I7V2 I'A 17V2 IV2 30 12 . . . 16 43V2 57 18 2OV2 2 I8V2 2 34 14 . . . 18 49V2 65 20 23 2V8 20 2 15 18'A 52V2 69 20 24V2 2Vl6 21 2 16 ... 19'A 57V2 75 22 25V2 2V4 23 3 Table 72 gives the dimensions of Walworth extra heavy iron gate valves for both screwed and flanged ends. The dimensions for sizes from 6 inches to 12 inches are the same with or without a by-pass valve. The dimensions given in Table 72 hold for non-rising stem valves except the distances from centre of valve to top of wheel and diameter of handwheel above the 6 inch size. The values for these two dimensions are given in Table 73. The dimension D is to the top of the valve when it is wide open. The arrangement of the valve stem and the kind of ends, whether screwed or Fig. 111. Walworth Gate flanged, is shown in the figures. Valve. STANDARD VALVES 111 TABLE 72 (Figs. 110 and 111) Walworth Extra Heavy Gate Valves with By-Pass Rising Stem, Outside Screw and Yoke, Iron Body — Screwed and Flanged Z50 Pounds Working Pressure Size of Size i ^ B C D E F G H By- pass Inches Inc hes Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 2'A 8 'A 9>A 13V2 I6V4 8 7V2 1 . . ■ 3 9 V2 ll'A 15'A 18V8 10 8'A 1V8 3'A 11 'A ii'A 17V8 21 10 9 I'A. 4 12 'A 12 18'A 23V8 11 10 IV* 4V2 14 13'A 23V8 29V4 11 IOV2 1V» 5 15 'A 15 23V8 29Vi 12 11 I'A 6 16 V* is'A 25V8 32 13 I2V2 iVi. 14 1V2 7 16V4 29V4 38 15 14 I'A 15 1V2 8 16V2 32V2 41 15 15 IV8 16 1V2 9 17 36V2 46 16 16'A I'A le'A I'A 10 18 39V8 50 16 17V2 I'A 17V2 IV2 12 19'A 451A 58V2 18 20'A 2 20 2 14 2IV2 5OV2 66 22 23 2V8 21 2 15 22V2 52V2 69 22 24V2 2Vi. 2IV2 2 16 24 58 75V2 24 25V2 2'A 27 3 18 26 82'A 27 28 2V8 3 20 28 9IV2 30 3OV2 2V2 4 24 31 109 36 36 2'A 4 TABLE 73 (Fig. 109) Walworth Extra Heavy Gate Valves with By-Pass, Non-bising Stem, Iron Body — Screwed and Flanged S50 Pounds Working Pressure Size J ■ E Size J E Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches 2V2 12'A 8 6 22V4 13 3 14V2 10 7 25 14 3V2 15V4 10 8 28 14 4 16V2 11 9 29V4 15 4V2 21 11 10 33 15 5 21 12 12 37V2 18 Check Valves. — There are a large variety of special forms of valves, some of which will be mentioned. When necessary to permit flow in one direction and to prevent it in the opposite 112 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING direction a check or non-return valve is used. These are made in many forms; Fig. 112 shows a swing check valve, Fig. 113 shows a ball check valve, Fig. 114 a Hft check valve, and Fig. Figs. 112, 113, and 114. Swing Check Valve, Ball Check Valve, and Lift Check Valve. 115 a large flanged check valve having a rehef gate, as made by Walworth Company. It is desirable that there should be pro- vision for regrinding. The swing check valve shown in Fig. 112 is made with or without the stop plug 5. The pvu-pose of the stop plug is to allow for re-grinding in the following manner. Unscrew the cap 2 and the stop plug 5, place a small amount of abrasive moistened with soap or oil on the valve seat 6. By inserting a screw driver through the stop plug opening and engaging the slot in the clapper stud 4f the disc 3 can be ro- tated and re-groimd upon its seat. The iron body swing check valve shown in Fig. 115 is for water pressure up to 150 pounds. The relief gate shown is used on sizes larger than 16 inch. These valves are made with screwed ends, flanged ends, and hub ends, and in sizes from 2V2 to 24 inches. Operation of Valves. — While the purpose of this book is not to deal with operation of valves and piping, there are a few points which are worth setting down. A steam valve should Fig. 115. Large Swing Check Valve with Gate. STANDARD VALVES 113 never be opened quickly as the rush of steam is Ukely to bring about a dangerous condition, especially if there is any water present. A leaky valve cannot be made tight except by re-grind- ing. Screwing down the valve excessively will only result in damage to the valve. In attaching screwed end valves the wrench should always be apphed to the end nearest the pipe, as valve bodies are not designed to transmit the forces required in "mak- ing up" lines. When the wrench is applied to the opposite end of the valve it produces distortion. A valve should always be closed tightly when being put into place. Cement or graphite should not be put into the valve threads, but on to the pipe so that it wiU not get into the valve and hold such grit and dirt as may come through the pipe. A new pipe line should always be thoroughly blown out after construction, and it is well if possible to examine the valves after this blowing out and before closing them. Location. — The location of valves should receive careful atten- tion, as many accidents have occurred through the placing of valves in inconvenient places. Sometimes the valve stem can be placed in a horizontal position and operated from the floor by means of a chaki or similar device. The operator should not be required to open and close valves when they are in such a position that he places his life in danger should there be an acci- dent of any kind. Where a gallery or platform is used near valves it should be placed to one side of the Une, as shown in Fig. 116 rather than directly over the steam line with the valve stems extending through the platform. In the latter case the workman is directly over the line and in case of breakage is in great danger of being scalded by the escaping steam. Fig. 116. Location of Valves. CHAPTER VII SPECIAL VALVES The purpose of this chapter is to describe some rather special forms of valves which are used for various purposes, such as blow-oflE valves, boiler stop valves, reducing valves, pump gover- nors, back pressure valves, and relief valves. The large number of special forms and arrangements make it impossible to do more than suggest the types that are available and some of the uses. Manufacturers' catalogs should be consiilted for more complete and detailed descriptions of special valves that are regularly made. Butterfly Valves. — In Fig. 117 is shown a cross-sectional view of a butterfly valve, which consists of a disc which may be re- volved either in line with or across the opening, very much hke the damper in an ordinary stove pipe. These valves can be used only for regulating purposes where absolute tight- ness is not essential. Blow-off Valves. — Special valves are made for use in the blow-off pipes of boilers. Such valves require as clear a passage way as possible, and that it shall be without interfering parts. Several de- signs are shown in Figs. 118, 119, and 120, where the con- struction of each is clearly shown. The objection to ordi- nary valves is that they afford an opportunity for scale or sedi- ment to obtain lodgment and prevent closing. The severe conditions of service require that blow-off valves be of heavy construction. Blow-off valves are made either straight, angle, Fig. 117. Butterfly Valve. SPECIAL VALVES 115 or Y form. Fig. 118 is a Y blow-off valve, made by Walworth Company. Often two valves are used together in the blow-off pipe to make sure of a tight blow-off. Fig. 119 shows a Crane blow-off cock with a compensating spring 2 located between the Fig. 118. Y — Blow-off Valve. plug 1 and the cap S which automatically takes up wear and holds the plug securely in place at all times, preventing the accum- ulation of scale, sediment, etc., which would tend to impair the grovmd surfaces of the plug and body. The Simplex seatless blow-off valve as made by the Yarnell-Waring Company is illus- trated in Fig. 120. This valve has no seat but closes by moving the plunger 3 down past the port. In closing the valve the shoulder 1 on the plunger 3 engages the loose follower gland 2 and so com- presses the packing 4 above and below the port, thus making the valve tight. There are many other worthy forms which space will not permit describing. 116 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Plug Valves. — The plug valve shown in Fig. 121 is made by the Homestead Valve Manufacturing Company for steam, com- pressed air, and hydraulic service. This valve is so constructed that when it is closed it is ^^^ at the same time forced IT Tl firmly to its seat. This v_ result is secured by means of the traveling cam A through which the stem passes. The cam is pre- vented from turning with the stem by means of the lugs B which move verti- cally in slots. Supposing the valve to be open, the cam will be in the lower part of the chamber in which it is placed, and the Fig. 119. Crane Cock. Fig. 120. Yarnell-Waring Valve. plug will be free to be easily moved. A quarter of a turn in the direction for closing it causes the cam to rise and take a bearing on the upper surface of the chamber, and the only effect of fur- ther efEort to turn the stem in that direction is to force the plug more firmly to the seat. A slight motion in the other direction immediately releases the cam and the plug turns easily, being arrested at the proper open position by contact of the fingers of the cam at the other end of its travel. The balancing ports S and D allow the pressure to predominate at the top of the plug, SPECIAL VALVES 117 holding it gently in its seat while the valve is open. This valve is made in sizes up to six inches, and for pressures up to 5000 pounds. Boiler Stop Valves. — A boiler stop valve is a valve in the con- nection of the boiler to the steam main, and may be of the globe or angle type, hand operated. The larger sizes should be fitted with a by-pass. When a plant consists of two or more boilers some form of automatic non- return valve in addition to the stop valve should be provided. The purpose of the automatic valve is to prevent back flow from the main steam pipe when the pressure in one boiler is lower, due to the bursting of a tube or other causes. Such valves are made by many of the valve companies, and advantages are claimed for each design. Foster Automatic Valve. — The automatic non-return stop valve shown in Fig. 122 is made by the Foster Engineering Company. When installed between the boiler and header it will equalize the pressure between the units of a battery of boilers, remaining closed so long as the pres- sure is lower than that of the header. The valve will open and remain in that position when the boiler pressure is equal to the pressure in the header. It automatically prevents the back flow of steam into a disabled boiler and acts as a safety stop valve to prevent steam being tvirned into a cold boiler while men are working inside — the pressure in the header making it impossible to open the valve. The valve may be closed in the same manner as an ordinary stop valve by screwing down the stem. The operation of the valve is described as follows: Inlet A is connected to the boiler nozzle, and outlet side B to the header. When the pressiure at A is one pound or more greater than the pressure at B the valve C lifts and is held open by the flow of steam passing through the valve. If the pressure at A should Fig. 121. Homestead Cock. 118 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING fall below that at B, due to the blowing out or weaning of a tube, a cock blowing off, or from other cause, the back flow of steam from B acting on the upper side of clapper C plus its weight, forces the valve automatically to its seat. The clapper is then held to its seat until there is an equalization of pres- sure on both sides of it. Emergency Stop Valves. — As a further protection against accidents, and to safeguard the lives of operators, emergency valves have been devised, combining the duties of the automatic non-return stop valve, automatic safety stop valve, auto- matic emergency stop valve, and hand stop valve. The Foster automatic non-return emergency stop valve is shown in Fig. 123 and described as follows: in the event of a rupture in the main line or a . ,, , break in fittings causing Fie. 122. Foster Automatic Valve. , j , , ^ a sudden escape of steam, it will close automatically and prevent further flow of steam from the boiler or boilers. Small emergency pipes may be run to different parts of the plant, and when desired, steam may be shut off by opening a small globe valve, which should be placed at convenient points, in the emergency lines, permitting the isolating of any boiler in a battery at will from a distant point if necessary. The valve may also be closed in the same manner as an ordinary stop valve. The operation of this valve as a non-return valve is the same as for Fig. 122. As an auto- matic and emergency stop valve. The pilot or governing valve Fig. 124 may be placed near the main valve, or located at any point desired. Fig. 125. 'A Vs-inch pipe connection is made from Dra/n SPECIAL VALVES 119 the boiler to the pilot valve at C, and from the pilot, at E to the chamber D of the main valve at F. The diaphragm chamber c ^^ -y-2^ Pig. 123. Automatic Non-return Emergency Stop Valve. J of this pilot valve is also connected to the header or at any point on the main steam line beyond the outlet of the main valve. 120 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Whenever, from rupture or other causes, the pressure in the main lines falls abruptly, a corresponding effect is experienced upon the upper diaphragm JfS of the pilot valve, thus allowing the boiler pressure acting upon and under the lower diaphragm JjS' to open valve S6 (which is normally closed) and close valve 37. The full boiler pressure then is enabled to flow through the main port of the pilot valve into chamber D of the main valve, against piston 19, the area of which is greater than the main valve 2, instantly closing the latter to its seat, preventing the flow of steam in either direction. The main valve 2, then having been closed automatically, will re- main closed until the pressure in chamber Z) is reheved. This is accompUshed in the follow- ing manner: the hand wheel IjS of the pilot valve is turned to the right until valve 36 is forced to its seat, thus cutting off Kve steam chamber D of main valve, and at the same time forcing valve 37 off its seat, exhausting the steam in chamber D of main valve to the atmosphere, through the pipe connection at M. After sufficient steam pressure has been raised to hold down the upper diaphragm J^ of the pilot valve, which may be determined by the exhaust connection at M not blow- ing, the alarm K (which will otherwise give notice) is then closed by turning the hand wheel Ifi to the left, in which (its normal position) it is again ready for automatic action. The Pilot Valve, Fig. 124, is constructed so that variations or fluctuating conditions of the boiler pressure between maximum and minimum loads will not influence the pilot, which requires no adjustment to meet these conditions. The valve is automatic and will respond only to any drop in hne pressure for which it is designed and intended. A nimiber of Vs-inch branch pipes may Fig. 124. Foster Pilot Valve. SPECIAL VALVES 121 be run to and located at any desired point from the line leading to the diaphragm chamber J of the pilot valve — on each of these laterals a small globe valve is mounted. The mere cracking of one of these globe valves obtains the same result as a break in the main lines, in that the steam is in this way bled from the Fig. 125. Arrangement of Piping for Pilot Valve. diaphragm chamber J, fimctioning both the pilot and the main valve. By the use of these emergency valves a boiler may be cut out from a battery at will, from a distant point without the necessity of access to the boiler. Crane-Erwood Automatic Valve. — The automatic double act- ing non-return and emergency cut-out valve shown in Fig. 126 is made by Crane Company. Some of the claims for this valve are as follows: The valve wiU close automatically if any part of the header or distributing lines fail; the valve will open when the boiler to which it is connected reaches the full pressure in 122 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING the main; the valve will prevent back-flow of steam from the main in the event of a tube blowing out or other accident to the boiler; the valve may be used as an emergency valve by attach- ing a cord to the lever so that it can be closed by hand at a dis- tance, or may be operated electrically. The levers on the outside of the valve are in line with the discs, and indicate their position and operation. The separating link connecting the outside lever may be adjusted to suit the load carried. Shortening the link HEADER ■SIDE BOILER SIDE Fig. 126. Crane-Erwood Valve. decreases the volvmie of steam passing through the valve; length- ening the Unk increases the volmne. Such adjustments do not interfere with the operation of the valve. The valve may be adjusted to close at any desired velocity. The purpose of the by-pass is to provide for the valve to open automatically when the pressure in the header equals the pressure in the boiler after the valve has been closed due to a break or reduction in pressure beyond the outlet of the valve. Reducing Valves. — Reducing valves are valves made to re- duce and maintain automatically a constant pressure of steam or air with variable initial pressures. Such valves are employed SPECIAL VALVES 123 for reducing boiler pressure for use with all kinds of steam heat- ing systems, central station heating, paper machines, engines, kettles and cooking apparatus, and other conditions necessitat- ing a reduced pressure. A reducing valve used to supply a steam engine should be placed some distance from the engine in order to provide as large a reservoir as possi- ble for the engine to draw from. A receiver may be placed between the valve and steam cylinder to serve the same pvu-pose. It should have a capacity greater than the volume of the steam cyhnder. When a reducing valve is to be placed in a pipe Hne, the piping should be thor- oughly blown out. With new pipe sufficient time should be allowed for the oil or grease to be com- pletely burned out. The reducing valve shown in Fig. 127 is made by the Mason Regulator Company. This valve is controlled by the varia- Mason Reducing Valve. tion of the reduced pressure acting through the port A, on the diaphragm 1. This diaphragm is resisted by a spring 2, which is adjusted to the reduced pressure. The auxiliary valve 3 is held in contact with the diaphragm by the auxiUary valve spring 4) and moves up and down freely with the diaphragm. As soon as the valve 3 is open, steam passes through into the port B, and under piston 5. By raising piston 5, the main valve 6 opens against the initial pressure because the area of valve 6 is only one-half of that of piston 5; steam is thus admitted to the system. When 124 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING the pressure in the system has reached the required point, which is determined by the spring 2, the diaphragm is forced upward by the low pressure which passes up through port A to chamber C under the diaphragm, allowing valve 3 to close, shutting off the steam from piston 5. The main valve 6 is now forced to its seat by the initial pressure shutting off steam from the system and pushing the piston 5 down to the bottom of its stroke. The steam be- neath piston 5 exhausts freely around the piston, being fitted loosely for this purpose, and passes off into the system. In practice the main valve does not open or close entirely with each sUght variation of pressure, but assumes a position which furnishes just the steam required to maintain the required pressure. Piston 5 is fitted with dashpot 7 which prevents chattering or pounding. Where low pressures of from zero to 25 pounds per square inch are employed, as on low pressure heating systems, central station heating, and similar conditions where the initial pres- sure may be high, the form of valve shown in Fig. 128 is often used. The valve illustrated is the Mason lever style, and consists of a balanced valve 1, which is under the control of the diaphragm 2, by means of the stem 3 and an extension stem 4 which is connected to lever 5. This lever is pivoted at 6. The reduced pressure is determined by the amount of weights 7, and for very low pressures the weight 8 is used to coimterbalance the weight of the lever. In action, the reduced pressure from the low pressure system passes through a small pipe to connection 9, and then down around the stem 3 into the diaphragm chamber where it exerts its pressure on the diaphragm. This pressure, balanced by weights 7, causes the valve 1 to assume the proper position to supply the Fig. 128. Lever Style Reducing Valve. SPECIAL VALVES 125 necessary volume of steam to maintain the required reduced pressure. The Auld Company's "Quitetite" reducing valve may be ex- plained by reference to Fig. 129, and the makers' description. High pressure steam enters valve by branch marked inlet and Fig. 129. Auld "Quitetite" Keducing Valve. acts between valve D and piston P which are of the same area and, therefore, in equilibrium on H.P. side. Reduced pressure is obtained by screwing up adjusting nuts 1 until pointer 4 on Spring Bolt 3 is opposite the figure representing the reduced pressure required. Acting through the lever the extension of spring 8 opens up valvfe D and passes steam at reduced pressure to outlet side and when the pressure of this reduced steam tends to rise above that required it closes the valve by acting on back of the valve D and chamber Q. When the pressure tends to fall the tension of spring overcomes the force holding valve closed and opens valve, allowing it to admit more steam to the L.P. side, and in this way the reduced pressure is kept constant. 126 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING A flexible diaphragm / is fitted at lower end of valve body, which makes a frictionless steam- tight packing between the station- ary and movable lower parts of the valve. This diaphragm is pro- tected from the action of steam by water of condensation which col- lects in the lower parts of the valve and keeps the diaphragm cool. The operation of the Fisher re- ducing valve shown in Fig. 130 is as follows: the inner valve 1 is held open by the lever and weight 2. The volimie of steam which passes through the valve builds up in the low pressure main and enters the diaphragm chamber through the controlling pipe line 3. When the desired low pressure is reached, a balance is formed with the lever and weight. This action regulates the opening in the valve, and maintains the presstu-e for which the valve is set. When a large volume of steam is required at low pressm-e, such as for heating systems, and it must be re- duced from a high pressure, reducing valves may be made with an increased size of outlet. Such valves are used on vacuum systems of steam heating, and for low pressure steam tm-bines when the sup- ply of exhaust steam is not sufficient and hve steam must be reduced from boiler pres- sure. The method of piping this type of valve is shown in Fig. 131. The pipe A should be tapped into the low pressure main at a distance from the valve so as to get the average low Fig. 130. Fisher Reducing Valve. c:^ ffn 3 .Sfaerrr? Increased Outlet Keducing Valve. SPECIAL VALVES 127 Size Op Rebucing Valve jgr «■ ar r Size Op Reouciho Valve. / Fig. 132. PouBds of Steam per Hour Delivered by Reducing Valves. T 128 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING pressure. The outlet is often made double the size of the inlet, thus increasing the area four times. Reducing Valve Sizes. — The chart shown in Fig. 132 from the catalog of the Aidd Company may be used to determine the size of their valves when the reduced pressure is less than three- fifths of the lowest high pressure, with a regular demand for steam. To use the chart, find the high pressure and follow the horizontal fine representing it imtil it inter- sects with the curve giving the required weight of steam. Vertically above or below this intersection wiU be foimd the size of valve. Pump Governors. — A pump governor is a valve placed in the steam line and ar- ranged to maintain a constant discharge pressure regardless of the initial pressure. Such governors are used on aU kinds of pumps for fire, boiler feed, water works, hydraulic, elevator, and other services where pmnps work against pressure. The opera- tion of such a governor may be imderstood by reference to Fig. 133, which shows a Fisher pump governor. Steam from the boiler passes through the semi-balanced double seated valve 1 into the pump steam chest. The valve is held open by the spring shown inside the pressiu-e regulating cylinder 2. A pipe from the pump discharge is piped to the top of the pressiu-e regulating cyHnder at 3. The discharge pressure acts directly on the piston 4, and operates the steam valve by overcoming the ten- sion on the spring. In this manner the discharge controls the supply of steam to the pump. For ordinary service the parts are made of cast-iron with bronze trimmings. Superheated steam requires steel bodies and Monel metal or nickel steel trimnaings. The arrangement of the piping for a governor used for con- trolling the discharge pressure from a pump used for boiler feed, water works, and similar service where the pump is operating against pressure is shown in Fig. 134, Fig. 133. Fisher Pump Governor. SPECIAL VALVES 129 The method of attaching and operating the governor shown in Fig. 133', as described by the Fisher Governor Company, is as follows: " To Attach and Conned. Place the governor between the steam chest and throttle valve so that governor will stand per- pendicular; connect outlet side of governor with the steam pipe on steam chest, then connect the steam pipe to the branch or side inlet, placing throttle valve in most convenient place. Use short nipples and place governor as close to pump as possible. Jbcf/'on 11 Fig. 134. Piping a Pump Governor. "For connecting the discharge to governor, tap the discharge main or pipe, if horizontal, on the side, and if for one governor, tap for Vs-inch pipe; run pipe up about a foot higher than gov- ernor, then over it and down and connect to globe valve on top of pipe work over governor. If for two governors on pmnp dis- charging into same main, tap for ^/j-inch pipe and run up and over until on a line between governors, then put on a "T" and run to right and left imtil over governor, then connect to globe valve. If you can tap discharge main or pipe, five or six feet from pump, do so as governor will be less affected by the pulsation of water from pump. However, if you must tap close to pump, this pulsation .can be avoided and pump run smoothly by partly clos- 130 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING ing the upper globe valve. Do not connect close to air chamber. Run piece of Vs-inch pipe from drip at bottom of brass cylinder to floor or sewer. The drip pipe must never be connected with waste pipe from steam cylinder blow-off cocks or exhaust pipe, as the hot steam will burn out the cup leather piston packing. " To Operate. The upper wheel in yoke is simply for a lock nut. Turn it to the left, then tiurn lower wheel to the right, which raises and opens the steam valve, when partly open, open yoiu: throttle valve and start your steam pimip, now close the lower, or angle valve over governor and open the upper globe valve; this will give you the water pressiu-e of the discharge main on piston in water cylinder. Then regulate by screwing up or down on lower wheel in yoke, imtil your water pressure gauge shows the pressure you desire to carry; then lock in place by timiing upper wheel to the right imtil up tight against bottom end of the piston rod. "In starting and stopping your pimip, do it with the throttle and do not change the adjustment of your governor. Pack valve stem as light as you can and screw stuffing box-nut down Ughtly with thumb and finger, just enough to hold the steam and no more. Do not use wick packing. Once every month nm your engine by the throttle, shut off water pressure, open union in pipe work, take off clyinder cap, take out piston, wipe the cylinder, clean and wipe piston head, and lubricate them with vaseline. Always keep your governor clean." Back Pressure Valves. — The purpose of this form of valve is to maintain a uniform back pressure in the exhaust pipe from an engine when the steam is used for steam heating, drying, cook- ing or other purposes. The Fisher valve shown in Fig. 135 has an inner valve chamber with two accurately machined ports of different areas in which the semi-balanced, double piston type of valve works. This avoids the use of a heavy counterweight and eliminates the tend- ency to pulsate and hammer. The steam exerts a pressure on both valves, the smaller one tending to close and the larger to open, so that the difference between the two forces tends to keep the valve open. Since the valve stem is connected to the lever arm, the weight tending to keep the valve closed may be moved to a position where the valve will open at the required SPECIAL VALVES 131 «/ .c[Z]=^ pressure. The lever and weight control can be adjusted to hold the valve open when no back pressure is wanted. The Foster back pressure valve shown in Fig. 136 operates with a spring instead of a weight. The valve is made up of two pieces between which the valve seat is clamped. The valve has a piston and guide stem integral with it. A spring and compensating lever hold the valve to its seat. A push rod rests on the bottom of the dash-pot piston and engages with the end of the compensating lever which has its fulcrum at i. The spring bears against „. „ ., „ , ,, 1 ,, 1 - X u a Fig- 135. Fisher Back Pres- the lever through a pivot washer ^, sure Valve and is adjusted by the screw 8. When the steam pressure lifts the valve, the latter pushes up the compensating lever. As the latter moves, the length of the arm on which the spring acts shortens, so that as the resistance of the spring increases a greater leverage is obtained with the result that the back pres- sure beneath the valve re- mains constant regardless of the opening of the valve. When for any reason the flow of steam lessens, the spring forces the valve slowly to its seat, the dash- pot 4 cushioning its move- ment. Hole C is drilled through bottom of the dash-pot to admit of the passage of steam or vapor from or into the dash-pot. A drain pipe is connected to the casing at D just above the seat to drain When no back pressure is required, the Fig. 136. Foster Back Pressure Valve. water of condensation valve may be thrown out of commission by turning screw 5 to the right to shoulder which carries the valve off its seat. 132 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Automatic Exhaust Relief Valves. — With condensing engines and steam turbines it is necessary to use a valve in the exhaust pipe, which wUl open and allow the steam to exhaust direct to the atmosphere in case pressure accumulates, due to loss of vacumn from any cause. Such valves are designed to remain closed tmder usual operating condi- tions, but automati- cally open to atmos- phere as soon as the vacuum is lost. The position of the valve is in a branch leading Fisher Exhaust Relief Valve. Fig. 137, to the atmosphere and taken from the main exhaust pipe be- tween the engine and condenser. The Fisher exhaust relief valve is shown in Fig. 137. The valve is kept closed by atmospheric pressiu-e. It may be kept open by the screw 1 and lever 2 when desired. The purpose of the internal dash-pot is to prevent hammering when the valve is in operation. A water seal is provided to insure tightness when the valve is used with a high vacuum. Safety Valves. — The pmpose of a safety valve is to relieve the boiler in case the steam pressure rises above the desired amoimt. There are two general forms, the older form being of the weight lever type, and the modern spring or "pop" type. The lever type is shown in Fig. 138. The pressure at which the valve will open is regu- lated by moving the weight in or out on the lever. This form is open to several objections; the blowing-ofE pressiu-e is too easily changed, and the action of the valve is likely to be sluggish, both when open- ing and when closing. Fig. 138. Lever Safety Valve. SPECIAL VALVES 133 A pop safety valve is shown in Fig. 139. Such valves are more certain in their operation, and are almost universally used. The valve operates against a spring which can be set for the pressure at which the boiler is to "blow off." Boiler pressure acting on the under side of the valve raises it slightly, exposing a larger area which causes the valve to "pop" open. The range of operation can be mainta.ined very closely with this type of valve. The lever attachment is for the piu'pose of operating the valve by hand. The valve shown in the figure is made by Crane Company and is provided with a patented seH-adjustipg auxihary disc and spring NAMES OF PARTS 1 2 3 4 e 7 8 9 10 II 12 16 18 20 21 BODY BONNET CAP LEVER MAIN SPRING AUXILIARY SPRING MAIN DISC AUXILIARY-DISC ENCASING SLEEVE MAIN SPRING WASHERS AUXILIARY SPRING NUT ADJUSTING SCREW FULCRUM STEM KEY ADJUSTING SCREW COCI? NUT STEM SEAT BUSHING STEM PIN Fig. 139. Crane Pop Safety Valve. operating independently of the main spring and disc. The device automatically regulates the blow-back of the valve within cer- tain limits and combines the following quahties: high discharging capacity; small blow down of pressure; minimum waste of steam; absence of wiredrawing at the seat and prompt seating without hammering. The dotted lines in the figure indicate a type of valve in which the springs are enclosed in a casing or chamber. This type should be used when the outlets of the valves are piped to the atmosphere and is necessary where a number of valves are connected to one exhaust or discharge pipe. The spring chamber extends over a large portion of the top surface of the valve disc and tends to prevent chattering caused by back-pressure due to long or defiected discharge pipes. It also prevents any tendency of back-pressure from retarding the action of a valve about to pop. 134 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Installation of Pop Safety Valves. — The directions for the installation of iron body pop safety valves are quoted from Crane Company. "Pop safety valves should be installed on a saddle nozzle if possible. If piping is used between the boiler and the valve, it should be of a larger size than the nominal diameter of the valve. Care should be taken that no chips, scale, red lead or other sub- stances are left in the inlet of the valve or in the boiler connec- tions to it. Where new valves are found to be in a leaky condition, this defect, in most cases, can be traced back to one of the above mentioned causes. The first time pressure is raised in a boiler on which new pop valves have been installed, open the valve by puUing the lever when the pressure is within about 5 or 10 poimds of the set pressure stamped on the valve, and keep the valve open about one minute or lon^ enough to make sure that aU foreign matter has been blown out of the valve and connections. If piping is installed in the outlet of the valve, this should under no circvmistances be reduced in size, and if more than one fitting is used in the Une the entire installation beyond the first fitting should be increased in size. Be sure to support this piping, as many a perfect valve has been transformed into a leaky one by reason of improper support of the outlet pipe. "Do not install any pop valve ia a horizontal position." EXTBACTS PROM RePOBT OP AMERICAN SOCIETT OP MeCH,ANICAL ENGINEERS BoiLEK Code Committee. (Power Boilers) SAFETY VALVE REQUIREMENTS 269. Each boiler shall have two or more safety valves, except a boiler for which one safety valve 3-in. size or smaller is required by these Rules. 270. The safety valve capacity for each boiler shall be such that the safety valve or valves will discharge all the steam that can be generated by the boiler without allowing the pressure to rise more than 6 per cent, above the maximimi allowable working pressure, or more than 6 per cent, above the highest pressure to which any valve is set. 277. The safety valve or valves shall be connected to the boiler independ- ent of any other steam connection, and attached as close as possible to the boiler, without any unnecessary intervening pipe or fitting. Every safety valve shall be connected so as to stand in an upright position, with spindle vertical, when possible. 278. Each safety valve shall have fuU sized direct connection to the boil'er. No valve of any description shall be placed between the safety valve and the boiler, nor on the discharge pipe between the safety valve and the atmo- SPECIAL VALVES 135 sphere. When a discharge pipe is used, it shall be not less than the fuU size of the valve, and shall be fitted with an open drain to prevent water from lodging in the upper part of the safety valve or in the pipe. 280. When a boiler is fitted with two or more safety valves on one con- nection, this coimection to the boiler shall have a cross-sectional area not less than the combined area of all the safety valves with which it connects. 286. A safety valve over 3-in. size, used for pressures greater than 15 pounds per square inch gage, shall have a flanged inlet connection. The dimensions of the flanges shall conform to the American Standard. SAFETY VALVES FOB HEATINa BOILERS 354. No shut-off of any description shall be placed between the safety or water relief valves and boilers, nor on discharge pipes between them and the atmosphere. 355. When a discharge pipe is used, its area shall be not less than the area of the valve or aggregate area of the valves with which it connects, and the discharge pipe shall be fitted with an open drain to prevent water from lodging in the upper part of the valve or in the pipe. When an elbow is placed on a safety or water relief valve discharge pipe, it shall be located close to the valve outlet or the pipe shall be securely anchored and supported. The safety or water relief valves shall be so located and piped that there will be no danger of scalding attendants. 358. The minimum size of safety or water relief valve or valves for each boiler shall be governed by the grate area of the boiler, as shown by Table 74. Allowable Sizes of TABLE 74 Safety Valves fob Heating Boilebs Water evaporated per Square Foot of Grate Surface 75 100 160 160 200 240 per Hour Pounds Maximum Allow- able Working Zero to 25 Lbs. Over 25 to 50 Lbs. Over 50 to 100 Lbs. Over 100 to 150 Lbs. 3ver 150 to 200 Lbs. Over 200 Pressure Pounds per Square Inch Lbs. Diam. Area of of Valve Valve Square Arei I of Grate , Square 1 ^eet Inches Inches 1 0.7854 2.00 2.50 2.75 3.25 3.5 3.75 1V4 1.2272 3.25 4.00 4.25 5.00 5.5 5.75 I'A 1.7671 4.50 5.50 6.00 7.25 8.0 8.50 2 3.1416 8.00 9.75 10.75 13.00 14.0 15.00 2V. 4.9087 12.50 15.00 16.50 20.00 22.0 23.00 3 7.0686 17.75 21.50 24.00 29.00 31.5 33.25 3>A 9.6211 24.00 29.50 32.50 39.50 43.0 45.25 4 12.5660 31.50 38.25 42.50 51.50 56.0 59.00 4V2 15.9040 40.00 48.50 53.50 65.00 71.0 74.25 136 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING When the conditions exceed those on which Table 74 is based, the following formula for bevel and flat seated valves shall be used: ^=E2^^/^//^///^^//^^////^///7///^///^//////y/y///////////^////y//^jy??/^?^^^^^^J^)/ Fig. 141. End to End System of Piping. 10,500 feet per minute in the 10-inch pipe, and 12,000 feet per minute in the 14-inch pipe. With three boilers supplying two units, these velocities will rise to about 14,000 and 16,000 feet per minute, respectively. The cross-over main necessitated a TURBINE ROOM SOtCOO lt.W. [f Fig. 142. Connors Creek Station, High Pressure Piping. design which should permit steam from any two boilers to flow into that main, and steam from the main to flow into any turbine lead, with practically equal facihty. 140 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING The steam leaving the 10 x 14 x 10 inch Y-branch previously mentioned, passes through a cast steel expanding nozzle which enlarges to a diameter of 28 inches. This in turn leads into a 28-inch cast steel side-outlet T or side-outlet cross. The 28-inch lateral outlets of the latter fittings are the connection points of the cross-over main. The velocity of the steam passing into the cross-over, or from the cross-over main to the turbine lead, is thus reduced to about one quarter of its value in the 14-inch pipes, or roughly, a httle less than 4000 feet per minute imder the worst conditions. The steam turns through the necessary right angle at this low velocity and, therefore, with small loss. The steam for the auxiUary tiu-bines is taken from a 6-inch outlet on top of the 28-inch fittings above described. All superheated steam piping is full weight steel with welded flanges. The flanges are finished smooth and corrugated steel gaskets are used. All fittings are cast steel. The atmospheric exhaust from the main unit is made of riveted steel pipe and fittings. The auxiliary exhaust piping is lap welded steel with Van Stone joints and fitted with corrugated copper gaskets. All saturated steam piping is extra heavy steel fitted with steel flanges. The fittings are all cast steel and steel valves of American make are used. Ring System. — The ring system of piping provides a closed ring of piping from the boilers to the engines and back to the boilers. The purpose of this system is to allow operation of the engines from either direction, in order to insure continuous opera- tion. In case of accident parts of the Une may be cut out. The extra amount of large pipe, valves and fittings make this sytem heavy, and expensive to install, as well as wasteful in operation due to the large amoimt of radiating surface and extra valves and joints to keep tight. There are cases where such a system may be desirable, but it is not used so extensively as formerly due to the improvements in materials and workmanship which have lessened piping failm-es. The ring main system of piping is shown in Fig. 143, which is a span of the Baltimore high pressure pumping station. This is an instance where reliability outweighs all other considerations. It is described by J. B. Scott in Volume 35 A. S. M. E. Trans. "A 12-inch steam header forms a closed ring around the plant, with long radius expansion bends at all changes in direction. A suffi- STEAM PIPING 141 cient number of gate valves are placed in the header to sectional- ize it, so that any portion may be cut out without disabling more than one boiler or one pvunp. Pipe is full weight, lap welded, soft open-hearth steel. To provide an independent header for the f^yoi?;4''-.<.'!U'^iM'i^.-:.'^;ti-7r\ff\ y 5 y h y y / / ^ /" s / ^^ _ ^ ^ /J ij £ 'SJ -3 JJ ^ 4J S 6 TO NQ^tNAL CHAMCTEA or flPC - mCH£S Si y 1 y /■ / i^-^ y ^,. y y^ »v y s! y y 1 y y y ^^ w ^^^ ^ . 4 4 1 u 1 * u S A B £ o s a e €t 26 « ? JO A/OJ^mAL DlAMEreff or J'/P£ - fA/CH£S Fig. 144. Length of Pipe in Feet Equivalent to a 90° Elbow. 146 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Values for this formula are given in Table 75. Tables 76 and 77 are from the Watson-Stillman Company's catalog of hydraulic valves and fittings. In Table 75 the values above the heavy black line are for standard pipe of the nominal diameter given. Below the line the values are for actual internal diameters. The method of using is the same for all three tables. To find the nimiber of IVirinch pipes equivalent to one 6-inch pipe, follow the line marked IV2 across to the column headed 6 where the nmnber given is 39.2. Below the line the table shows that 46 pipes IV2 inches actual inside diameter are equal to one pipe 6 inches actual inside diameter, as found by following the line marked 6 over to the column headed IV2. Superheated Steam. — When superheated steam is to be used, the selection of materials should be carefully made. Composi- tion or cast iron lose their strength when used with superheated steam and so are unsafe. Malleable iron or cast steel are the best materials to use, although cast iron or semi-steel may be used when the temperature is less than 500° F. Higher velocities are used with superheated than with saturated steam. In this way radiation losses are reduced. While there is a greater drop in pressure, the operation as a whole is generally economical as the heat of friction is given back to the steam. Piping for superheated steam should be well covered as the higher tempera- tiu-es and low specific heat of superheat make conditions for radiation losses very much greater than for saturated steam at like pressm-es. Expansion and contraction are much greater with superheated steam and ample proAdsion must be made to care for it. Specifications for superheated steam piping are given in Chapter XIX. Effect of High Temperature on Metals and Alloys. — The effects of superheated steam due to high temperature is to reduce the tensile strength of metals. An extensive series of tests made in Crane Company's laboratories by I. M. Bregowsky and L. W. Spring are reported in an article read before the International Association for Testing Materials, and published in full by Crane Company. A large number of tests were made upon the ma- terials used by the above company in manufacturing their pro- ducts and so have an important bearing upon high pressure and superheated steam power plant piping. A number of cm-ves from the report showing the average results of some of the tests are STEAM PIPING 147 n <, :? rH 1-1 04 ^ m •# lO «o t* « OS 2 iH CI 1-1 CO -^ rH rH S s r^ J^ S S S o ^ o 0> ■* M W w rt Si CO 13 CD d rH s t^ d OS CO 00 00 ■* w U3 OS CO CO (N ^ 1H w rH rH r-J C4 ■*' d d ■* b- «3 CO CO CO CO CD <0 O ta t>- CO to a t-i ^ 00 CO iH gg CO CO 1 CO d g d CO ■<*< CO 58 (N CD tji ■* bo Kqpasco rHrHrHCJdodrHd rH rH to 1-1 1-4 CO CO CO rH CO N IN t- CO CO CO lO CC (N lO ■* « ^ „< o CO ^ tc; oi 00 d s N 8SS i-i tH 1-3 i-tcoSocoooeoos^ rHrHrHINPodOs'eod r-i 1-1 w T}< ^, u5 eo lO b- N N i-i CD b- CO 1-1 tH OS CO CSJ CO iH i-H : lO N »H S OS U3 OJ d Tj5 CO ^ b< iH lO (N 2 rHrHr-Ici-^b^rHdm ■* CO Tji 1-t o o »n O CD I^ r-4 U5 CO CO OS CO est q CO iH OS Tji CO d OS CO t- I- 9 ^ O |(N 00 CO loi ^ ^ 1^^ to0C000ib-01»f5C0 ^'cMiNco'T|5odcodo6 CO f-t C4 *■ •' ^ t^ CO >o 00 1-1 o o d CM OS ^ •H N O rH C<] lO OQ rH 1H rH CM b> b> CD <-> rH'^MtoOr-OSlHN NoiiNdddddd rH rH CM CO CM S CO 3 00 CO CO CO b- 1-1 CO CO 00 b> (N U3 00 (N ,H iH i-i C4 CD tH O CO lO cDrHCDI>»O'*C0»O« OicOCC-^I^^COrHrHTH rH CM CO •* ^ s CO S M 5 »0 O l> •# O U3 i-H 0(5 t^' pj 2 § CO g lH 00 iH 00 tH M CO OS Tji O) rH »H C4 N TlJOSCOOb^C^COiOOO coco-^ddb^b^dd o a> •^ lO CO « 1-1 CD 00 s CO OS U5 CO IN « r- iH CO O 00 ID rH CD 1-; 00 IN e4 CO CO lOCMrHpOObjrH^P tjiddodcicMdcod O) 00 ffl § ?2 I> M <* CO 2 "^ " S3 g S" 2 CO CO 8 (N 2 § ^ IN CO c4 1-1 CO lO t^ OS ID CO CM e4 CO Tii d to O ID CM rHoacoosiopeoqo db^o6di>rHdeo'~' 1-1 rH CO TH to 00 t» 00 C4 00 CO s CO CO 2SSg -* d d t^ t^eOOSCDOINTjtS^ QodrnddTtld'^^ rH rH rH CM •* b- l> CD O CO CO Ol (N 1> CO N CO t> CO ■=0 (N CO -THrHrHCM'^toO'* 00 '^ ^ CO < OS M ^^ CO CD cq CO r-i CO *-i to C4 .-I CO cc CO 5 d CO d 00 U3 CO Oi i W »0 O (M S3" COi-iWOCOcDlN-^Tji -^b-OSWr-jCOb-COCO C4 « to O GO C4 S 2 *° "^ 1-1 CO CO lO iH (N CO 3: oO s 1 332i rtiOrHb-COWCOtOTji toiNb lO ID °* ■*. 1-4 CO CO CD CO CO IN C4 C « ■^ »> ID CO §5 p d o 2 CO i ills COt-o6rHb;.rHm«55 rH 1^ §8S M* IN CO CD CO l> CO « 00 OS ■* OS d OS 3 i H i i g i||| ■^CMrHIMTilOOIlHO ooNoscoTjHcnoeocM OSCOCDlOCOOSCSlOO rHC^ 00 O CM OOtob-CD" o i-t 1H N CO ■* i-H rH lO CD ssssssss S 148 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING g < 1 i Is ll .3 .g .s .s .a .g .g .g .a .a .g .g .a .a .a •".a to C4 § g ^ a fe s§ s ;^ * '^ " ^ ^ -" -" t> M i-H iH y~* 50 ".a r-l 00 >i 00 1-1 ineo i-HTHooeoi-fOM c5o6c-Hi-ic5-Hod'*e<3eCqiCl 1— ( ■ CO g » ^■9 ■J t « a CO B _.-;i>u3rHeotq OJMrHirvitOTjicJr-i'-l 00 ■* (N rt • at (N005Ocoo5^eo >0 CT rH 1-H <,e fflOONiOOOt^ oooooJuiN'-i.-i r-t a >o-*.-ip>o ^OiOoir-i^ C5 i-( . 1—1 < a S t~;l>NS cotoeoi-Jrt N >.3 R rH S at • CI t^Mi-l'-l t-> ^ .fl 2 b ■^IN-H ea ^ .0 i § te ci ^ -■ >.g s -_l i-H -• ■si ll .g .g .s .g .g ; .g .a ; .g ; .g ; .g ; - i^ » rt » ■" -^ -^ ■" ^ •-■ «^ •-' ^ •'^ .g STEAM PIPING 149 ^ i o p P4 fl :h| .g .a .a .g .a .a .a .a .a .a .a .a .a .a v5--^r \ ^ "^ ®.a 1 1 1 ^ s ^ s s ^ -^^ " ^ -^ ^ " «.g o OS i-t O t^ 05 ^ Cl *H lO ^.a o ^ CO 00 t>; i-H tM 1> CO CO 1-) t^ CO 1-t 1-1 N (M *.s bl lOlOlOCO?hi-lOOCO 1-H i-H ft a -9 id 1-4 1-H 05 tH CD •* tH IM CO CO Tj* «1 CO CO a CO '*»HCD-^C0CO CO ^.9 lOlOTjICiOSOCO l>-Ht^06cONi-H'H lO "5 I-H «.S loeqm-^oooo .-Ii^e^toNi-i'-i ■^ CO 1-H b >.9 ^ rHl>l^-i^lI5 .a ?3§ c6 ci ^ b >.s i 2 b at >.s i b 00 iH ll i i .a ^ T-t W •- CO '^ .3 ^ IT .a CO 150 - 80000 =" - •=: >^A V ^•-i£ ■B \ ^■v, __^ s ^i;;:; ^ '-\ 1 SS- "s: <;>fc ^! D>>=; = ==. s li.i • 1 t SI 1 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING No. I. Cnne Haid Mdd to o >S — — n « _. ^ -*. -r" A ^ ' 5-?lsl §8| No. 7 Soft Cut lioD 70 ^ ^™ ^ ^™ ■" % 60 30000 — 7 A ./ SO '4-0 lOOOO lO 30 eo 1 i J c 'IHI c 8 ! Na 6. Fcrroiteel (Semi-Sieel} No. 2i Aluminuin Bronze (5%) saeeo loooe loooo ^, ^\ V p iJ -tN D^^ • V •. i> 9 a o u n t ' ( 1. ) 1 1 1 ■ 30 ZO No. 3. Acid Mdal ~ % 40 soo A 1*> s_ _^ sooep Va \A 30 -Boooo B ? ^' — — > 1 s 'y ^ ••v .^ D- b i_ ■ooeo • ^- — *^, ■•- ^ \ c vj '^ c ( I 1 1 ' i • i ' 1 1 « i 1 aeeeo T.O000 loooo *--v <* ^ \_ B>~- D^A ^ S. ''V ^' « ! t » 1 I 1 \ 1 1 H 30 CO 10 No. II. CnneCatfNicU -, ~ ■ -^ £ J P-A :r:5ff^ k ■ b:7v- v-^. V ' ^--, s S 1 1 i % EO No. 13. U. S. Nny Brui S*' Fig. 145. Effect of Temperature on Strength of Metals and Alloys. STEAM PIPING A ~ — — — — % 100 eooeo so 80000 ao 740OO TO COOOO CO soooo ■^ ^~ ^ /I i( ^" " ~ ^ > ~ ■~ ^ -A ^ A •\ ' ■"■ -^ 1 \ bA f 1 1 \ \ V'' 1 V V B ' 1 \ \ \ / \ s -^. \ :^. 12 I*^ N •\ / x\ ao.ooo c- **v. '-- y \ s \. — ~" ~1 — ^r ... s— 400O0 *" 30000 30 Zaoso to (OOOO c>^.i.- ■t — \ ■ -*c.ooo \ ~1 — — _— . ^~ 5: " \ __ _ -— ~" _ 7 30,000 — . -> V __. ~ ~ "~ f ""* D jf ^- — ~ D ^ ■<= ■"^ 3- eo^ooo ~ — ~" ^~ "" ~~ 1 o°s°o;osSS S28{f85?S«! I, ' ' i. 1 c No. 19. Cold Rolbd Shafting 151 •/- 90 80 No. 18. Rolled Mond MciJ 30 Fig. 145. [cont'd]. Effect of Temperature on Strength of Metals and Alloys. given in Fig. 145. In each case curve A is ultimate tensile strength, curve B is elastic limit, curve C is per cent, reduction in area and curve D is per cent, elongation. Pounds per square inch are given at the left of the curve, and per cent, at the right. The materials are: No. 1, Crane "hard metal," a bronze made up of pure copper and tin, alloyed in proportions which give metal of high tensile strength and hardness. No. 2, aluminum bronze (5 per cent, aluminum), a bronze containing 95 per cent, copper and 5 per cent, aluminum. No. 3, acid metal. A phos- phorbronze of straight tin and copper. An alloy of high resistance to acids, which is used where ordinary metal would be Kkely to corrode. Not intended for high temperatxire purposes. No 4, ordinary steam metal. In general use for all pressures of satm-ated steam. No. 7, Crane cast iron. A factor which enters into the use of cast iron is the "growth" or "permanent" expansion, which takes place when the metal is alternately heated and cooled a number of times. Crane Company has found that the cast iron of valves used for superheated steam is weaker after a few years of use. Cast steel is considered the best material for use with 152 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING superheated steam. No. 8, Ferrosteel (semi-steel). Essentially a strong cast iron, used for "extra heavy" valves, for standard valves of sizes over 7 inches and wherever specified for other valves. No. 11, Crane cast nickel. No. 13, U. S. Navy brass "S-c" for government screw pipe fittings. (Cu. 77-80, Sn. 4, Pb. 3, Zn. 13-19 per cent.). No. 18, rolled Monel metal. No. 19 cold-rolled shafting. Live Steam Header. — A hve steam header of large size may be made up of riveted plates, of flanged fittings, or of welded steel. If made of steel plates riveted together there may be dif- ficulty in keeping all the joints tight, especially with high pressure steam. Flanged fittings or welded steel headers are more satis- factory. The number of joints involved when a large number of flanged fittings are used is often a source of trouble and may be avoided by using special fittings or welded headers. Figs. 51 and 52, Chapter V. The size and arrangement of Uve steam headers depends upon the system of piping used and other factors having to do with the particular design. Further information is given in the articles describing the various systems of piping and the sizes of steam pipes. Connections Between Boiler and Header. — The pipe between the boiler and header should be arranged so that it will be self- draining, and with provision for expansion. A number of arrange- ments are shown in Fig. 146. With screwed pipe and fittings, expansion may be taken care of by allowing the pipe to turn on the threads. Bends may be used with either screwed or flanged piping to allow for expansion. Bends are desirable as they offer less resistance to the steam flow and decrease the number of joints to be made and kept tight. The location of the valves is very important, as it affects the proper draining of the pipe. The valve or valves should be placed at the highest point in the connection to allow condensation to drain from the valves in both directions and so keep the pipe dry. The arrangement when a single boiler is piped with one valve is shown at A, Fig. 146. When more than one boiler is to be used the valve may be placed near the header, as in Fig. 146 at B. Other single-valve arrangements are shown in Fig. 146 at C and D. Good practice dictates the use of two valves and in many places the law requires two valves on boiler connections. One of STEAM PIPING 153 yb/rs T //eoe/er (>— z. A Boi/er \ ^ ^>fc/t Aotrort/ 6oi/sr' X 1 Bci/ers r. tit/M-e Sa/'/er Header Hsat/er Hl/iv Of. Sa/'/er "^J. r Sa/Var Meaifer y^/i^e 2 ^0//ar r yafya Sir//er ^i//aiTrafy'c Sony yv. yg/ye Sa//ar J^ Harf£on/o/ Seeref Meacfer^ Fig. 146. BoUer to Header Pipes t^/ye 154 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING these may well be of the automatic stop form described in Chap- ter VI. With screwed fittings two valves may be arranged as in Fig. 146 at E, but some provision should be made for draining the pipe between them, as there is the possibility of condensation accumulating even though the valves are closed. Arrangements are shown with two valves in Fig. 146 at FG and H in which one of the valves is a non-retiu'n valve. Both valves are located at the highest point. Other arrangements of boiler connections with either one or two valves are shown in Fig. 146 at I, J, K and L. The necessity for avoiding dangerous water pockets should be kept in mind in all cases and where necessary to place a vaJve other than at the highest point, provision should be made for draining above the valve before it is opened. Pipe Lines from Main Header. — Pipe lines from the main header should be designed to allow for expansion and to supply dry steam to the engine or other machine. A separator may be used in the header before the branch is taken off, or if the branch is long the separator may be near the engine. If a receiver sepa- rator is employed a smaller pipe may be used between the main and the separator. Several arrangements of engine piping are shown in Fig. 147. Two valves are shown, one a stop valve near the main and the other a throttle valve near the engine. Ordi- narily the throttle valve is used, the stop valve being either full open or closed. A drip pipe should be placed just above the throttle to blow out the condensation which collects when the throttle valve is closed. By making the connection from the top of the main there is less danger of water getting into the engine cylinder in case it should come over from the boiler, whereas if the connection is taken from the side or bottom of the main, the engine is almost certain to be wrecked. Auxiliary and Small Steam Lines for Engines, Pumps, etc. — The same general principles apply to auxiliary steam headers and small steam lines. They should be arranged to provide for expansion and contraction and for ample draining. The expan- sion can generally be cared for by allowing the pipe to tvun on the threads, taking advantage of the necessary changes in direc- tion. For draining, the pipe should slope in the direction of the steam flow and should be provided with a steam trap, drip pipes, or other means of disposing of the condensation. If the branch is taken from the side or bottom of the steam line, STEAM PIPING 155 there should be provision for draining, Fig. 148, A, B, C. This can be avoided by taking steam from the top of the line, as in Fig. 148, D, which also protects the branch while it is in use. Two valves are shown in the illustrations, one a throttle valve -SAf> t&/>v Fig. 147. Header to Engine Pipes. near the engine or pump, and a stop valve near the steam line. When a throttling governor is used the arrangement may be as at E, Fig. 148. Both valves are not always necessary, but they are desirable. The throttle valve can be used to regulate the machine, and the stop valve to close off the branch entirely when necessary. The throttle valve should of course be of the globe or angle pattern. The arrangement of piping when the different 156 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING forms of valves and regulating devices are used is taken up in connection with the description of the devices. Steam Loop. — The steam loop is an arrangement of piping for returning condensed steam to a boiler by gravity, as shown in Fig. 149. The water of condensation is carried up the riser along with steam, then into the horizontal pipe where the steam con- denses, and flows down the drop leg. When suflicient water has collected in the drop leg, the increase in pressure will open the 9m.. ®HCH— ffeactef Ora/ft 45^p. B 7f>n///e 0/-0//7 H I rtn/ffe l5ff- 3top i/^/t^£f T/Jn>ff/e 5_( ^f/eacfer l^o/rt ^f^ff/ne Fig. 148. Branch Pipes. check valve and the water will flow into the boiler. This opera- tion is repeated automatically as the drop leg fiUs. The head or pressure in the drop leg must at all times be greater than that in the riser in order to keep the loop in operation. The level of the water when the two pipes are balanced may be about one half way up the drop leg. The drop leg may be from 30 to 50 feet long, depending upon the loss in pressure between the boiler and drop leg and friction of piping and check valve. Injector Piping. — The general arrangement of piping for an injector is shown in Fig. 150 at A. The steam pipe should be taken from as high a point as possible and directly from the boiler. A globe valve should be placed at a convenient point in the steam pipe. The suction pipe should be as short and direct as possible, sometimes a size larger pipe than the injector connection is desir- STEAM PIPING 157 able. A foot valve may be necessary on a long lift. The globe valve is placed close to the injector. The discharge pipe should be the size of the injector outlet or larger, and should contain a check valve, placed at a considerable distance from the injector. Drop tey^ P/ser fro/n Separofvi- \^=Jl i^fer Leu'ef of Bot'/er- /& 3ei7er- T -St&rt/'ng i^/ire Fig. 149. Steam Loop. When the water is not lifted the suction pipe should contain two valves, one close to the injector and one far away from it, Fig. 150, at B. Live Steam Feed Water Purifier. — The Hoppes hve steam feed water purifier is shown in Fig. 151. It consists of a cylindrical steel shell, within which are located a number of trough-shaped SAfam Svppfy ' G/oie Ib/ra Ifgfer Si/ppty •4 n Fl CAeclr yir/i^e . Orsr/7ani 1 \ 7i So^/er MJhIh--K^ Fig. 150. Injector Kping. pans. The pans are made of hard sheet steel with malleable iron ends. The water enters the purifier through pipe C and overflows the sides of the pans and follows the under surfaces in a thin film to 158 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING the lowest point and in direct contact with the steam. The soHds in solution are precipitated and adhere to the bottoms of Fig. 151. Live Steam Purifier. the pans, while those in suspension are retained in the troughs of the pans. Method of Piping Purifier. — The method of piping a live steam purifier is indicated in Fig. 152. It is generally best to Fig. 152. Live Steam Purifier Piping. STEAM PIPING 159 ^^ 7& Steam Goy» M= ^rv/Tj Sifevm Spac€ ^rom IVafvr Space supply live steam to the heater by an independent pipe A in order to be sure of sufficient pressure to allow the water to flow to the boilers by gravity. To cause such a flow, the bottom of the purifier should be placed two or more feet above the water level in the boiler. The feed pipe B from the purifier is connected to the feed line. The pipe C from the pump supphes the feed water to the purifier. This pipe can be used as a direct feed to the boilers by closing the proper valves. Steam for the pump is suppUed by the pipe D. When the purifier is in operation the valve E should be closed and the valve F opened to allow circulation. Water Column Piping. — A water column is a hollow casting, tapped for three gage cocks, two water gage connections, and for connections to the steam and water spaces "of the boiler as shown in Fig. 153. The object of the column is to show the height of water in the boiler. For this reasop the steam connection should be taken from well above the water level and the water connection well below it. These con- nections should be made with tees or crosses with plugs instead of elbows. By removing the plugs the connections may be thor- oughly cleaned. Extra heavy wrought pipe may be used, but brass pipe of iron pipe size is much better. For small water columns one inch pipe is used, but \\ inch is a more usual diameter for all sizes. Valves may be placed in the boiler connections as Fig. 153. Water Column Piping. Fig. 154. Thermometer Well. shown, but should be arranged to indicate plainly when they are closed. In some places such valves are prohibited. The steam 160 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING gage may be piped as indicated, but no other connection should be made from the water colmnn piping. The Placing of Thermometers in Pipes. — There are many occasions where it is desirable to ascertain the temperature of the medium passing through a pipe. For this purpose thermome- ters may be used by inserting a thermometer well in the pipe line. The well should be partly filled with oil before inserting the ther- mometer. The arrangement \/j ^\/j is indicated in Fig. 154. For permanent locations thermo- meters are made with a well as part of the casing so that they can be screwed into place. The well should be made of close composition brass and be closed either with a bit of ^ Fig. 155. Steam Gage Locations. waste or arranged for a screw cap so that water can be kept out when the well is not in use. Steam Gages. — The location of gages for steam or water should have careful attention to insure correct readings. With steam gages some arrangement should be made for maintaining water between the gage and the steam, Fig. 155. For this pur- pose a goose neck may be used, or the gage may be placed below the steam Kne. When placed as at Z) a correction should be made for the head of water. The dial hand may be set to make the proper allowance. The location of water pressure gages should receive the same attention in order to avoid erroneous readings. CHAPTER IX DRIP Airo BLOW-OFF PIPING Drainage. — Steam piping should be arranged so as to avoid the possibihty of condensed steam gathering in pockets and there becoming a source of danger. A slug of water picked up from such a pocket and carried along by a change in velocity of the steam can cause a great deal of damage by its impact with valves, fittings, etc. For this reason efficient drainage must be provided. The slope of horizontal pipes should be at least 1 inch in 10 feet, and in the direction of steam flow. The steam main should be drained from the bottom. The supply pipes should slope from the header to separators, and the engine supply should be taken from the top of the separator. The water from steam main drips can be gathered in a receiver and automatically pumped back to the boilers. The essentials of a properly designed system are provision for drainage when the pipes are full of steam imder pressure but not flowing, and the care of all condensation when it is flowing. When a change in size of pipe is necessary, eccentric fittings may be used to keep the bottoms of the fines on the same level. The location of valves should receive careful attention. They should be placed so that the valve body will not form a water pocket. A gate valve with the spindle pointing downward is such a case. Valves should be placed at the high points in the line or ample drain pipe provided to care for the water which collects. When a valve is in a vertical pipe line there must be a drain pipe tapped in immediately above it. Separators. — Separators are made for the purpose of separat- ing water from steam, or oil from steam. In cases where prim- ing exists in the boilers or where the steam Unes are long, water collects in the piping and may be very destructive if carried into the engine cylinder. Further, the presence of moisture in the steam results in loss of economy in the operation of the engine. To remove the water, steam separators of various designs may be used. Baffle plates or changes in direction may be employed in the design of a separator. When steam is to be condensed 162 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING and returned to the boilers, separators may be placed in the ex- haust pipe to remove the oil and water. The principle of operar tion is the same as for steam separators. A steam separator should be placed as near the engine as possible. The water from the separator may be blown out or may be taken care of automati- cally by a steam trap. The construction of the Pittsburg separator is shown in Fig. 156. The steam enters at 1 and is turned downward so that it strikes the ribbed annular surface 2 where the oil and water is caught and runs off to the collecting chamber 3. The steam leaves by the open- ing 4 near the top. The construction of the Cochrane separator is shown in Fig. 157, where A is the exterior, B is cross section, and C a longitudinal section. The steam enters at 1 and impinges against a bafHe plate 2 having vertical ribs, where the oil or water adheres. This oil or water is directed Fig. 156. Pittsburg Separator. Fig. 157. Cochrane Separator. to the collecting well 3. The steam turns to the side of the baffle and leaves the separator at 4- The path of the steam is indicated at D, Fig. 157. DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PIPING 163 The Hoppes steam separator is shown in Fig. 158. at the top and plunges downward, the moisture in the steam impinges on the surface of the water in the, bottom and is caught and retained. From here it is drawn off through the drain pipe shown. Any entrained moisture creeping along the sides of the separator is in- tercepted by the troughs, which are partly filled with water and surroimd both in- let and outlet. Drip Pockets, — To drain long horizontal pipes pro- perly drip pockets. Fig. 159, should be provided every 75 to 100 feet. In general the drip pocket opening should be the full size of the pipe, as the water is Ukely to be carried over small openings. From the drip pocket a Steam enters Fig. 158. Hoppes Separator. drain connection is made with a steam trap. Steam Traps. — A steam trap is an appa- ratus made to dispose of the condensed steam -, from a piping system. The drip pipes from the system are run to the trap which dis- charges the water without allowing the steam to escape. When this discharge is against atmospheric pressure, as into a hot well or sewer, the trap is called a discharge or non- HETUEN trap. When the hot water is dis- charged back into the boiler the trap is called a direct return trap. Direct return traps must be located above the boiler. There are Fig. 159. nmnerous forms of steam traps, only a few of Drip Pocket. which will be described. 164 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING The Walworth trap shown in Fig. 160, is operated by a floatiQg bucket. The condensation flows in at 1 around the bucket 2 until it overflows into the bucket and sinks it, uncovering the opening in the spindle at 3. This allows the water to be driven out at 4. The McDaniels trap shown in Rg. 161, is oper- ated by a float. The con- densation flows in at i untU it raises the spherical float 2 which opens the valve 3 and allows the water to be forced out at 4- When the water is drained The screw 5 may be used Fig. 160. Bucket Trap. the float falls and closes the valve 3. to open the valve 3. The Farnsworth trap shown at A, Fig. 162, operates by a tilt- ing tank. The tank is composed of a partition and two pipes making two unequal size chambers. The vertical pipe 1 receives condensation into the long chamber 2 until its weight overbalances the full short chamber 3 and opens the valve 4 and the condensar tion is passed from the bottom of the long chamber through the diagonal pipe 5 into the top of the short chamber, and from the bottom of the short chamber out through the valve, which re- mains full opened so long as condensation is coming through the vertical pipe, and when the Hnes or ap- paratus are finally drained and the long end nearly emptied, the full, short chamber over-balances it and closes the valve against the double seal of water. . _ Copper flexible hose is ^'8- 1'^" McDamels Trap, used to avoid packed tnmnion joints as shown at B. This allows the trap to be arranged to operate as a non-return trap or as a return trap. DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PIPING 165 The Cranetilt trap is made for a variety of uses, the direct return trap being shown in Fig. 163. Condensation enters the trap through the inlet check valve 1 and passes through the divided trunnion tee into the tank 2. When the tank fills, the weight of water causes it to drop to the bottom of the yoke S. This opens the steam valve 4 and closes the vent valve 5 allow- ing pressure to enter the steam valve and through the inner pipe Water Inlef B I \Fle*i'ble Copaei \ Hose Fig. 162. Famsworth Trap. into the space above the water, closing the inlet check valve. The pressure is now the same in the trap as in the boiler and as the trap is above the boiler, the water flows into the boiler by gravity. After sufficient water has left the tank, the counter- weight 6 brings it back into the filling position, this action closing the steam valve and opening the vent valve which allows the pressure in the tank to equal or fall below that in the return lines. The directions given for setting and connecting up a Cranetilt direct return trap are as follows: "Place the trap at least foiu- feet above the water level of the boiler. The trap does not necessarily have to be directly above the boiler as shown in Fig. 164. In some cases there is not room 166 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING enough between the top of the boiler and ceiling of the boiler room, in which case the trap can be placed on the floor above, either over or adjoining the boiler house. There are three essen- tial points in connecting up a direct return trap. 1st, the pipe marked 'Discharge to Boiler' in Fig. 164, should have a strong pitch away from the trap along the horizontal line A. 2d, this discharge pipe must not be connected into any pump or injector Fig. 163. Cranetilt Trap. line feeding the boiler but connected independently of other feed lines. 3d, the pipe marked 'steam' must be connected to the boiler at a point where the initial boiler pressure will be secured. Do not connect this line to any steam line connected to an engine, pump or injector. Where the pressure in the receiver is not suf- ficient to elevate the condensation to the trap a Cranetilt lifting trap should be located below the receiver and connected to it. The lifting trap will elevate the condensation through the pipe marked 'discharge to trap' to the direct return trap. As the amount of water which the trap handles at each operation will vary only shghtly, the attachment of a revolution counter, record- ing each operation, will give a close average." DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PIPING 167 Drips from Steam Cylinders. — Steam cylinders should be provided with drain connections at both ends, and may have Fig. 164. Setting tor Direct Return Trap. automatic relief valves or hand operated valves. If hand oper- ated the valves should always be opened before starting the engine or pump. For small engines and pumps pet cocks screwed di- rectly into the cyKnder are frequently used. In most cases, how- ever, it is preferable to pipe the drips to a drain. The size of pipe should be suffici- ently large to care for con- densation and not be easily stopped up. The arrange- ment of drips for steam and exhaust pipes from cylinders is treated in connection with the piping of engines. Drainage Fittings. — Condensed steam should be drained by gravity whenever possible. When conditions are such that this cannot be *^ Fig. 165. Drainage Fittings. done, lifts as shown in Fig. 165 at A and B may be employed. The principle of operation is the same. The water of conden- 168 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING sation gathers in a pocket until it closes the pipe and the steam pressure forces it up the riser in slugs. Condensation may be lifted by high vacuum by the same apparatus. The diameter of the riser should be about one half to one third that of the hori- zontal pipe. The arrangement at A, Kg. 165, is composed of a tee with the ends of the riser lower than the horizontal pipe. The fitting shown at B is called an entrainer or drainage fitting. 'feam Met Wafer Met Co/c/ l^o/er Connec/ion Vschorffe" Fig. 166. Automatic Pump and Receiver. Automatic Pump and Receiver. — A combination of receiver and pump, Fig. 166 provides an effective arrangement for drain- ing radiators, steam jackets, steam coils and heaters. The water of condensation enters at the top of the receiver. A float in the receiver maintains a constant water level and regulates the pump. When used for boiler feed, cold water may be admitted directly to the receiver to make up for losses or in case of excessively high temperature. As with other apparatus the piping should be DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PIPING 169 arranged with a by-pass so that the receiver may be cut out when repairs are necessary. Blow-off Kping. — The size of the blow-o£f pipe from a boiler may be from one to V-li inches in diameter. The wrought-pipe Fig. 167. Blow-off Piping. Fig. 168. Asbestos Packed Cock. fittings and valves should be extra heavy as made for 250 pounds pressiu"e. When the pipe passes through the combustion cham- ber it should be protected from the hot gases by magnesia, asbestos, or fire brick, or it may be enclosed in a larger pipe of either tile or cast iron. Further protection may be had by arranging the pip- ing as shown in Fig. 167, which allows a continuous circulation to be maintained. The valve A is closed before the blow-off valve is opened. Ample provision should be made for the movement of the pipe due to expansion. The blow-off pipe should be arranged so that the discharge is visible, otherwise fail- ure to close the valves may not be noticed until the boiler is dam- aged. Any leaks can be seen and attended to. It is well also to have the blow-offs from different boilers independent of each other. Fig. 169. Arrangement of Blow-off Valves. 170 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING _^*vLm ii„„nn.i. i>'"<""-'rfJ In general, two valves should be used in each blow-off pipe, one a valve and the other a cock. The asbestos-packed cock, shown in Fig. 168, is very commonly used. The valve should be placed nearest to the boiler. The cock should be opened before the valve and closed after the valve. In this way it will be possible to keep it tight for a longer time, as it will not be imder pressure when operated. Blow-off valves are often made up in pairs, Fig. 169. When cleaning the boiler the valve A is kept closed and the valve B opened and its bonnet removed, allowing the wash water and scale to fall upon the floor which is connected to a drain. The blow-off valve being closed the boiler cleaner is safe from any back blow from the pipe. Blow-off water and steam can sometimes be discharged into the open. When it must be cared for by a sewer it should first be allowed to cool in some form of simip or tank. Figs. 170, 171 and 172, as the heat from the blow-off water will crack drain tUe, allowing it to be crushed and so become closed. Aside from this, the escape of steam through street openings from the sewers is objectionable. Blow-off tanks are made of cast-iron, steel or wrought-iron plate, and brick or concrete. A blow-off tank should have a vapor pipe carried up through the roof to carry off Fig. 170. Cast Iron Blow-off Tank. Fig. 171. Steel Blow-off Tanks. the steam and vapor, a msmhole for cleaning, and if there is a chance for the accumulation of pressure, a safety valve should be added. The outlet of the blow-off pipe should be above the water line, as otherwise condensation in the pipe will create a vacuum DRIP AND BLOW-OFF PIPING 171 and draw water from the tank or sump back into the pipe, often with injurious results. It is well to have a partition between the inlet and outlet parts of a sump or tank, or other arrangements to form a trap and so prevent steam from entering the tile drain. /n/ef > Fig. 172. Concrete Sump. A small cast-iron blow-off tank is shown in Fig. 170. Riveted steel-plate tanks may be of cylindrical form with bumped heads, Fig. 171. For a common blow-off from a number of boilers a concrete sump may be constructed, similar to Fig. 172. CHAPTER X EXHAUST PIPING AND COITOENSERS Exhaust Piping. — Exhaust piping to the atmosphere can be made of Hght-weight pipe, with hght fittings and valves. For small sizes wrought pipe or tubing may be used, while sizes 24 to 30 ioches and larger may be made of riveted steel plates. Eiveted pipe, when less than V4 inch thick, should be galvanized to assist in keeping the joints tight; thicker plate can be calked. Large fittings may be made of steel plates riveted together, and with Fig. 173. Riveted Steel Plate Fittings. cast-iron flanges. Fig. 173. Where flat surfaces occur they should be braced to withstand pressm-e from the outside, as there may be a vacuum due to condensation. Exhaust lines should be designed carefully as to drainage. They should pitch in the same direction as the flow. An exhaust-steam separator may be used to separate the oil and water from the steam, if it is to be used for heating and other purposes. The drip from the oil separator or from a drip pocket may be dis- charged through a loop, as shown iu Figs. 174 and 175. The drop leg should be long enough so that a possible sHght vacuum in the exhaust pipe will not raise the water from it. This wiU require EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 173 from three to six feet. Fig. 175 shows a loop applied to a tee at the bottom of a vertical exhaust pipe. l/anf 1 ., S II Omin £jihtit/st Locp Cotfi Fig. 174. Method of Draining Separator in Exhaust Pipe. Fig. 175. Method of Drain- ing Vertical Exhaust Pipe. When exhaust steam is used for heating purposes, a single vertical pipe may be used for atmospheric exhaust and as a heat- ing riser for an overhead system. This arrangement is shown in Fig. 176, where a heating main con- ^^ — ^ nection is made well up the pipe. A smaller heating connection is shown near the base of the riser. The back-pressure valVe is placed just above the upper heating niain. A drip pipe is taken from the ex- haust head, and another from just above the back-pressure valve. Exhaust from Small Engines, Pumps, etc. — The arrangement of small exhaust pipes is indicated in Figs. 177 and 178. The piping as shown enters an exhaust main. The valve near the main serves to close the branch for repairs, or when working on the machine, and also to keep the branch from filling with condensation when not in use. The exhaust pipe should be drained from its lowest point, and should slope from the highest point to the main. If changes in direction occur, it may be necessary to provide \ / £xAaiaf fieaa ' Or/p Plpa ffaof B a 1 Back Pnss.yi/n^ r ■■ 1-M * " ■■ Sfay /Anchor Midfi'V CermtclAm £ilgina Crimaf ^ - ^ 1 'W^W?-^^'^^^- Fig. 176. Combination Ex- haust Pipe anc I Heating Riser. 174 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING more than one drip pipe. As in all steam lines, pockets where water may collect should be avoided. Either an angle stop valve or a gate valve should be used, as the passage of the Va/iv £>Aw//«i7/>7 @ ■ '^^,^/r^ ^^jSS-l ! I't40j r' • k ^ Enfimst Main 1 Cxhausf Main Drain gQ Sttom qyllatur □Q Steam Cylinder rC^ Sleom Cylinder Drvin Drain Drain. Fig. 177. Connections to Exhaust Main. exhaust steam should not be restricted. Care should be taken to provide for movement due to expansion, and also to allow for making up the pipe, lack of exact aUgnment, etc. Pump Pump Fig. 178. Connections to Exhaust Main. \ Exhaust Heads. — When steam is exhausted from an engine to the atmosphere, some form of exhaust head should be used to catch and return the oil and condensation. Such heads may EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 175 Fig. 179. Swartwout Exhaiist Head. be made of galvanized iron or cast iron, and should be so designed as not to cause back pressure. The Swartwout cast-iron exhaust head is shown in Fig. 179. The steam passes through a long heUx, from which it emerges with a whirling motion. The particles of water which have been thrown into the outer sur- face of the tube are flimg for- ward. The extension of the tube forms an annular chamber in which the water collects, and from which it is removed through the drip. The Hoppes cast iron exhaust head is shown in Fig. 180. When the steam enters the head it ex- pands gradually into a large cham- ber several times the area of the pipe, while the particles of oil and water in the centre of the current are separated by imping- ing on the cone, and those on the outer edges strike against and adhere to the side of the separating chamber. A trough partly filled with water surrounds the outlet and prevents creeping. This trough is connected with the drain by the pipe shown. Vacuum Exhaust Kpes. — Vacuum exhaust pipes should be as short and direct as possible, but with ample provision for expansion. Various forms of ex- /^ bA fr*^ pansion joints for exhaust lines J_ f^ T ^ are used, three of which are shown in Figs. 181, 182 and 183. The first is of corrugated copper, the second is a steel plate or diaphragm, and the third is the Badger copper expansion joint. Because of the range in temper- atiu-e, a considerable movement should be allowed for. The in- crease in volume of steam at low pressures, makes it desirable to have such pipes of as large a diameter as possible. If long pipes must be used, the diameter should be increased. The material of which the pipes are made may be cast iron, wrought Pig. 180. Hoppes Exhaust Head. 176 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING iron or steel, or riveted steel. It is of course essential that the pipe and its joints be tight, as a very small leak will seriously affect the vacuum. Gate valves should be used where valves are required in vacuimi lines in order to keep the full opening of Fig. 181. Corrugated Copper Expansion Joint. Steel Plate Expansion Joint. the pipe. Light-weight valves should be avoided if tightness is to be maintained. Automatic relief valves should be provided in the vacuum exhaust pipe from engines or tiu-bines to con- densers. In case of an accident to the condenser, the pressure will build up in the exhaust pipe and open the rehef valve, thus allowing the steam to exhaust to the atmosphere. Classes of Condensers. — Condensers are used to reduce the back pressm-e in steam cylinders and turbines by condensing the steam and producing a vacuum. The different classes of conden- sers are the surface condenser, jet condenser, and barometric or siphon condenser. These may be further subdivided, as the surface condenser may be either vertical or horizontal, and with the steam either inside or outside the tubes; the jet condenser is made in a variety of forms, and the barometric condenser may be either the nozzle or spray type. Surface Condensers. — Essentially a surface condenser, Fig. 184 comprises a shell or casing containing tubes through which cooling water is circulated. The tubes range in size from Vs inch to one inch in diameter, and generally are made of brass or ^ ^ M w u u M^ 2 Fig. 183. Badger Copper Expan- sion Joint. EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 177 composition. An air pump is connected to the condensing cham- ber to remove the condensed steam and air. Often the condenser is mounted above the air and circulating pumps. The exhaust steam from the engine, upon entering the condenser, comes into contact with the external surface of the tubes which are kept cool by the water circulated through them. This condenses the steam which falls to the bottom of the casing, and is removed by the air pump and may be used over again in the boilers. The air pump should always be placed on a lower level than the condenser so that the condensation can flow to it by gravity. The shell of Exhaust ftvm Engine Coofifig Water D/scharge Condensation Out/ef Cooling V/oter Met Fig. 184. Surface Condenser. the condenser may be either circular or rectangular in cross sec- tion and may be set with the tubes either vertical or horizontal. Kping for Surface Condenser. — Arrangements of piping for surface condensers are shown in Figs. 185, 186 and 187. The condenser should be placed near the engine or turbine in order to make short piping and so avoid joints with possible leaks tending to destroy the vacuum. As shown in Fig. 185, the condenser is mounted above the air and circulating pumps, which are placed in the basement below the engine. The valve in the pipe to the condenser is for the purpose of cutting out the condenser when exhausting to the atmosphere. The atmospheric reUef valve is placed in the atmospheric exhaust pipe and automatically opens should the condenser lose its vacuum due to faUiu-e of either of 178 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING the pumps. The branch containing the relief valve may be one size smaller than the main exhaust pipe. A steam turbine is sometimes mounted directly on the con- denser with the air and circulating pimips separate. Any form of pump may be used for circulating the cold water. The arrange- ment of a steam turbine in connection with a surface condenser and dry vacuvun pump is shown in Fig. 186. The higher the vacuum is, the larger will be the volmne of steam and air to be handled, and larger pipes should be provided. In order to main- Eriflm o 75 ^fm»9fi^iw /Ifmafphmrit /feZ/ef -XJ— I Snff/fte £x*taifst- CcftOsffse^ /9/r /^^»y» ^/seAar^o SS ^ F7tor Condansinff t\«/*r 0/tc»afm % — '• — Fig. 185. Steam Engine and Surface Condenser. tain a high vacuiun without an excessively large condensing sur- face and air pump, it is usual to provide a separate pump for removing the air, called a dry vacuum pump, which is piped from the air space of the condenser. Such pumps generally run at a high speed, and have small clearance spaces, and so should not be expected to handle water without disastrous results. To this end the piping from the condenser should slope toward the pump and should not rise at any point or have any places for condensa- tion to collect. By this arrangement, such condensation as oc- curs will pass to the pump in a vaporous condition arid be safely handled. Where several condensers or pumps are used in con- nection with a vacuum main, the pipes from the condenser should EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 179 enter at the top of the main, and those to the pumps should be taken from the bottom of the main. The air discharge from the n D □ □ n D □ □ n D Dry Urcuum R/mpV //inm Steam "^rbine Fig. 186. Steam Turbine and Surface Condenser. vacuum pump may be discharged through a pipe to the atmos- phere, or into the atmospheric exhaust pipe of the engine. Dischorffe Punop Cyfi'nder - H. R Cy/inefer Lotv Pressure Steam Cy//f9c/9f ■M- Condisrisor lYotar Si/ppfy IAfmoapharfC -Mi r Fig. 187. Steam Pump and Siirfaoe Condenser. 180 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING A compound pumping engine may be piped with a surface condenser as shown in Kg. 187. The water supply to the pump is taken through the condenser. Sometimes a surface condenser is placed in the discharge pipe. In either case a separate air pump is necessary to remove the condensate. Jet Condensers. — The form of jet condenser illustrated in Fig. 188 is made by the Blake and Knowles Pump Works. As /Ie//u3tab/e Cone Break Vacuum Iniecf/on / f-fc^^^ Kg. 188. Jet Condenser. shown, it consists of a condensing cone in which the exhaust steam and cooUng water mingle, and a piunp for removing the resulting air and water. The exhaust steam enters at the top and meets the injection water which enters through a cone or spray head. The cooUng water enters due to the partial vacuum produced by the pump. The vacuum breaking device is auto- matic in its operation. Its purpose is to prevent the water ris- EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 181 ing above the proper level in the condenser. In case the pump should stop for any reason, the water will continue to rise until '^t/fomat/c ffaffef *^/*» 7& ^^fftosfihara £Mhavsf front £ftg/n0 Fig. 189. Steam Engine and Jet Condenser. it lifts the float. This float will then open a relief valve which admits air, and so destroys the vacuum. In this way the water is prevented from rising in the exhaust pipe, and possibly wreck- ing the engine. When the pmnp is again started, the float falls to its normal position, and the condenser is put into operation. Fig. 190. Steam Engine and Jet Condenser — Elevation. Jet Condenser Rping. — Arrangements of piping for jet con- densers are shown in Pigs. 189, 190, 191 and 192. A steam engine 182 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING lo o ^ e OM ma a a o s,n mm fe Fig. 191. Steam Turbine, Jet Condenser Single Acting Air Pump. Fig. 192. Steam Turbine, Jet Condenser and Dry Vacuum Pump. EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 183 and jet condenser are shown in Fig. 189. An automatic relief valve is provided in the atmospheric exhaust pipe, and a gate valve in the pipe to the condenser. The exhaust from the pump may be arranged to connect into the condenser, to a feed water heater, or to an atmospheric exhaust pipe. Several arrangements of Blake condensing apparatus are given in Figs. 190, 191 and 192. A steam engine piped to a jet condenser and double acting vacuum Fig. 193. Kg. 194. Barometric Condenser. Steam Engine and Barometric Condenser. pump is indicated in Fig. 190, a steam turbine, jet condenser, and single acting twin beam air pump in Fig. 191, and a steam turbine arranged with a jet condenser, air pimip, and rotative dry vacuum pmnp in Fig. 192. Barometric Condenser. — One form of barometric condenser is shown in Fig. 193. The exhaust steam enters through a conical nozzle, and passes down into a combining tube. The cooling water enters at the side and around the steam nozzle, then passes downward in a thin film or sheet. The steam meeting this water is condensed and is carried down the discharge or tail pipe with the water, thus creating a vacuum in the pipe above. The taper- 184 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING ing form of the condenser is such that the water acquires a high velocity in passing the contraction and is enabled to carry the entrained air and vapors along with the condensed steam. This apparatus requires no pumps if the water supply pipe has less than 20 feet lift. If over 20 feet, a pump must be used to supply the cooling water. It is necessary, however, to have the con- denser at a height of about 34 feet above the hot well in which Fig. 195. Steam Turbine and Barometric Condenser. the lower end of the discharge pipe is immersed. As the atmos- phere will not support a column of water at such a height, the cooling water supphed wiU fall through the condenser and dis- charge pipe. Piping for Barometric Condenser. — When the source of cool- ing water is a tank, or is otherwise located not more than 20 feet below the condenser, the water may be siphoned by the condenser. If the water must be raised it may be pumped direct to the con- denser, or to a supply tank. Both methods are indicated in Kg. 194, which shows the arrangement of piping, with the parts lettered as follows: A is the condenser; B is the exhaust pipe from the engine; C is the hot well; Z) is the injection water valve; EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSEES 185 E is the starting valve; F is the water supply pipe; and Gr is the atmospheric relief valve. Either an open or closed reUef valve may be used, according as to whether the exhaust pipe is outside or inside of a building. An arrangement of twin spirojector con- Fig. 196. Eductor Condenser. densers is shown in Fig. 195, as recommended for imits larger than 500 K.W. by the Blake-Knowles Pump Works. It is ad- visable as being more economical and flexible. When running under Kght loads, or with low temperature coohng water, one condenser may be cut out. Multi-jet Educator Condenser. — This form of condenser is made by Schutte & Koerting Co., and is shown in Fig. 196. With 186 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING this condenser no air pump is required. The cooling water enters through a number of converging jets which meet and form a single jet in the lower part of the condensing tube. Exhaust steam enters through the side connection and flows through the Fig. 197. Piping for Eductor Condenser. annular passages which guide it so that it impinges on the con- densing jet. This steam is condensed and the particles of water into which it is changed are united with the water jet with which it is discharged, together with the entrained air against atmos- pheric pressure. The method of piping is shown in Figs. 197 and 198, the first of these being the preferred one. Here a standpipe is used. By pumping the water up into the standpipe it is possible to get rid of the air contained in the water. If water is available with EXHAUST PIPING AND CONDENSERS 187 a head of 21 feet, or 9 pounds per square inch at the inlet flanges of the condenser, no pump is necessary. Instead of a standpipe the water may be dehvered direct to the condenser by a pump, as shown in Fig. 198. A water check valve in the exhaust pipe i gj\S\S\\S\SSSS ^\^VV^^^^^ Fig. 198. Steam Turbine and Eductor Condenser. prevents water from flowing back from the condenser to the engine, but allows the exhaust steam to pass to the condenser. A steam turbine in connection with a multi-jet condenser is illustrated in Fig. 198. In this case the water is supphed by a centrifugal pump. CHAPTER XI PEED WATER HEATERS Uses and Types of Heaters. — Exhaust steam from an engine or other apparatus may be used to heat water for boiler feeding laundries, paper and textile mills and other manufacturing pur- poses. The steam may mingle with the water which it heats as in an open heater or be separated from it as in a closed heater. Closed heaters employ iron, brass, or copper tubes to separate the water to be heated from the exhaust steam. Various arrange- ments of the tubes, coiled, bent, straight, etc., are used in the dif- ferent makes. The steam may pass through the tubes as in the steam tube heater, or surround the tubes, as in the water tube heater. The advantage of the closed type is that the steam does not come into contact with the feed water and so keeps oil from entering the boiler. However, if a scale form- ing water is used the open type is to be preferred as the scale can be formed in the heater and removed from time to time. The closed heater is under pressure and tight joints must be maintained as well as provision for expansion. All the exhaust steam may be passed through the heater or only a part, if all is not required to heat the water. Sometimes the exhaust steam is not sufficient, and pro- vision must be made to supply live steam. In the open heater the steam mingles with the water which it heats and an oil separator should be used, either separate or as a part of the heater. 3. Com Ubttr S.Surface B/euOrr 6. Drip Pipe 7. Ml/el Bhtr-Off Pig. 199. Goubert Closed Heater. FEED WATER HEATERS 189 Closed Feed Water Heaters. — The Goubert closed feed water heater is shown in Fig. 199, where the various connections are indicated. Most of the oil in the steam is removed and passes off with the water of condensation through the drip pipe. The cold feed water enters at the bottom and meets the deflector, which spreads it out, allowing the mud or sediment to settle before the £jihoaif Out/et /nhf Outlet Cb/dlYater Feat/ Hit fer- S.Scun? 3hw-0ff Ti/dos Ot/ Sepora/or Setlliitg Cliamier fit^ Btetr-Off <■ IKtitf Pipe Feed Wafer iH resa rn CaU Water Fig. 200. Otis Closed Heater. Fig. 201. National Closed Heater. water passes upward through the tubes. The surface blow at the top permits the removal of scum. The Otis heater is shown in Fig. 200. As shown by the open- ings, the exhaust steam enters at the top, passes down one sec- tion of tubes to an oil and water separator, and then up the other section of tubes to the outlet from which it is exhausted or used for other purposes. The cold water enters near the bottom and passes out near the top when heated. The National heater shown in Fig. 201 consists of coils through which the water to be heated passes. The exhaust steam enters at the bottom of the shell and leaves at the top. In some forms both exhaust and hve steam coils are used to maintain the re- quired temperature. 190 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Closed Heater Piping. — The arrangement of piping for a closed feed water heater may be such as to allow all of the exhaust to pass through the heater, or only a part of it. This will depend upon the source of supply. If the main exhaust is used, and is 7b Atmnphars Bock /Assure KgA^ 7b Hee/ing Systam Kg. 202. Piping for Closed Heater. more than sufficient to heat the feed water, a branch may be used to supply the heater and the extra steam used for heating or other purposes. When the main exhaust is condensed and only the exhaust from the pumps and other auxiUaries is passed into the heater, the entire amoimt of steam can be passed through the heater. A method of piping for a closed heater is shown in FEED WATER HEATERS 191 Fig. 203. Piping for Combination Exhaust and Live Steam Heaters. •.-,■•. ;r •.-•.■•,•. ■■.•■ ••. ■•;■■■-■ • --■■■■■■■'.■■.■•.-;■,' Fig. 204. Piping for Heater and Storage Tank. 192 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Fig. 202. The by-pass is arranged so that the heater may be cut out when necessary, or to regulate the amount of steam pass- ing through the heater. The oil separator may be placed near the heater as shown, or if the steam is from the main ejdiaust it may Eitmaf OvH^ Fig. 205. The Cochrane Open Heater. be near the engine. As shown, the trap is arranged with a by- pass for use if necessary. The arrangements shown in Figs. 203 and 204 are from the National Pipe Bending Company's book of plans. In Fig. 203 the piping is given for using a live steam heater in connection with an exhaust heater where more or hotter water is wanted. FEED WATER HEATERS 193 SURPLUS EXHAUST I WBiriEO or Oil EXHAUST INLET "siRFIED EXHAUST' OBIPFOOM SEPARATOR TO STEAM TRAP The piping in Fig. 204 is for a closed heater in connection with a live steam re-heater and wooden storage tank. Open Feed Water Heaters. — As stated before, the water is heated in an open heater by direct contact with the exhaust steam. Such heaters are usually designed to combine the func- tions of heater, purifier, receiver, and filter. The water enters at the top of a chamber and drips down over trays while being heated by the steam. The water then passes through filtering material contained in the lower part of the chamber to the pump suc- tion. The cold water sup- ply is regulated by a valve with a float control. One of the advantages of an open heater is that its efii- ciency as a heater is not affected by conditions as to cleanliness of surfaces. The details of several forms are shown in the following figures. The Cochrane heater is shown in Fig. 205. The steam enters through an oil separator forming a part of the heater, while the water enters at the top and over- flows from a trough over and through a series of perforated trays, inclined first one way and then the other, each tray catch- ing the drips from the one above. From the last tray the water falls into a settling chamber. This has a perforated false bottom for carrying a filter bed. The boiler feed pump receives its sup- ply from the space underneath the filter bed. The body of the heater is made of cast iron and the fittings of copper and brass. A partial section of the Cochrane steam-stack and cut-out heater is shown in Fig. 206. The steam enters through an oil Fig. 206. Cochrane Steam-stack and Cut-out Valve. 194 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING separator, near the top of which is a flanged outlet for passing through the surplus exhaust steam to the heating system or atmos- phere. The opening to the heater is controlled by a special valve. When this valve is open it occupies such a position that the heater has the "preference" for the steam. That is, in its open position the valve diverts a portion of the steam from the Fig. 207. Webster Feed Water Fig. 208. Heater. Webster Feed Water Heater. top opening and directs it into the heater, at the same time allow- ing surplus steam to escape through the upper opening. The valve may be closed and so cut out the heater without the neces- sity for extra valves and fittings for a by-pass. A vent pipe provides a means for the escape of air and gases. The Webster feed water heater and pmifier is shown in Figs. 207 and 208. Water is admitted through an automatically con- trolled valve and is discharged into a trough which forms a water seal. From this trough the water overflows to oppositely in- clined and perforated copper trays. In this manner it mingles with the steam and becomes thoroughly heated. It then flows downward through a filter bed and to the pvunp suction chamber. Fig. 207 is the Standard type built on the induction principle, FEED WATER HEATERS 195 with the oil separator attached to the heater shell. Fig. 208 is the preference type which is a cut-out heater using a gate valve in connection with an oil separator of sufficient size to purify all steam passing through the exhaust main to both the feed water heater and to a heating or drying system, or to low pressm-e tur- bines. A typical installation of a Webster feed water heater for power service is shown in Fig. 209 and for a gravity return heating system in Fig. 210. The Hoppes feed water heater and purifier is shown in Fig. 211. The steam enters through an oil separator, passes through the eXHAUSTTO *TMOSPHEBC>L uiPMncitv "«S.=A ENGtNC EXHAU0T Fig. 209. Piping of Heater for Power Service. heater and escapes by the outlet near the front end. Water is admitted through a balanced regulating valve and evenly dis- tributed to the top pans by inside feed pipes. The water overflows the edges of the pans and follows the under side to the lowest point and drops into the next pan below until it reaches the bottom of the chamber and passes to the main pump suction through a hooded opening. The troughs of the pans provide settling chambers and so eliminate the necessity for a filter. SoHds precipitated from solution are deposited and retained on the under side of the pans. The Hoppes induction chamber shown in Fig. 212 takes the place of by-pass piping, and is described as follows: ]196 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING i Fig. 210. Piping of Heater for Gravity Return Steam Heating S3rBtem. Fig. 211. Hoppes Feed Water Heater. FEED WATER HEATERS 197 "This device may be used for any size of exhaust pipe in con- necting Hoppes heaters of any type to the exhaust line, effecting a saving proportional to the size of the exhaust pipe by doing away with large and expensive valves and fittings. "The steam enters the chamber at the bottom, and flowing upward, part of the current enters into the mouth of a downwardly curved pipe, supplying the heater with an ample amount of exhaust steam to heat the water to 210 degrees, even though the heater is worked con- siderably beyond its rated capacity. The remainder of j,jg_ 3^2 Hoppes Induction Chamber, the steam passes out at the top, either to atmosphere or heating system as the case may be." A good way of connecting a Hoppes heater to an exhaust steam heating system is shown in Fig. 213. The piping is arranged so Fig. 213. Piping Arrangement for Hoppes Heater and Exhaust, Heating System. 198 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING that the heater has preference, the surplus steam passing out at the side of the tee 1 to the heating system. A live steam connec- tion is provided at 2 through reducing valve 3. The reducing valve should be provided with a by-pass 4 so that it can be cut out if necessary. Open Heater Piping. — The arrangement of piping for open heaters involves much the same considerations as for closed — i 7b HeaHngSyaiem ^agulatihg yo/yB "BaeA PhessurB t^&Vtf 1=^ By-Poaa- /1M= Suff^ cw' Rafi/ma fhun y—Orlpa etc. Grip and e/ar-cff ' ^ ■ H'i^ti ft-Tft^* 5#i';j(\;* »•■ ' ' Ex/jatiaf from f^/mp ^ Ma/tt Ejthaiaf Fig. 214. Piping for Open Heater. heaters. The heater should be placed two or three feet higher than the pump so that the hot water will flow into the pump suc- tion by gravity. A by-pass should be arranged so that the heater may be cut out for cleaning or inspection, or when all the steam is needed for heating. A piping arrangement is shown in Fig. 214 for heater used with an exhaust heating system. The cold water supply is controlled by a float inside of the heater. As noted, the returns from drips, etc., or from the heating FEED WATER HEATERS 199 system are connected directly to the heater. Should the valves A and B both be closed at the same time, the starting of the O// Sepemrfor i^= o=- Fig. 215. By-pass Piping. Fig. 216. Cochrane Cut-out Valve in Place of By-pass. engine can produce a sufficient pressure to rupture the heater imless the valve A is arranged to open under such conditions or a reUef valve provided with direct connection to the heater. Some Fig 217. Thoroughfare Heater, Fig. 218. Preference Heater. 200 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING heaters have the by-pass made as part of the main casting, thus effecting a considerable saving in valves and piping, as indicated in Figs. 215 and 216, where Fig. 215 shows a piping by-pass and Fig. 216 a by-pass contained in the cut-out valve. All of the steam may pass through the heater to the atmos- phere, as in Fig. 217. Part of the steam may pass through the /3 — r H Main £xhoust '"^^mw^^^ "^^m^^^^m^- Figs. 219 and 220. Preference Connections for Heaters Used with Exhaust Heating Systems. heater and part to the atmosphere, as in Fig. 218, where only sufficient steam is admitted to the heater to heat the water. Other forms of "preference connections" may be used, as shown in Figs.. 219 and 220, where the tendency of the steam is to enter the heater, the excess passing on. A preference tee or a plain tee arranged as shown may be used for this purpose. CHAPTER XII PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEMS Piping for Heating Systems. — The purpose of this chapter is to illustrate the general arrangement of piping and connections as used for heating systems. No attempt is made at complete- ness, but it is hoped that sufficient material is included to be of value to those who wish to learn something about the different systems of piping. Fig. 221. One-pipe Wet System. Steam Heating Piping Systems. — For supplying steam to radiating surfaces and removing the condensed steam, there are two general arrangements of piping "one-pipe" systems and 202 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING "two-pipe" systems. A one-pipe wet system is shown in Fig. 221. As the same pipes are used to supply steam and to return the condensation from the radiators, they must be large. The main steam pipe is sloped away from the boiler. A return main is run imder the supply main and is pitched toward the boiler, entering it below the water line. The risers are taken from the top of the steam main to supply the radiators, and these same Fig. 222. One-pipe Circuit System. risers are used by the condensation which drains into the return pipe. A single radiator on the first floor may be used without connecting to the return pipe. A one-pipe circuit system is shown in Fig. 222. In this system the main steam pipe makes a complete circuit of the basement, at the same time pitching away from the boUer, and on returning enters it below the water hne. The radiators are supphed with steam and are drained by the same riser which is made large enough for this pm-pose. The condensation, after reaching the circuit pipe, is forced along in the same direction as the steam and completing the circuit is returned to the boiler. The steam main should be of one size and large enough so that there will be plenty of room for both PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 203 the steam and water of condensation. With tall buUdings, the use of the same pipe for supply and drain is objectionable, due to the interference. In such cases the one-pipe system shown in Fig. 223, may be used. The supply main in this case is run to the top of the bxiilding, and then the radiator branches are taken off from drop pipes. In this way the steam and condensation both flow downward except in the short connections between the drop and the radiator. The drop pipe connects into a drain pipe wliich returns the condensation to the boUer. A few radiators may be connected into the main riser. The arrangement of a two- pipe system is shown in Fig. 224. As shown, steam is supphed at one end of the radiator and drained from the other, the steam and drain pipes being entirely separate. The radiators are supphed by risers from a steam main located near the basement ceiling. The drain pipes drop to a return main located near the floor of the basement or below the water line in the boiler. Steam Radiator Pipe Comiections. — Several methods of mak- ing radiator connections are shown in Fig. 225. There should always be provision for expansion and contraction. The connec- tion at A is for a radiator and main, unconcealed, while B shows a similar connection but using a 45 degree branch because of limited room above the main. At C and D are shown methods of connection between radiators and risers, one-pipe system. At E and F are shown methods of connection for the two-pipe system. The sizes of pipe for which radiators are tapped as used by the American Radiator Company are given in Table 78, which is for one and two-pipe direct steam radiators. If the connection be- J= t Pi M a- ^ 1 t \ ft_ ~i Bolter Fig. 223. One-pipe Down Flow System. 204 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING tween the radiator and the riser is short these same sizes may be used. Fig. 224. Two-pipe System. TABLE 78 Pipe Sizes for Steam Radiatobs Square Feet One-pipe System Two-pip B System of Radiation Supply Return Up to 24 1 24 to 60 I'A 60 to 100 IV2 . . • Above 100 2 Up to 48 . . . 1 V. 48 to 96 IV4 1 Above 96 IV2 I'A Sizes of Steam Heating Pipes. — Steam pipes for heating should always be of ample size and carefully drained. The steam main should never be less than 1 Vs inches in diameter, and should PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 205 be larger if more than 30 feet in length. Risers should be at least one inch in diameter. All branches should be taken from the top of the main or at an angle, but never from the side so as to avoid getting water with the steam. To insure good drainage o O Pi i U5 N CI tab the steam main should have a slope of at least one inch in ten feet and branches should have twice this slope. The sizes of steam mains and risers may be obtained from Fig. 226, where average values are plotted, the sizes being propor- tioned to the radiating surface. The sizes of returns for the 206 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING two-pipe system are not given as they should be determined from the conditions in connection with each installation. For small supply pipes they may be one size smaller. For large supply pipes the returns may be very much smaller, but dry returns should be larger than wet returns. A dry return is one — — 1 — — — , — — — 1 seae __ ™ — — ' — — — — — ' . . — — — — — — — — — , ., jt — — — — — 1 — — 7^ / / / yV /'(T 'AV 1 A"^ — '■ — 2P00 — — 1 — — - — — ' — i '^ f^ _^ K>- — 1 — 1 — — — ' ^ — -/•(f^' s A , , 1 . , w- ^ _J 1 — — — 1 — — - — ■"(T ^ < 0_ — K . p£ -^ 1 1 — — 1 — - ^,-. _^ ^ ' — 1 — — 1 — ^ 1 — — ^ ^ F- :^ >^ 2 f~~ — — ™ i"** — — ' — — 1 — t £ f 4 r i 6 Fig. 226. Sizes of Steam Mains and Risers. in which the return pipe is above the water level, and a wet return is one which is below the water level of the boiler, and con- sequently is always full of water. The dry retm-n pipe exposes the surface of the water flowing along the bottom of the pipe, and is hkely to cause water hammer and noises due to the rapid condensation of the steam. Hot Water Heating Systems. — There are two systems of hot-water heating, the open tank system shown in Fig. 227, and the closed tank system. The arrangement of piping is the same for both systems, but the piping may be somewhat smaller for the closed system, and a safety valve miist be provided. This safety valve is usually set for ten pounds pressme. The system illustrated in Fig. 227 shows the supply mains rising from the heater and the return mains sloping toward the heater and enter- PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 207 ing it at as low a point as possible. The risers to the radiators are taken from the top of the supply mains. The mains and risers may be reduced as the radiator branches are taken off. For large buildings a single supply pipe may be carried to the expansion tank, and from there the branch down-feed pipes nui etC^AMtnit TANK Fig. 227. Open Tank System. to the radiators. This system is shown in Fig. 228. Circulation is caused by the fact that water expands when it is heated, there- fore it becomes Ughter than cold water and rises through the system, allowing the cold water to flow downward to the heater. This method of operation is known as a gravity system. For 208 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING large buildings it is necessary to use a pump to circulate the water and it is then called a ir Jk forced circulation system. Expansion Tanks. — The purpose of the ex- pansion tank is to care for the changes in vol- ume of the water as it is heated. It should be placed above the highest radiator in the system, and should be provided with a vent pipe, and an overflow pipe connected to a drain. The ordinaiy form of tank made of galvanized iron is shown in Fig. 229, together with the necessary piping con- nections. Hot Water Radiator Pipe Connections. — Several methods of 1 1 ' 1 a a F "1 r n q: m tHr- ^1 f'^H^r mmmi^mm'^ 'm>^s?imm^ ■isfc.** Fig. 228. Down-feed Hot Water System. making radiator connections for hot water are shown in Kg. 230. The connection for hori- zontal mains is shown at D, and for vertical pipes or risers at A and C The supply pipe may be connected at the top of the radiator, as shown at B, which makes the valve handy. Two methods of connection for overhead sup- ply systems are shown at E and F. In the method shown at F the water passes through each radiator separately, entering all of them at practically the same temperature, while in the method shown at E it passes through each of the radiators in succession, necessitating larger radiators on the lower floors. The sizes of pipe for which hot water radiators are tapped as used by the American Radiator Company are as follows. The same sizes are used for both supply and return pipes. The size of pipe to the nominal diameter of standard wrought pipe. Fig. 229. Expansion Tank Connections refers PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 209 Radiators containing 40 square feet and under 1 inch Above 40, but not exceeding 72 square feet V/t " Above 72 square feet IV2 " Vapor tappings, top and bottom opposite ends, supply '/< inches, return •/j inch. Unless otherwise ordered, all openings of Direct Radiators will have right- hand threads (except that of Wall Radiators where tapped 1 '/a inch, in which case tapping at one end is right-hand and left-hand on other end). All air-valve tappings of Direct Radiators are regularly made '/a inch. Fig. 230. Hot Water Radiator Connections. Sizes of Hot Water Pipes. — The factors involved in deter- mination of sizes of hot water piping are: the amount of radiating sm'face; the location of the radiating surface, both elevation above and distance from the heater; and the difference in tem- perature. The sizes of hot water mains may be obtained from Fig. 231, where average values are plotted, the sizes being approximately proportional to the radiating surface. In a similar manner average values are plotted in Fig. 232, for sizes of pipes to supply various amounts of radiating surface on the different floors of a building. Exhaust Steam Heating. — Steam that has been used in a steam engine or other power apparatus may be exhausted to a 210 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING heating system. Any system of heating may be used in con- nection with exhaust steam by installing the proper apparatus. ^^ I I 3 ■* Fig. 231. Sizes of Hot Water Mains. Factories and large buildings having a power plant often make use of exhaust steam in this way. The piping for such a system should be large to keep the back pressure in the exhaust pipe as low as possible. A Kve steam connection should be made to y 1000 -^ * y y / _ _. / y 4th Sfory^ / y / 3ra " V \ / > ^^y^y 3„a "v.\y / y / /5. vVV/ ' / >-^ >-' ^ 1 e i £■/? > ^. f Fig. 232. Sizes of Hot Water Risers. PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 211 the heating pipe, using a reducing valve to lower the pressure, and a reUef or back pressure valve should be placed in the exhaust pipe to prevent excessive back pressure. If the condensation is to be returned to the boiler, an oil separator should be placed in the exhaust pipe before the connection is made with the heating system. Steam traps, automatic pump and receiver, and other devices used in connection with ex- haust heating are described in other parts of this book, and may be located by refer- ence to the index. The piping for feed water heaters is shown in Chapter XI. The Webster Vacuum System of Steam Heating. — The Webster system is used Fig. 233. hereto illustrate a method of heating with ^"^'*^' ^^^'^^°'' '^^^■ a pressure lower than atmospheric. A vacuum system necessitates the removal of air from the system by means of a pump. This estabhshes a lower pressure in the returns, after which the pump removes the condensation and entrained air. The steam con- denses in the radiators and so induces a fmther supply of steam. This removal of air and condensation makes a positive circula- tion, and insures complete filling of the radiators with steam. If exhaust steam is used there will be very Uttle back pressure upon the engines. One of the essential features of the Webster system is the outlet valve used on radiators and coils. The form shown in Fig. 233 is the Webster sylphon trap. It is operated by a syl- phon bellows. The sum of the small movement of each of the folds gives the necessary lift to the valve. This trap will close quickly and positively when steam reaches the bellows, but at a slightly lower temperature the water and air will be with- drawn or discharged. Since the valve is wide open when cold, the radiator is sure to be drained. The circulation of steam may be controlled and modulation of temperature secured by throttUng the inlet valve on any radia- Fig. 234. Webster Modulation Valve. 212 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING tor. The Webster modulation valve shown in Kg. 234 is made so that less than a full turn is required from shut to full opening, the area of the opening increases in proportionate progression, and a pointer and dial are used to indicate the degree of opening. Radiator Pipe Connections. — The size of radiator tappings as given by Warren Webster Company are shown in Table 79. TABLE 79 Cast Iron Radiator Tappings Square Feet of Direct Radiating Normal Maxi- Pipe Size of Sup- ply Tapping, Customary Prac- Supply Tapping to exceed 'A Pound per Square Foot per Hour mum Pounds of Condensation tice followed by Engineers when when the Webster Modulation Valve Pipe Size of Return Tapping per Hour Ordinary Radia- tor Valves are Used is Used 1-25 7 'A 'A •A 26-50 13 'A 'A •A 51-100 25 1 'A V. 101-175 44 I'A V*-i 'A 176 and over 75 I'A 1 'A Note. 'A" Webster Modulation Valve is used for radiators up to 150 square feet; 1° above 150 square feet, with interchangeable "Modulation" sleeves to secure throttling control. Pipe Coil Tappings Square Feet of Direct Rfidiating Surface Con- densing Normally not to exceed ^Z* Pound Normal Maximum Founds of Conden- sation per Hour Pipe Size of Supply Tapping Pipe Size of Return Tapping per Square Foot per Hour 42 13 'A 'A 84 25 1 •A 146 44 iVi 'A 250 75 I'A 'A 528 158 2 'A 924 277 2V2 1 The figures refer to vacuimi systems only. If the condensation is greater than that given for the radiating surface the pipes should be based upon the condensation rate. The run-outs from supply risers to radiators should be one size larger if more than four feet long. PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 213 Typical Arrangement Webster Systems. — A typical arrange- ment of the Webster vacuum system is shown in Figs. 235 and 236, taken from the Warren Webster Company's catalog and described by them as follows (the nimabered parts are all of Webster manufacture) : "The engine 4 is protected by a steam separator 2 dripped through a high pressure trap 3. The exhaust steam from the engine passes through an oil separator 8, dripped through grease JU ^^3Q Fig. 235. Webster Vacuum System. trap S8, thence to the heating system. A pressure reducing valve B with by-pass is provided to make up any deficiency in the volume of exhaust steam or for heating when the main engine is shut down. "The supply main is dripped as it enters the building through a heavy-duty thermostatic trap 22, protected by a dirt strainer 19. The steam supply risers in larger buildings may require to be dripped through traps of the proper size and type. " Steam is supphed to the various types of heating units through Webster modulation valves 21, although the system will work in harmony with automatic temperature control. We have shown ordinary radiator supply valves on some of the units. A par- ticular type of Webster modulation valve, with chain attach- ment, is shown for the overhead radiator C. "Each heating unit is drained through a Webster sylphon 214 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING trap 20 into the return risers, the larger heatiag coils being pro- tected by dirt strainers 19. "Steam is also supplied to tempering and re-heating coils, Fig. 236. Webster Vacuum System. D-E which are also drained at the return ends of each group through traps SO, protected by dirt strainers 19. "All the returns join and lead to a vacuum pump, F protected by a suction strainer 10, the steam supply to the pump being au- tomatically controlled by the vacuum pump governor 9. Gauges PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 215 on slate board 11-1^ are shown with connections taken from the heating main and the vacuum return line. "The vacuimi pump discharges through an air separating tank 15, to a feed water heater 6, The illustration shows the prefer- ence type heater, the oil separator 8 being so constructed that a suflScient quantity of exhaust steam is directed toward the heater, the balance is available for the heating system, while any excess EXFLA^ATIOM A— "ADSCO" andiuted Vitr* 8— " Diniper Bwulalat Ci- *• SafMy ViluB D— ■• Mercury 0>an K— -• Tlnlaa elbow r— Air Vmt Is Atmoiplkere 0— Wittr 8nl, Ulnuaiun Hdikt M U H— Snpptr ittia J — Btlan UslB K— " ■• CansKtiou to BoilCT VHt~^m «t sr man rtuwUi Fig. 237. Atmospheric System. escapes through the atmospheric back pressure valve G. The heater may thus be cut out of service while the oil separator remains in use. "The ventilation scheme provides for such rooms connected thereto, a supply of purified, humidified and heated fresh air. The air is partially heated in passing over the tempering heater D, and is drawn by the fan through the air washer S6 and re- heated to the proper temperature, passing over the re-heater E into the main air supply duct. The supply of steam to the tem- pering heater and re-heater coils is automatically governed by temperature control system valve H." 216 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Atmospheric System of Steam Heating. — The "Atmospheric System" is a low pressm-e system developed by the American District Steam Company. It is a two-pipe gravity return system, operating with pressures of from five to eight oimces, and with very rapid circulation. Each radiator is a separate unit, and can be manipulated as desired without affecting the others. The regulating valves are made in V* inch size, and the radiator should be bushed to ^U "icb for both connections, with the inlet at the top of one end and the outlet at the bottom of the other end. The various principles involved, and the general arrange- ment of piping is shown iu Fig. 237. The main steam line in the C/oebofea t/a/fa Fig. 238. Operation of Graduated Valve. basement is laid out in a complete circuit to make certain of perfect circulation and equalization of pressiu-e at all points in the system. The return pipes are under no pressure, and are used to provide gravity return of the water of condensation and as an outlet for the air in the system. Extra heating surface is used in each radiator and the return piping is vented to the atmosphere to allow air to freely enter or leave the system. This vent pipe may be IV* inch on small installations, but a nmnber of pipes may be required on large systems. Only one valve is used on the radiators, the inlet valve. This inlet valve is so arranged that the radiator may be one-quarter, one-half, or any desired part fiUed with steam, as shown ia Fig. 238. The steam admitted dis- places the air, and being hghter, remains at the top of the radia- tor. Sizes of pipe to install for various amoimts of radiation, as PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 217 recommended by the American District Steam Company are given in Table 80. TABLE 80 Pipe Sizes FOR VARiotrs Amounts of Radiation Square Feet Pipe Betum Square Feet Kpe Return of Radiation Supply Pipe of Kadiation Supply Pipe 30 feet 'A inch 'A inch 1400 feet S'A inches I'A inches 50 " 1 'A " 2200 " 4 2 100 " I'/i inches 'A " 3600 " 5 2 " 200 " IV2 " 1 6000 " 6 2V2 " 300 " 2 I'A inches 8500 " 7 2'A " 600 " 2Vj " I'A " 11000 " 8 2V2 " 900 " 3 I'A " Central Station Heating. — There are many points in connec- tion with district steam heating which are of value in relation to piping in general. Aside from this, however, the increase in the use of this method of heating, and its importance as a means of effecting economy are sufficient reasons for the inclusion of the following articles which describe the systems of the American District Steam Company as representing modern practice in this kind of piping. The information and drawings were very kindly supphed by the above company through Mr. H. E. Long, Chief Draftsman. Central station heating consists of a central generating plant, from which steam is distributed through underground mains, care- fully insulated and protected, to the radiation in homes and pubUc or private buildings. Birdsall Holly invented the first system of this kind, and through him it was introduced in the city of Lockport, N. Y., in 1877. The source of supply of steam may be heating boilers, or the exhaust steam from electric or power plants may be utilized. Where exhaust steam is used it is neces- sary to have a hve steam connection with a reducing valve to supply additional steam, should the exhaust be insufficient. The reducing valve should be provided with a by-pass for emergency use. A back pressure valve in the atmospheric exhaust pipe is necessary in order to maintain the desired back pressure. An oil and water separator should be connected in the main exhaust pipe which leads to the underground system. An initial pressure of from two to five ounces has been found sufficient to give proper circulation in the most extensive systems. A typical arrangement 218 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING of piping as described above is shown in Kg. 239. As indicated, any engine can exhaust into a condenser, to the atmosphere, or to the heating system. Fig. 239. Station Piping Connection for Exhaust Heating. Underground Steam Mains. — The imderground system of pip- ing is a particularly important part of district heating. Some of the essential features of undergroimd heating systems as installed by the American District Steam Company are: efficient insula- tion, perfect provision for expansion and contraction, provision for taking service connections from fixed points only, special attention to under-drainage, perfect grading and trapping of the mains, use of highest grade materials, and competent supervision of the work of installation. The methods of insulation found most efficient and durable by the above company are the wood Fig. 240. " Standard " Steam Pipe Casing. stave casing shown in Figs. 240 and 241, and the patented multi- ceU construction shown in Figs. 242 and 243. The wood casing is built up of staves of selected white pine, free from sap and thoroughly air and kiln dried. The staves have a PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 219 Fig. 241. "Standard" Steam Main Construction in Casing. tongue and groove their length, which is locked by spirally wound banding wire. A four-inch . . , mortise and tenon is cut on the ends, the mortise being one-half inch gi-eater than the tenon to allow the joints to be firmly driven together. The casing is then coated with asphaltum pitch and rolled in sawdust. A tin and asbestos Uning completes the casing. The lengths of sections vary up to eight feet. The stand- ard thickness of the casing is four inches. The tin Kning reflects the heat waves back to the pipe, and protects the casing. The standard practice of the American District Steam Company is to use a four-inch shell, tin and asbestos lined casing on low pressure steam lines and on hot water lines, and two-inch thickness, unlined, for return hnes. The casing is made from two to three inches larger, inside diameter, than the iron pipe which it covers, thus providing an annular air space which is made into "dead air space" by the use of cast iron collars which also assist in anchoring the line. Cast iron guides and rollers placed about six feet apart are used to centre the pipe. Fig. 241 shows a cross section of the standard steam main construction in wood stave casing for Fig. 242. Standard Steam Main Con- struction — Multi-cell. m mains six inches and larger. For mains five inches and smaller, one of the drains may be omitted. 220 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING The multi-cell construction, shown in Figs. 242 and 243, is bmlt in place in the trench. A concrete base upon which rest supports for the pipe, is built on a layer of crushed stone. Hollow tile blocks on end rest upon this base, and form the side walls, the joints with the base and between tiles being made with cement. The tiles are then filled with shavings, and the tops closed with cement. The space above the piping insulation is also filled with shavings. Tile blocks with closed ends laid across the top close the conduit. All joints are carefully cemented. The closed tiles form a multi- cell insulation of dead air. The crushed stone at the sides provides for effective drainage to the drain tUe. It will be noted that the pip- ing is entirely separate from the conduit, which is thereby reheved from the effects of Multi-cell Construction for Large Mains. expansion of the piping. The cross section shown in Fig. 242 is for mains from six inches to sixteen inches inclusive. For smaller size mains only one-drain tile is used. For mains eighteen inches and larger, the arch form of construction is used, in order to secure the strength necessary on account of the increased width of the conduit. Fig. 243. Underdrainage. — In addition to the insulation provided it is necessary to prevent any water from coming into contact with the steam pipe. The effect of water would be condensation of steam in the main, as well as ultimately affecting the durability of the insulation. This means that adequate underdrainage must be provided, regardless of the kind of insulation used. The methods of underdrainage, as installed by the American district Steam Company, are shown in Figs. 241, 242 and 243. When the trench is dug, a properly graded and drained field tile or uncemented sewer pipe is installed. This pipe is connected at as frequent intervals as necessary with the sewer, using check PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 221 valves. The drain tile and bottom of the trench are then covered with a heavy layer of broken stone, gravel or clean cinders. This forms a porous drain bed upon which the casing rests. The luider- Fig. 244. Variator. drainage shown in the figures is typical for ordinary clay soil. It is frequently installed in a di£ferent manner, depending upon the amount of moisture which may be held in suspension, due to the varying soils encountered in the trench. In every case, com- petent supervision by experienced engineers should be obtained. Installation in Wood Casings. — After the piping is made up in place it is spirally wrapped with V32-inch asbestos paper. This Fig. 245. Double Expansion Joint, Showing Method of Anchoring. Fig. 246. Anchorage Fitting. paper is held in place by binding with pKable copper wire. The casings are then forced together and the joints cemented with hot pitch. A protection of three-ply tar paper is placed over the 222 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 223 line and reaching to a point below the centre of the casing. The trench is then ready for filling. Expansion and Contraction. — The two methods of caring for expansion and contraction, shown in Figs. 244 and 245, are de- vices made by the American District Steam Company. The "variator," Fig. 244, has two corrugated copper diaphragms. It is made with a fixed casing and two movable shps. The outer Fig. 248. Interior Piping and Meter Setting. Atmospheric System. edge of the diaphragm is held in the casing, which casing is securely anchored; the inner edge of the diaphragm is fastened to the end of the shp. The casing of the variator and of the anchorage fit- ting. Fig. 246, are provided with service openings, so that branches are taken from fixed points. These variators are placed about 100 feet part, and have an anchorage fitting half way between them. Such an expansion device does not require packing or attention after being installed, and so avoids the expense due to the large number of manholes necessary to care for the slip joint expansion joints. When manholes can be used, the slip joint shown in Fig. 245 may be used. As shown, it is provided with service open- 224 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING ings. The methods of mstallation, arrangement of manholes, anchorages, and other details are shown in Fig. 247 for the use of variators and multi-cell insulation. With expansion joints more manholes would be necessary. Interior Kping for Central Station Heat. — If the building to be heated is piped for steam or hot water, necessary coimections Fig. 249. Interior Piping. One-pipe SyBtem. can be made for using the existing piping. Any system of steam or hot water heating may be used in a new installation, but the atmospheric system previously described is advised as being most economical. Fig. 248. The interior piping for a one-pipe sj^tem is shown in Fig. 249. When hot water piping is already installed it may be continued by using a heater in which the water is heated by steam from the street. PIPING FOR HEATING SYSTEM 225 The steam after being used is measured by a condensation meter, Kg. 250, which records the pounds of condensed steam. From the meter the condensation passes to the sewer. Unless Fig. 250. Condensation Meter. the district heated is very compact and close to the central sta- tion, it is generally better to allow the condensation to pass to the sewer than to attempt to return it to the plant. The cost of return Unes and their up-keep generally makes such an investment unprofitable. CHAPTER XIII WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING Water Piping. — The purpose of this chapter is not to treat extensively of the subject of water piping, but to give such infor- mation as it is believed wiU be of practical value to those who have piping to do around a building or plant. The sizes and kinds of piping, valves, and fittings which are used for water have been treated in the earlier chapters. The following articles will deal with some of the special kinds of water piping. Gravity Pipe Lines. — If a pipe is used to fill one reservoir from another at a higher level, the pressure in the pipe will de- Fig. 251. Hydraulic Grade. crease uniformly from the higher to the lower level, this differ- ence being due to friction. The pressures can be represented by the hne x-y, Fig. 251, where the pressiu-es at various points are proportional to the height of line x-^ above the pipe. If the pipe should rise above x-y at any point, the pressure will be negative, and a partial vacuum wiU be formed, as at point A of the dotted pipe line, resulting in decreased flow. This may be relieved by an air cock, or the outlet of the pipe may be restricted. The line a;-?/ is called the hydraulic grade. A pipe used to convey water from one container to another, arranged as in Fig. 252, is called a siphon. In order to start water flowing the air must be removed from the pipe, when the atmos- pheric pressure at x will cause the water to rise in the pipe to point z, from which it flows into container 2. The maximum theoretical vertical distance between x and z is 34 feet. The altitude of surface x and friction in the pipe will reduce this WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING 227 amount. Air from the water may collect at the point 2 and must be removed to keep the siphon in operation. Flow of Water in Pipes. — The flow of water in pipes is too large a subject to be treated with any degree of completeness in this book, and the reader is referred to works on hydrauHcs. A few approximations and some common pipe data wiU be given, however. The quantity of water delivered by a pipe wiU depend upon the head or pressure and the frictional resistances. At a given point the cubic feet of water passing will be equal to the area of the pipe times the velocity of the water. 0, = Av. .(26) when Q = cubic feet per second. A = area of cross-section of pipe, square feet. V = velocity of flow, feet per second. If the head or pressure is given the velocity may be figured and then the quantity obtained by using the above formula. Table 81 gives pressures equivalent to various heads of water. TABLE 81 EQtnVALENT PrBSSTJBES AND HBADS OP WaTBR Feet Press. Feet Press. Feet Press. Feet Press. Head per Sq. In. Head per Sq. In. Head per Sq. In. Head per Sq. In. 1 .43 50 21.65 170 73.64 290 125162 2 .86 60 25.99 180 77.97 300 129.95 3 1.30 70 30.32 190 82.30 310 134.28 4 1.73 80 34.65 200 86.63 320 138.62 5 2.16 90 38.98 210 90.96 330 142.95 10 4.33 100 43.31 220 95.30 340 147.28 15 6.49 110 47.64 230 99.63 350 151.61 20 8.66 120 51.98 240 103.96 360 155.94 25 10.82 130 56.31 250 108.29 370 160.27 30 12.99 140 60.64 260 112.62 380 164.61 35 15.16 150 64.97 270 116.96 390 168.94 40 17.32 160 69.31 280 121.29 400 173.27 The theoretical velocity can be found from the formula for fall- ing bodies, as given below: 228 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING V = ^|2^ (27) in which v =• velocity of flow, feet per second. h = head of water, feet. g = 32.16. Values given by the above formulas are theoretical, and if the length of the pipe is at all great will be very much reduced. For clean straight pipe the quantity of water discharged and friction loss at different velocities of flow may be obtained from Fig. 253, which was plotted from Ellis and Rowland's tables by Mr. Walter R. Clark, Ph.B., Mechanical Engineer with Bridg- port Brass Company, using formulas (28) and (29). V = velocity in feet per second. G = gallons per minute. F = pounds friction loss per 100 feet. D = diameter of pipe in inches. G = MSvDf" (28) F = -^ (29) Formula (28) is taken for velocities greater than three feet per second. The method of using this chart may be understood from an example. A flow of 300 gallons per minute is required with a pressure loss of 25 pounds. The distance is 100 feet. Find the intersection of a vertical line from 300 gallons with a horizontal line through 25 pounds friction loss, which gives a 2V2 inch pipe and 19 feet per second velocity. The heavy lines show actual diameters, light lines show nominal diameters. All fittings, meters, changes in direction, changes in the con- dition of the pipe and other factors produce friction and tend to reduce the flow so that they should be taken into account when estimating sizes of pipes. The length of pipe equivalent to an elbow for various sizes of pipe and velocities of flow may be found in Fig. 254, which shows results obtained from experiments by Professor F. E. Giesecke (Domestic Engineering, Nov. 2, 1912). Pump Suction Piping. — The flow of water into the suction pipe is dependent upon atmospheric pressmre, from which it foUows that the piping should be direct and with as few valves and angles as possible so as to avoid friction. It is of course essen- tial that the piping should be tight. Whenever possible, new WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING 229 ■i33j ooi i/3a sannotf- ssoi nouoiuj offei .— . n •=3 I ■a O & CO % r =^= \% % P^ -'/ C" Fig. 256. Pump WeU. n ^^^ i K<=r»i '* '" ways better to arrange to have hot water flow into the pump, especially if it is above 120° F. Pump Discharge Piping. — Since the water deUvered has the force of the pump pressure it may be given any velocity, and friction is not so serious as in the suction pipe. For this reason the discharge pipe is generally made smaller. A velocity of 250 232 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING to 300 feet per minute is a fair value for the discharge pipe, al- though velocities up to 400 feet per minute are allowable. - M — — ^ ^ N \, -a V \ MSA Cf^f a^A wfei t/t so' \ J \ \ J » « 9 .9 o tz a tso tso */• reftpemMTvKE ' oeoKeBa x«mv. Kg. 257. Theoretical Heights that Hot Water may be Raised by Suction. Whenever valves are used, either in the suction or discharge piping, the gate form should be adopted as it offers very little resistance to flow, while globe valves offer very large resistance. Boiler Feed Piping. — Boilers of over 50 horsepower should have at least two methods of feed water supply in order to insure a supply at all times. When city mains are used for boiler feed a tank should be proArided with a large capacity where water can be stored, as it is unsafe to depend upon outside sources of supply. The city pipes should feed into this tank and the boilers should be supphed by a pump or injector. For hot feed water ^ fH- Fig. 258. Boiler Feed Pipe. brass pipe is to be pre- ferred, although extra heavy steel pipe may be used. The feed pipe to a boiler should be provided with a stop valve and check valve, the stop valve being nearer the boiler. A rehef valve located be- tween these two valves is desirable when a pump is used, as it will prevent an undue rise in pressiu-e should the pump be started with the stop valve closed. This relief valve may be WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING 233 much smaller than the discharge pipe. Fig. 258 indicates the arrangement of valves. Variations in pressure seriously affect the supply of water to the boilers. For this reason it is very desirable to have the boiler feed pipes independent of all other piping. Where a common pipe Hne is used to supply water for other purposes the opening of valves to draw off water changes the pressure in the pipe and the rate of feed to the boilers. The use of pump governors for maintaining a imiform pressure in the discharge line is described in Chapter VII. Interior Water Piping. — When the water supply for a building is obtained from city or water company mains, a "corporation cock" is tapped into the street main. Connection is made be- tween this cock and the service pipe leading into the building by lead pipe in order to provide flexibility, which is necessary to take care of any changes in alignment. The size of the cock will of course depend upon the amount of water to be supplied and may be from Vs to IV4 inches for dwellings, larger sizes being used for pubhc buildings and factories. The sizes of pipes used for delivering water to the different outlets in a building vary, but they may be the same as the fitting suppUed if not over 25 feet long. The figures given in Table 82 show the usual range of sizes. TABLE 82 Sizes of Water Sttpplt Fittings Pitting Pipe Diameter Corporation cocks Compression bibbs or faucets for basins, sinks, etc. Ball cocks . . . . Vs' to 2» V«' to 2' V2' to 2' StoD cocks V/ to 2' The interior piping should be of the material best adapted to its use. Plain iron pipe should not be used for hot water as it corrodes very rapidly. Brass pipe is best, but galvanized iron is also suitable. For cold water either galvanized or lead pipe may be used. Hydraulic Pipe and Fittings. — The dimensions of standard steel pipe are given in Chapter II. For hydrauhc work extra strong pipe may be used for pressures up to 1000 pounds and double extra strong for pressmres up to 6000 pounds per square 234 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING inch. Extra strong and double extra strong screwed fittings may be used for making joints. Fig. 259. Hydraulic Pipe and Coupling. The pipe and couplings shown in Kg. 259 are made by the Watson-StiUman Company for pressures of 1000 and 3000 pounds. The internal diameter may be the same as either extra strong or double extra strong pipe. The flanges are made integral with Fig. 260. Hydraulic Flange Union. the pipe and are held together by a very heavy steel spUt ring, the two parts of which are drawn together by two bolts. A cup packing is used to prevent leakage. The pipe is made in lengths to suit the plans of the installation. Fittings are also made with flanges arranged to use the same clamp couplings. A form of flange union for screwed pipe as adopted by the same company in connection with pumps, presses and accumulators is shown in Fig. 260. It is recommended for pres- sures of 1000 to 3000 pounds in sizes from three to six inches. The two flanges are made of forged steel and have inside thread connections for the pipe. One part is recessed to receive a pro- Fig. 261. Hydraulic Flange Fittings. WATER AND HYDRAULIC PIPING 235 jection from the other, a leather washer being inserted between them. Fittings and companion flanges are made with similar joints as shown in Fig. 261. In hydrauhc systems where there is a possibility of shocks which may raise the pressure above the safe amoimt, or where Fig. 262. Hydraulic Safety Valve. the pressure from the pumps may become excessive due to closure of the discharge pipe, some form of safety valve should be used. These are made in both the spring-weighted form and the lever form. A Schutte hydrauhc safety valve is illustrated in Fig. 262, which is made for pressures up to 6000 pounds. lA.a Fig. 263 . Hydi-aulic Check Valve. Fig. 264. Balanced Hydraulic Valve. Hydraulic Valves. — The general forms of valves for hydrauhc purposes are the same as those described in Chapter VI, but the construction is heavier. Several valves as made by Schutte & Koerting Company are shown in Figs. 263, 264 and 265. A hy- drauhc check valve as used for pressures up to 1500 pounds per 236 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING square inch is shown in Fig. 263. The small spring is to assure seating. A valve for use at the same pressure is shown in Fig. 264. This valve is balanced above and below the seat, so that the flow may be from either end, and requires but a small effort Fig. 265. Hydraiilio Stop Valve. Fig. 266. Unbalanced Hydraulic Valve for operation. A hydraulic stop valve for pressures up to 9000 pounds per square inch is shown in Fig. 265. An imbalanced hydraulic stop and check valve for working pressiu-es up to 1500 pounds per square inch is shown in Fig. 266. A fine pitch thread and large handwheel are necessary for ease of operation. Such valves are often used on high pressure oil lines for turbine bearings. CHAPTER XIV COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AITO OIL PIPING Compressed Air Piping. — Compressed air piping holds many features in common with steam piping. It should be arranged as direct as possible, and with provision for drainage and expan- sion. All pockets, loops or places where moisture might collect should be carefully drained. There is also the danger of freezing in cold weather unless drains are provided. For these reasons separators should be installed at the low points on the pipe Hne. Such separators can be similar to the usual steam separator, or can take the form of a receiver. In many cases it is well to have a receiver near the point where the air is used and especially when Fig. 267. Expansion Joint Used for Compressed Air line — Nicholson, Pa. Tunnel, D. L. & W. Cut-off. there is a widely changing demand for air. Often a receiver is desirable at both ends of the pipe line, more especially with long Knes. Friction and air leakage are constant sources of loss with air piping and should be carefully avoided by making the line as tight as possible, and using long turn fittings. Gate valves and shut-off cocks should be extra heavy. Careful attention to sup- 238 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING ports will do much toward eliminating vibration and so help to maintain tight joints. The author is indebted to the Ingersoll-Rand Company, for Fig. 267 which illustrates a short section of a pipe used on the contract for the Nicholson Pennsylvania Tunnel for the D., L. and W. cut-off, and shows a simple but effective form of expan- sion joint. This piping has been used on several jobs and is still in perfect condition, due to the care exercised in laying it and a special graphite mixture used on aU joints. This pipe is laid so == _ — '^' ^ / / '■ / ^ / f, '^ / ^ / f / / (! / 1 t*Noo^Ot^a^coeo«'*not^ etAU5to*44•4J'«4)^mcQcococ^NC4C4rHlMrHpooa90oooo^^^;t^ 3 i cocoocooo^rHoi«3»OTi<'*if t^^'<*iooeO'«£)io-*oi>'*MOit*mostDccoo6 rHrt^qqodooi03SosoiooooooQO*o5t*^t^q»q»oiOTj4 1 1 1 S qqqoocooqoi5(Moo?^Ul>^t^l>SqqqqS»qiqiSio-* ®*S3c2'~*o>cow"3«NOo>oor-oio-^rHoib->ocO'-'-(Tji"*C0wr-C0'!}^TjTP«r-coiOTiicoco<-ioc»QO^.<0 COeOMmCO«0Qm«>««CO«MCOHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO o oci'*nosTi(u3oomo5r~<-H'-i (N 1-1 i-H CO lO 00 coiot^o5u5i-ioiaiooot~t~N'*oos»o pppp-;cOO>C0CO OPPi-i'-ie.coi-;o>oqpio i-i500i-llOP(N5DCOCQr)l ■i-5rte4eo-*oo6c3 ^ ir305»0Pl^t^T-iO OStOtOoOi-HtvCDN ' i-i N CO >d to O U5 iH Ttl t~ CT l> -aq ■AinUa P100100U30000 i-ii-Hi-Hi-idWcoeo §888 L i-H i-H W W CO CO O O P o o ^ "3 P P p p I ■mpi jadJiy pa'seajdnioQ JO ■%& -no m iCjaAi]9Q THeO'«DeOT|lTil 1-H U3 CD to T}1 U3 t« PTjHos^oiTtia>o3oooooooooOi-Heoiot~pdsc»aiob i-lT-HNNeOWTflOWt-OOPiH^HrHi-Hi-HCqeO^* ';00f-to 1-* T-iC0W3t^OC0*-HO»-t^03»O(NCDQ0t^ OOOOi-l>-lC«eO-*"3tOOOC^!D>-lt^ 1-i -H c-*coT)(co«OTH i-HT-Ji-JNCOTtilOtfSlO eooOTt<-*-*i>T-i!Ooooo>fflcoeo.-it050 oOi-iiNco-^OJ O^OS-^r-liOCOTtit^OSCOlOT-l .-(NCOOOSNtDlOCOOiWNOO rti-lNcoTji^dooo •s eort00ffiO5a>'*c li) <>\ a> tD »■_ 1-i TO id OJ CO o; ■* S CO 00 U3 eo • ■ OU5O10OU5OOOOOOO lot^ogjfjj^omSinoigc 1 ii i T" i-H CS O g CM 3000 3500 4000 ii •* TO M -l' t~: J u3 oJ t« tH i-H iH « s &5 q TO s "3 O as g i o TO 1—1 S5 2 TO % 5§ g 242 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING -o .2 a< ■ Sr. ■S-i g;5«2S o 2 & ■ft 1§ .2 "5 I rJ ii -il ^ rt N CO ^ m 06 q o o p p p o p o oopoopoorHc0C*I00 1-1 i-H (N IM o o o o iieomiot^oo(Nt^(NooSoo>-iTjH(0«o<35'*'-i 5ppppp'Hi-;(NCQrot-.TjHrti-0p'0 ^ e4 w ■^ m f- 00 tH IN CO ■* >0 O O P o o oOT-iiooo(NroTi4t~coooco(N>-d 00 P ■* tHWcO'id^coasTtiosicNoot^t^or^cOT-trHOTh pppppp'-;'-(Neoco>oi^pe<)Nio«3iop T-J fH rH CO CO Oi 1* iH 1-H 1-H N W CO *H ;i ° T-li-ie-li-l(MCO-*lI3CO00N I- (M >0 OO (M CD 1-H CO "iMi-Jc^co'^cdoieo 00 t~ <-l lO C-; t> ■>!; t-J oi »o i> *H •uinj jad jiy asjj JO •» j 'riQ m XiaAix -aq ■Ambg •nij^ jad jiy paBsajdmOQ JO -jj -no ni iCjaAi^aQ _ -_ ._>npopooopoppopoooop^ i-l.-iT-(i-(NWCOCOT|l'*>OCOt~00030iOOiOO"0 »-< r-( N CS CO CO ■ O >n Q "O O U5 p r- o (N lo t- o o o P p ■^ CO CO C> N CO N >-l t^ CO u: >a CO COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 243 s s .S i .g q c g § § S S pS g 8 s s go q 1-t tH gs g fe o CO r- ^S iH iH q q rH q gg gg CO r- o- 1-H CO CO ^8 i-H p 1-H 1-H (N p p p P 8S 82 co CO CO in s§ ff § T-I fH T-H ■=5 P P §s§ P SS ss rH 8 1-H OO 8 Tji in CO q 1-H 1-H p 1-H q g§8 pop P rH CO 1-H T- SS s 00 1-H CO r- IN in r- CO Cil IN CO t-H P I-H o sg p ■* lO to p p p fc o ■* O tH r- 00 co o> IN f: g ^ 05 in M 8 CO rH CO CO o 00 cq in t-i • ss p pp fe 05 (N "3 O I-* T- oo i^ to rH N CO ^. s^ rH IN 8 8 CD rH O O! r- i-( 8S tP 00 iH r-K 1-H q So p pp IN 1-H CO 1-H CO 1-H (N IN (N lO CO CO ■* q S3 ps. r-I i-I 83 N in 8 00 1— I lO rH CO 2g »— 1 p s p§ s §3. IN CO -4 00 ^ •* lO 00 i-H T- §8g5 rH IN in OS CO rH 8 1-H in 00 oS o 0-. T-H ss ^. 00 iO iO lO |> 02 00 05 1-H 1-H CD o: 1-^ T-J IN i-H o CO 1-H rH 00 l> co ■* Oi rH in 0! 22 ^ S 88 o Sg5 s? gg ^ ?5JoS »-H .H eq rH CO rH CO l> rH N CO ifl CO 00 O oS S. ".S lO 00 rt CO 1-) rH 1-H IN CO ^ cc CO •* in S8S CO o ec iH 1— 1— 1 g5S rH 9S 00 ci CO «n 00 ^■ 00 o m ci: -H ■* oc 1— t iH rH 00 CO (N O CO ^ c4 IM 00 1> to OJ s 1— t o 23 2 00 M 00 CO CO CO g8S S lO 1> 1 IN ta 1-H T-I I— I ii i CO '^ -^ S8S lO CO l> i 11 o c rH C Cs 1 C > c ) D- ,1 ' ^ S in d 1-1 l> CO IC T-H tH 00 1—1 r- o CO CO 1—1 c 1- ^ ^ CO cc o- ir: iH c c C' « If r- > - > a cc c > c > o 244 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Values of Wi are given in Table 83 which is from Ingersoll-Rand Company's catalog. The coeflBcient C may be taken from the curve, Fig. 268, where a number of values have been plotted. For computations having to do with compressed air trans- mission, the information given in Tables 84 and 85 which are from the catalog of Ingersoll-Rand Company, may be used. TABLE 85 MTJLTIPIilERS FOR DBTEKMININa THE VoLUME OF FrBE Am At Various AUiivdes which, when Compressed to Various Pressures, is Equivalent in Effect to a Given Volume qf Free Air at Sea Level Altitude in Barometric Pressure Gauge Pressure Inches of Mercury Foun(^ per Square Inch 60 Lbs. 80 Lbs. 100 Lba. 125 Lbs. 150 Lbs. Feet Multiplied 30.00 14.75 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1000 28.88 14.20 1.032 1.033 1.034 1.035 1.036 2000 27.80 13.67 1.064 1.066 1.068 1.071 1.072 3000 26.76 13.16 1.097 1.102 1.105 1.107 1.109 4000 25.76 12.67 1.132 1.139 1.142 1.147 1.149 5000 24.79 12.20 1.168 1.178 1.182 1.187 1.190 6000 23.86 11.73 1.206 1.218 1.224 1.231 1.234 7000 22.97 11.30 1.245 1.258 1.267 1.274 1.278 8000 22.11 10.87 1.287 1.300 1.310 1.319 1.326 9000 21.29 10.46 1.329 1.346 1.356 1.366 1.374 10000 20.49 10.07 1.373 1.394 1.404 1.416 1.424 The Air Lift Pumping System. — The use of compressed air as a means of raising water is illustrated in Fig. 269. This form of air lift pump was patented by Dr. E. S. Pohle in 1886. Several arrangements for the lower end of the air pipe are shown. The system is composed entirely of piping and the operation is as follows: air is piped to the lower end of the water pipe where it mixes with the water. As this mixture is lighter than the water it is forced up the pipe and out at the discharge. The lift of course is the distance from the water level to the discharge opening. The distance from the water level to the bottom of the pipe where the air is introduced is called the submergence. The amount of submergence to give most efficient results varies greatly and is often determined by trial for a given installation. Concerning the proportions of air lift wells. Practical Engineer, January 1st, 1916, gives Table 86, and says: "there are two classes COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 245 of submergence, starting submergence, which is temporary, and running submergence, which is the important factor in any pump- ing proposition. It is usually expressed as a percentage of the total length of the water column from the point where the air is introduced to the point of discharge. Necessary percentage of submergence varies in accordance with the lift, low lifts requiring proportionately more submer- ^c=t Fig. 269. Air Lift Pumping System. gence than high lifts. The range of these percentages is found within the following Kmitations: for a lift of 20 feet, 66 per cent.; for a lift of 500 feet, 41 per cent. Knowing the total Uft and running submergence, the approxi- mate amount of free air required can be calculated from the following formula: V=-= ^ (31) z.[li^>c i_ S4 where V ■= volume of free air to raise one gallon of water. L = total Uft in feet. s = running submergence in feet. C = constant found in the following table. 246 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Lift in Feet (L) Constant 10 to 60 inclusive •. 245 61 to 200 " 233 201 to 500 " 216 501 to 650 " 185 651 to 750 " 156 TABLE 86 Well Pipe Sizes WeU Casing Inches Side Inlet Center Air Pipe Water Kpe Air Pipe Capacity Gallons per Minute Air Pipe Capacity Gallons per Minute 3V2 4 4V2 5 6 7 8 9 10 I'A 2 272 3 372 4 5 6 ''A 1 1 17. 172 172 2 2 25 50 75 105 145 190 300 425 I'A 1V2 2 2 115 150 240 360 Gas Fitting. — Piping for gas inside of biiildings is generally spoken of as gas fitting. It is not the purpose of this chapter to cover thoroughly the field of gas fitting, but to give only such information as might be of use to those who occasionally have some gas fitting to do. Gas piping should always be carefully done and thoroughly tested. The various pipes used in conveying gas from the source of supply to points where it is burned are distinguished by different names, depending upon their particular purpose. The cast-iron pipes used to convey the gas through the streets are called mains. From the mains, service pipes of cast-iron or wrought iron lead to the building. These shoxild be taken from the top of the mains. Inside of the building the distributing pipes carry the gas to the Ughts, heaters, etc. A riser is a vertical pipe through which the gas flows upward. A drop is one in which the gas flows downward. Materials. — Cast iron and standard steel or wrought iron pipe are used for gas piping. Fittings should be of malleable iron and galvanized. Cast-iron fittings are heavier than malleable COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 247 iron and are more easily cracked or otherwise damaged. Gas fittings in addition to those shown in the chapter on Pipe Fittings are illustrated in Fig. 270. For turning on and off gas in service pipes gas cocks are used, as shown in Fig. 271. Fig. 272 is a meter cock, and Fig. 273 is a gas stove cock. tt^a Or^ 7&e i^vp £/t Long Drop Tern Fig. 270. Gas Fittings. Ovss Oirmr 7am Location of Piping. — The gas supply pipe from the street should incUne upward from the main in order that any condensa- tion will drain back into the main. The amount of slope is not material but should be sufficient to prevent the possibility of water pockets forming, due to the settUng of the pipe. In every case the pipe should be firmly supported, and should be tested for leaks before filUng in the trench. The piping in the building should be run to the fixtiu-es with as few fittings as possible, and should be pitched to provide drainage. I Figs. 271, 272, and 273. Stove Cock, Meter Cock, Service Cock. For this reason it is better to supply burners and fixtures by risers rather than by drops. Sizes of Pipes. — The size of pipes should be based upon the maximum quantity (cubic feet) which is likely to be used. For lights the meter rating of five cubic feet per hour may be used in estimating the sizes of pipes. For cook stoves the size of pipe wiU vary from '/4 inch up to 1 V2 inches or more, depending upon the size of the stove. Service pipes should never be less than Vi 248 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING inch, regardless of length, and in cold climates where there is a possibility of frost forming it is better to use at least one inch pipe. Insulating material may be used to protect the piping from extreme cold. Alcohol may be poured into the pipe and allowed to melt the frost which forms due to moisture io the gas. The size of pipe for a given quantity of gas may be figured by Moles- worth's formula for maximum supply in cubic feet per hour. Y = 1000 pI'A (32) in which V = maximmn cubic feet per hour. d = diameter of pipe, inches. h = pressm-e, inches of water. G = specific gravity of gas (air = 1). L = length of pipe in yards. The value of G may be taken at from .40 to .65 based on a value of 1 for air. A series of articles "Instructions for Gas Company Fitters," by Mr. George Wehrle, pubUshed in The Gas Age, New York, permission of which has been given the author under the copy- right of the former, give complete particulars of the above subject. Mr. Wehrle uses formula (33) for the flow of gas in pipes. F^1350p(^--^-)T/- (33) L GL J in which Pi = initial pressure, iaches of water. Pi = final pressure, inches of water. other letters as in formula (32). Quoting further from Mr. Wehrle's articles on the subject of "Conductivity of Pipes," he says: "The conductivity of a pipe is its carrying capacity in volumes of gas, which is variable under certain conditions of pressure, length and gravity of gas. "All fitters know that the elimination of 'dead ends* in gas pipes is favorable to the carrjdng capacity of the pipe, but to just what extent, and the cause, should be understood. "In the accompanying table, Fig. 274, explanation is given of results to be obtained under different conditions representing COMPRESSED AIR, GAS AND OIL PIPING 249 different methods of installing pipes. The first illustration repre- sents a pipe supplied from one end, discharging from the other, as a service pipe. This condition is represented as unity in all quantities. The second illustration represents a pipe fed from both ends, discharging from a point midway between the ends. Here a comparison with the first illustration shows that such an installation, considering the specific gravity of the gas to be the same, will pass 2.8 times the amount of gas in a given time for the same length, diameter and pressure drop; will pass the same amount of gas for the same length and diameter with a pressure Modifltd Unwiffs formula yVl6 16 9 7 31»A 31V8 3 2'A 16V8 17V8 10 7 32'A 33V8 3V> 3 18 18'Vl6 12 8 36iVi« 37"A« 4 3V4 18'A 19'A 14 10 43 5 4 21V8 22V8 15 10 . . . 43V8 6 5 24V8 25'A 16 10 45 7 6 27V8 28V2 18 10 46V8 Whatever method is used the pipe should be anchored or fas- tened at suitable places to make sure that the movement will occur where it has been designed to take place. The expansion usually provided for saturated steam is from two to three inches per 100 feet of length. The increase in length for 100 feet of steel pipe for various ranges in temperature may be found from Fig. 301. Pipe Bends. — For high pressure steam plants long radius bends made of steel pipe are generally used in place of elbows. These bends reduce friction and allow the pipe to expand and contract. As will be seen by reference to Fig. 296, bends are made pur- posely for expansion and other requirements. Extensive tests with various types of bends in several sizes and weights of pipe to determine their relative value have been made by Crane Company and are fully reported in The Valve World, October, 1915, from which the following is quoted: "These tests were made with Full Weight and Extra Strong Quarter Bends, 'U' Bends, Expansion 'U' Bends, and Built-up Bends placed in Unes representing the ordinary installation, being anchored at one end and carried on roller supports so that the strains due to expansion and contraction were properly directed to the bend. ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 279 "The bends were then extended and compressed repeatedly until something failed. These tests were made with the Une cold and also under steam pressure. In this manner the safe allow- able movements of bends were determined. "Combining practical experience, tests, and the formula, it is found that a 180° or 'U' Bend has twice the expansive value of 7 62 / / r i / / / / / / / / / / 5-^ / / /i / / y / i y / ^ / O so /fie 4SO zoo zso 300 xo ^o 450 ^o S^ 6OO tso CMf/vse w TCMP&KATvifC' D£SA£es nif/^£jr/faT. Fig. 301. Curve Showing Expansion of Pipe for Variation in Temperature. a 90° or Quarter Bend of the same size and radius, and an Expan- sion 'U' Bend four times the expansive value of a Quarter Bend or twice that of a 'U' Bend. A Double Offset Expansion 'U' Bend has five times the expansive value of a Quarter Bend, two and one half times that of a 'U' Bend and one and one-fourth times that of an Expansion 'U' Bend. "A battery of Expansion 'U' Bends connected to large headers or manifolds is often used. This method occupies less space and 280 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING allows of a greater movement than with a single pipe bend of ordinary construction. However, care must be exercised in the design of this type to provide sufficient area. "We present herewith the expansive value of Quarter Bends of various pipe sizes and radii, Table 91. TABLE 91 Sate Expansion Values op 90° or Quakters Wbotjqht Steel Bends in Inches Mean Radius of Bend {in inches) Sizes 12 15 20 30 40 so 60 70 80 90 100 IW 120 1 'A 'A 'A I'A aVs 2 V» V. V» 1 1V4 2V4 3Vs 5V8 2Vi V. »A 'A I'A 2V4 3V4 4V2 5V4 3 Vs Vs 'A I'A IVs 3Vs 3Vs 4V4 6 3V. V* 'A 1 iVs 2»A 3Vs 4Vs 5V4 4 V. 'A 1 1V2 2 2Vs 3V4 4V4 5V4 4>A V. 'A IVs IVs 2V2 3Vs 4V4 5V4 5 V. V4 IVs IVa 2V4 3 3V4 4V8 5V. 6 'A Vs 1 IVs IVs 2V« 3Vs 3V8 4V4 SVs 8 V. V4 1 IV. IVs 2V2 3 SVs 4V8 10 Vs Vs IVs IV2 2 2Vs 2Vs 3V» 12 V4 1 IVs IVs 2 2V2 2V8 14 . . . Vs IVs IVs IV4 2V8 2V» 15 . . . 1 IVs IVs 2 2V. 16 Vs 1V4 IVs IVs 2V4 18 IVs IV. 20 ... 1V4 "'U' Bends have twice the above expansive value. "Expansive 'U' Bends have four times the above expansive value. "Double Off-set Expansion 'U' Bends have five times the above expansive value. "An important factor to be considered either when laying out or ordering pipe bends is the weight of the pipe to use. After having obtained the required size, radii of bend, and the working pressure the bend is to be subjected to, the weight of the pipe is the next determination. Based on wide experience in bending pipe and elaborate tests, we recommend the thickness of pipe as follows (Table 92)." ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 281 TABLE 92 Thickness op Pipe pok Vakiotjs Bends Up to 125 Poimds Working Pressure 125 to 250 Pounds Working Pressure Diam. of Pipe Thick, of Pipe Diam. of Pipe Thick, of Pipe Radius 4 to 5 Diameters Radius 4 to 5 and 6 Diameters 7" and smaller 8' and larger Extra strong Vj' thick 7' and smaller 8" and larger Ejrtra strong Vs' thick Radius over 5 Diameters Radius over 6 Diameters 7' and smaller 8" 10' 12" 14'to 16' inclusive 18" to 22' " 24 "to 30" Full weight 28.55 lbs. per ft. 48.48 " " " 49.56 " " " Via" thick Va " Vi. " 7" and smaller 8' 10" 12" 14"to 16" inclusive 18" to 22" 24" to 30" Full weight 28.55 lbs. per ft. 40.48 " " " 49.56 " " " Va" thick v.. " 250 to 350 Pounds, Working Pressure Radius 4 Diameters and over 7" and 8" and smaller larger Extra strong 7/ thick Bending Pipe. — In the factory pipe is heated and bent to the desired form on a bending floor. Small piping can be bent with- out crushing by screwing a cap on one end and filling with melted 302. Pipe Bending Form. Fig. 303. Bending Small Pipe. rosin, allowing the rosin to cool and then bending, after which the rosin may be melted out. Sand is sometimes used for the same purpose. There are a number of devices made to assist in bending pipe, one form being shown in Fig. 302. Small pipe can often be bent by using two tees as shown in Fig. 303. 282 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING A pipe bending machine for use where a large amount of pipe is to be bent is shown in Fig. 304. With this machine iron or brass pipe up to two inches diameter can be bent cold. The Fig. 304. Pipe Bending Machine. geared sector which moves the quadrant is operated by a pinion. This pinion is turned by a pilot wheel, 50 inches in diameter. Quadrants are regularly made as follows: Size of pipe, inches Vs »/< 1 I'A IVj 2 Radius of bend, inches 4 5 6 9 12 14 J- Fig. 305. Nozzles. Fig. 306. Nozzles. Nozzles. — Nozzles are used to make the connection between the pipe Une and the boiler or for connecting a steam drum to the boiler, Figs. 305 and 306. When made of cast iron or cast steel ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 283 the dimensions of the upper flange, bolts, thickness of walls, etc., may be made the same as the AmCTican Standard. The height D varies from 5 to 16 inches depending upon the size of the outlet. Pressed steel nozzles are stronger and lighter than cast nozzles. As shown in Fig. 306 the body is pressed out of Vs inch flange steel and the upper flange from V/i inch flange steel. The flange is connected to the body by expand- ing the metal of the body under hydrauUc pressmre into a groove turned in the flange. The joint is tight un- der a pressure of 1500 pounds per square inch. Pipe Saddles. — Steam pipe saddles Fig. 307. Pipe Saddle. for making connections to wrought iron pipe are made as shown in Fig. 307. These are convenient for use in adding to existing pipe lines, and may be arranged so that they can be put in place upon pipes imder pressure. The boss is made of malleable iron and the straps of wrought iron. The combinations of pipe and branches are shown in Table 93. TABLE 93 (Fig. 307) Pipe Saddles Size of Tapped for Size of Tapped for Hpe. Pipe. Pipe. Pipe. Inches Incliea Incliea Inches IVj V2 and Vi 6 2V2 to 4 2 'A to I'A 7 lto4 2V! V* to I'A 8 lto4 3 »A to 2 9 IV2 to 4 3V2 'A to 2 10 I'A to 4 4 »A to 2 10 4'A to 6 4Vi , 'A to 2 12 I'A to 4 5 'A to 2 12 4V2 to 6 5 2V2 and 3 15 3to6 6 'A to 2 16 3 to 6 284 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Fig. 308. Supporting Large Lead Pipe. Supporting Large Thin Pipe. — Large lead pipe and fittings for acid and other work may be made up from sheets of lead by forming from developed patterns, and biu'ning the edges together. The supports for such piping should be arranged to carry the upper as well as the lower half of the pipe. Thinness of material makes this necessary. Kg. 308 shows such a support with the two halves of the iron ring bolted together and a strip of lead burned over the upper half, thus holding the shape of the pipe. Flexible Metal Hose. — For many purposes a flexible pipe con- nection is desirable, such as for blowing boiler tubes, operating steam or air drills, temporary steam, air, oil, or gas lines, for oil feed piping, connections to moving parts of machines and similar services. For such uses metal hose may be had which will give good results if handled with proper care. A section of hose made by the American Metal Hose Company is shown in Fig. 309. It is made from a continuous strip of high tensile strength phosphor bronze, which is wound spirally over itself and made pressm-e tight by means of a special prepared asbestos cord that is fed into place be- tween the metal surfaces dur- ing the winding operation. This hose is also made of steel which is somewhat stronger than bronze and is preferred for superheated steam and where subject to hard usage. Information concerning "American" bronze metal hose is given in Table 94. specified by the inside diameter. Aluminum Piping and Tubing. — Aluminum tubing is specified by outside diameter and thickness of wall. The tables and in- formation in this article are from the catalog of the Aluminum Fig. 309. Metal Hose. are ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 285 TABLE 94 Sizes and Dimensions of Mbtal Hose Bronze Approx. Weight Bronze Approi. Weight bending diameter per foot ia lbs. bending diameter per foot. Diam. Diam. in lbs. V.' 4' .11 17/ 22" 1.75 Va 5" .25 2" 26" 2.65 V/ 7" .35 2V2" 32" 3.15 'A" 12" .80 3" 38" 4.50 1" 14" 1.00 4' 44' 5.70 v/*' 18' 1.50 6" 56' 9.00 Steel hose is approximately 10 % lighter than bronze Company of America. Table 95 gives the outside diameter and several wall thicknesses for aluminum tubiag. The safe pressure may be figiu-ed by formula 2 Chapter II. The allowable unit stress when the temperature is less than 100 degrees Centigrade is given as follows: Pure aluminum (cast) 5000 lbs. per sq. inch Special casting alloy (cast) 5000 to 6000 lbs. per sq. inch No. 12 casting alloy (cast) 6000 to 8000 " " " " Pure aluminum tubing (made from sheet) 6000 to 8000 " " " " 3S aluminum tubing (made from sheet) 8000 to 10000 " " " " When the temperature is more than 100 degrees Centigrade the above values should be halved and when more than 200 degrees Centigrade aluminum should not be used under pressure. Almninum tubing up to IV2 inches outside diameter can be made by extrusion in almost any desired length. Such continu- ous lengths have an especial advantage for condensing coils for chemical works as the entire coil can be made from a single piece without ]oints. Seamless drawn aluminum tubes are also made to the same dimensions as standard wrought pipe. The weight of alimiinum pipe when made to iron pipe sizes is given in Table 96. Such piping can be used with iron fittings, but aluminum fittings can be had in most pipe sizes and are preferable as being less Hable to induce galvanic action, than when the fitting is made of another metal. Brass and Copper Tubing. — The outside diameter is generally used in specifying brass or copper tubing. The thickness may be 286 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING llj !"!■§ ^^-n si« .9 .5 < .9 .9.9 .9 .a .9 .9 1^ .3 rH .9 .9 CM .9 .9.9.9 CM oi eo .9 .9.9.9.9.9.9.9 CO CO ^ •*■*■* w .9 .3 .3 .S i. i i i i i 1 i o iH (N CO rH -* us CO 00 rH IN n Ui CM ^ (A rH CO CD 00 O 09 o; CO CO CO CO Tj| 'tf ?^.^g m d in q i i i o i i •H « CO 3 >o CO " o> A CD 00 CM CO CD 00 O CO to CO CO CO CO •* ■* -.ij ■* us U3 us U^ 3 00 o s i i i o s s « CO U3 2 °. rH S n CM ". ^ t^ O CM U5 00 rH CO CO •* -^ -* '.JI »0 lO ss^s M CO q i s 1 CO i § « -* Hi I^ W OJ rH CM ^ ^ « °. « CO CO s ^^^ggss S£gg S q q i i i o § lO CD 00 03 CM ^ s 03 s CO CO CO s CO ^gggsss ggfri S i CO 9 i CO CO q s 2 o to 00 « c^ CO C4 H « CO ^ ^ ". " ^ CO O tH 00 CM CO O tq CD q q t> t^ 00 ^^^^ m i § i 1 o § g s rH s « s ^ « » ^ s§ '^ ? Ui s s § e ;; s s §§ § gg§3 s 00 q 1 s q s 1 § s O « ^ "1 CO CO 00 CO ? CO s « °. ^ rH E:SS8gg§S rH rH rH rH rH rH «0 q to g o o i i S5 S ". S§ « ^ U3 " ^ q ^ CO ^ ggi^S^^ ^ rH rH rH i i § g O 2 g OS CO CO CO CO ^ ^ « s » s * 00 §s ^!s3S§§ rJ r-I rH rH 3 00 q i i CO CO o I> O (N i i R fe r-( " 5 ". fe rH q s CO q s rH Oi b- »0 CO rH Oi t^ q rH CM CO Tt; ■^ >o ,-J rH .-i rH rH rH rH us CO rH OS q t^ 00 00 3 i s 5 •-< s i g o CO CO CO CO "*. CO lO « ^ ^ o i> ?; §? 9 & w ^^^^sgg W rJ CM CM ei s tH t^ s s s? fe ? 00 CO 00 U3 CO q q s O) s o q rH CI rH 2 CM CM CO CO CO T|t m Tjt lO CD t>- 00 OS O rt* rt* rt" rt' ,-; »-; « us CD CO t^ rH CM CO ■* e ci cm" CM CM S CO OS IN IN CO ^ U3 s « s o ss s » 9 CM U5 CO S rH ^ rt (N CM C^ Oi ei cm" ci CO o» 3 o q 5? 0 OS CO h- rH CD q q rH CO Tji CO b- r4 CM IN CM e 00 q S ^ s o CO rH ! « 00 00 q cm" (N CO »0 O ■* CO CO c^ lO h- q rH CO »0 !>; N pi CM CO CO CO CO rH I> O OS q q CO -^ CO ^ Tf '^ lO i s s S ^ « 00 q 00 s ^ ^ i^ 9 rM C4 CM CD CD CO OS rH rH OS rH CO CD 00 O CM (N CO CO CO CO ■*" T)i -*■ -44 ■*■ * 1 00 g 00 q 1 40 CM 00 CO 03 rH q rH CO o to ci t- OS CM lO 00 rH CO q rH rji q CO ,-j eo CM* CO CO CO CO ■* -^ ■* -* us us m to ^ s ^ ^ B 3 ^ R B S3 ci CM CO q cm' N - .9 .9 .9 a .9.9 ^1 .a .9 CO 6 1 .9 .9 .9 .9 .5 .9 .9 a a ■* * ^1 3( m .9 .9 -9 ■- <<> a a « ® ERECTION — WORKMANSHIP — MISCELLANEOUS 287 TABLE 96 Weight op Aluminum Pipe for Iron Pipe Sizes Weights per Same as Outside Inside foot Iron, Size Diameter Diameter Aluminum lbs. Vs .405 .270 .083 'A .540 .364 .145 Vs .675 .494 .193 V2 .840 .623 .290 'A 1.050 .824 .387 1 1.315 1.048 .577 I'A 1.660 1.380 .777 IV2 1.900 1.611 .928 2 2.375 2.067 1.24 2V» 2.875 2.468 1.98 3- 3.500 3.067 2.59 S'A 4.000 3.548 3.11 4 4.500 4.026 3.69 given in Stubs' gauge or B. and S. gauge, but more commonly the former is used. Almost any combination of diameter and thick- ness may be obtained. The Handbook of Seamless Tubing of the Bridgeport Brass Company gives very complete tables and information. Boiler Tubes. — The dimensions of standard lap-welded steel or charcoal iron boiler tubes are given in Table 97. The size of tube is specified by the outside diameter. TABLE 97. — Standard Boiler Tubes Outside Thick- Thicltness Nominal Outside Thick- Thickness Nominal Diameter. ness. Nearest Weight Diameter. ness. Nearest Weight Inches Inches B.W.G. per Foot Inches Inches B.W.G. per Foot IV4 .095 13 1.16 4 .134 10 5.53 I'A .095 13 1.42 4'A .134 10 6.25 I'A .095 13 1.68 5 .148 9 7.67 2 .095 13 1.93 6 .165 8 10.28 ^2'A .095 13 2.18 7 .165 8 12.04 2V2 .109 12 2.78 8 .165 8 13.81 2V4 .109 12 3.07 9 .180 7 16.95 3 .109 12 3.36 10 .203 6 21.24 37* .120 11 4.01 11 .220 5 25.33 3'A .120 11 4.33 12 .229 472 28.79 3'A .120 11 4.65 288 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Color System to Designate Piping. — For convenience in dis- tinguishing pipe systems various methods have been devised, for using different colors on the pipes. The A. S. M. E. standard markings are given in Vol. 33 of the Transactions, from which the following is abstracted: "In the main engine rooms of plants which are well hghted and where the functions of the exposed pipes are obvious, aU pipes shall be painted to conform to the color scheme of the room, and if it is desirable to distinguish pipe systems, colors shall be used only on flanges and on valve fitting flanges. In aU other parts of the plant, such as boiler house, basements, etc., all pipes (exclusive of valves, flanges and fittings) except the fire system, shall be painted black, or some other single, plain, durable, inexpensive color. All fire lines (suction and discharge) including pipe lines, valve flanges and fittings, shall be painted red throughout. The edges of all flanges, fittings or valve flanges on pipe lines, larger than 4 inches, inside diameter, and the entire fittings valves and flanges of lines 4 inches inside diameter and smaller, shall be painted the following distinguishing colors: Distinguishing Colors to be used on Valves, Flanges and Fittings Steam Division High pressure — white Exhaust steam — buff Water Division Fresh water, low pressure — blue Fresh water, high pressure, boiler feed lines — blue and white Salt water piping — green Oil Division Delivery and discharge — brass or bronze yellow Pneumatic Division — all pipe gray Gas Division City Lighting Service — aluminiun Gas Engine Service — black, with red flanges Fiuil Oil Division — all piping black Refrigerating System Flanges and fittings — white and green stripes, alternately Body of pipe — black Electric Lines and Feeders Flanges and fittings — black and red stripes, alternately Body of pipe — black CHAPTER XVI PIPING INSULATION Pipe Coverings. — The importance of providing suitable insula- tion or covering for steam pipes is well known. The loss due to radiation with bare pipes is about 3 B.t.u. per square foot of surface, per degree difference in temperatiu'e between steam and air, per hour. With a good covering about one inch thick from 80 to 90 per cent, of this loss can be saved. Some points to be considered in the selection of a pipe covering are as follows: the material should not carbonize after being in contact with a hot surface; the material should be fireproof; the material should not lose its shape after being in use; the material should not contain sulphate of lime or any other substance which might corrode the pipe; the life of the material; the thickness of the material; the value of the coal saved by use of the material; the cost of the material; with superheated steam it is especially necessary that the material contain no organic substances — magnesia and similar materials are desirable; the material should not loosen or disintegrate under vibration. The losses with small pipes are greater than with large ones (relatively). The thickness of ma- terial should be between one and two inches. Flanges, valves, etc., should be covered as well as pipes. Tests on Pipe Coverings. — A valuable series of tests on 26 coverings by L. B. McMillan is described in the Joxmial of the A. S. M. E., January, 1916. Very complete data is given, and the interested reader is advised to secure the complete paper. The following is abstracted. The tests were made on a 16-foot section of 5-inch pipe. Table 98 gives the B.t.u. losses for the bare pipe and for various kinds of coverings. Sectional moulded coverings can be obtained for flanges and valves and are especially advisable when the coverings may have to be removed. The material to be used and the exterior covering or casing will be influenced by the location of the piping. Low pressure steam, hot and cold pipes all require separate consideration. 290 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 98 Data on Efficiencies for Single Thickness Covbrinqs Cov- ering Kind of Covering Tempera- ture Dif- ference (Kpe and Room) Actual Tempera- ture (Boom = 80 deg. Fahr.) B.t.u. Loaa /Sq. ft./ Deg. Temperature Difference/Hr. B.t.u. Saving Due to Covering /Deg./ Sq. Ft./ Hr. Efficiency of Cover- ing — Per Cent. No. Bare Pipe Covered Pipe I J-M85% Magnesia ' 50 100 200 300 400 500 130 180 280 380 480 580 1.950 2.152 2.665 3.260 4.035 5.180 0.436 0.438 0.446 0.455 0.469 0.488 1.515 1.714 2.219 2.805 3.566 4.692 77.7 79.6 83.3 86.1 88.4 90.6 II J-M Indented 50 100 200 300 400 500 130 180 280 380 480 580 1.960 2.152 2.665 3.260 4.035 5.180 0.472 0.483 0.309 0.549 0.603 0.666 1.478 1.669 2.156 2.711 3.432 4.514 75.6 77.6 80.9 83.2 85.1 87.1 III J-M Vitribestos 50 100 200 300 400 500 130 180 280 380 480 580 1.950 2.162 2.665 3.260 4.035 5.180 0.626 0.654 0.715 0.781 0.856 0.967 1.324 1.498 1.950 2.481 3.177 4.213 67.9 69.6 73.2 76.0 78.8 81.4 IV J-M Eureka 60 100 200 300 350 130 180 280 380 430 1.950 2.152 2.665 3.260 3.627 0.440 0.451 0.464 0.478 0.487 1.510 1.701 2.201 2.782 3.140 77.4 79.0 82.6 85.4 86.6 V J-M Molded 50 100 200 300 400 180 180 280 380 480 1.950 2.152 2.665 3.260 4.035 0.517 0,522 0.539 0.561 0.596 1.433 1.630 2.126 2.699 3.439 73.4 75.8 79.8 82.8 85.2 VI J-M Wool-Felt 50 100 200 300 350 130 180 280 380 430 1.952 2.152 2.665 3.260 3.627 0.386 0.400 0.421 0.442 0.453 1.564 1.752 2.244 2.818 3.174 80.2 81.4 84.2 86.4 87.6 PIPING INSULATION 291 TABLE 98 (CmUinued) Cov- eiing Kind of Covering Tempera- ture Dif- ference (Pipe and Room) Actual Tempera- ture (Room = 80 deg. Fahr.) B.t.u. Loss/Sq. Ft./ Deg. Temperature Difference/Hr. B.t.u. Saving Due to Covering /Deg./ Sq. Ft./ Hr. Efficiency of Cover- ing—Per Cent. No. Bare Pipe Covered Pipe VII SaU-Mo Expanded 50 100 200 300 400 500 130 180 280 380 480 580 1.950 2.162 2.665 3.260 4.035 5.180 0.409 0.427 0.464 0.603 0.641 0.581 1.541 1.725 2.201 2.757 3.494 4.599 79.0 80.2 82.6 84.6 86.6 88.8 VIII Carey Carocel 50 100 200 300 400 500 130 180 280 380 480 680 1.960 2.152 2.665 3.260 4.036 5.180 0.358 0.378 0.421 0.466 0.610 0.662 1.692 1.774 2.244 2.794 3.525 4.618 81.6 82.4 84.2 85.7 87.4 89.2 IX Carey- Serrated 50 100 200 300 400 500 130 180 280 380 480 580 1.950 2.152 2.666 3.260 4.035 5.180 0.454 0.468 0.606 0.546 0.587 0.634 1.496 1.684 2.159 2.714 3.448 4.546 76.7 78.2 81.0 83.3 86.4 87.8 X Carey Duplex 50 100 200 300 350 130 180 280 380 430 1.950 2.162 2.665 3.260 3.627 0.423 0.447 0.498 0.648 0.574 1.527 1.705 2.167 2.712 3.053 78.3 79.2 81.3 83.2 84.2 XI Carey 85 % Magnesia 50 100 200 300 400 500 130 180 280 380 480 680 1,960 2.152 2.665 3.260 4.036 5.180 0.413 0.418 0.424 0.436 0.454 0.472 1.537 1.734 2.241 2.824 3.581 4.708 78.8 80.5 84.1 86.6 88.8 90.9 XII SaU-Mo Wool-Felt 50 100 150 200 250 300 130 180 230 280 330 380 1.950 2.152 2.400 2.665 2.951 3.260 0.395 0.401 0.421 0.433 0.466 0.469 1.555 1.751 1.979 2.232 2.606 2.801 79.8 81.4 82.5 83,8 84.9 86.9 292 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 98 (CorMnm -A) Cov- ering Kind of Covering Tempera- ture Dif- ference (Pipe and Room) Actual Tempera- ture (Room = 80 deg. Fahr.) B.t.u. LoBs/Sq. Ft./ Deg. Temperature DiSerenoe/Hr. B.t.u. Saving Due to Covering /Deg./ Sq. Ft./ Hr. Efficiency of Cover- ing—Per Cent. No. Bare Pipe Covered Pipe 50 130 1.950 0.399 1.551 79.5 100 180 2.152 0.402 1.750 81.3 XIII Nonpareil 200 280 2.665 0.412 2.253 84.6 High 300 380 3.260 0.426 2.834 68.9 Pressure 400 480 4.035 0.444 3.691 89.0 500 580 5.180 0.465 4.715 91.0 50 130 1.950 0.694 1.256 64.4 100 180 2.152 0.711 1.441 67.0 XIV J-M 200 280 2.665 0.749 1.916 71.9 Fire Felt 300 380 3.260 0.795 2.465 75.6 400 480 4.035 0.845 3.190 79.0 500 580 5.180 0.901 4.279 82.6 50 130 1.950 0.336 1.614 82.7 100 180 2.152 0.347 1.805 83.8 XV J-M 200 280 2.665 0.369 2.296 86.2 Sponge 300 380 3.260 0.391 2.869 88.0 Felted 400 480 4.035 0.414 3.621 89.8 500 580 5.180 0.439 4.741 91.5 50 130 1.950 0.418 1.532 78.5 100 180 2.152 0.429 1.723 80.0 XVi J-M 200 280 2.665 0.454 2.211 83.0 Asbestocel 300 380 3.260 0.493 2.767 84.8 400 480 4.035 0.544 3.491 86.5 500 580 5.180 0.609 4.571 88.2 50 130 1.950 0.459 1.491 76.4 100 180 2.152 0.475 1.677 77.9 XVII J-M 200 280 2.665 0.515 2.150 80.7 Air Cell 300 380 3.260 0.571 2.689 82.7 400 480 4.035 0.643 3.392 84.1 500 580 5.180 0.733 4.447 85.8 PIPING INSULATION 293 Table 99 gives data for various thicknesses of 85 per cent, magnesia. TABLE 99 Data on Efficikncies foe Vabious Thicknesses op 85 Pbh Cent. Magnesia Covering ture Difference Thickness B.t.u./S(i. ft./Deg. Dif./Hr. Saving Bare Kpe Plastic 85 Per Cent. Magnesia Sectional 85 Per Cent. Magnesia Efficiency 100 0.5 2.152 0.735 0.691 1.461 67.8 100 1.0 0.492 0.462 1.690 78.4 100 2.0 0.319 0.300 1.852 85.5 100 3.0 0.248 0.233 1.919 89.1 100 4.0 0.209 0.196 1.956 90.8 100 5.0 1.185 0.174 1.978 91.9 300 0.5 3.260 0.805 0.757 2.503 76.8 300 1.0 0.524 0.493 2.767 84.9 300 2.0 0.335 0.315 2.945 90.4 300 3.0 0.260 0.244 3.016 92.5 300 4.0 0.219 0.206 3.054 93.7 300 5.0 0.192 0.181 3.079 94.4 500 0.5 5.180 0.895 0.842 4.338 83.7 500 1.0 0.557 0.524 4.656 89.9 500 2.0 0.360 0.329 4.851 93.6 500 3.0 0.273 0.257 4.923 95.0 500 4.0 0.229 0.215 4.965 95.8 500 5.0 0.199 0.187 4.993 96.4 The seventeen coverings listed in Table 83 are described as foUows: "l. J-M 85 Per Cent. Magnesia. A moulded sectional covering for use on high pressure steam pipes. Contains 85 per cent, by weight of magnesium carbonate and the remainder is principally asbestos fibre. Weight per foot is 2.92 lbs. and the thickness 1.08 in. II. J-M Indented. Made up of layers of asbestos felt which has in it indentations, about I'A in. in diameter and Vs in. deep, spaced very close to each other in staggered rows. Suitable for use on pipes containing high pres- sure steam. Weight per foot 3.46 lbs. and thickness 1.12 in. III. J-M Vitrebestos. An asbestos air cell covering made of alternate layers of smooth and corrugated vitrified asbestos sheets. Corrugations are about 'A in. deep and run lengthwise of the pipe. Recommended for use on high pressure and superheated steam pipes and for stack linings, etc. Weight per foot 4.05 lbs. and thickness 0.96 in. 294 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING IV. J-M Eureka. For use on low pressure steam and hot water pipes. Made of 'A in. of asbestos felt on the inside of the section and the balance of alternate layers of asbestos and wool felt. Weight 4.60 lbs. per ft. and 1.04 in. thick. V. J-M Molded Asbestos. A molded sectional covering for use on low and medium pressure steam pipes. Made of asbestos fiber and other fireproof material. Weight per ft. 5.53 lbs. and thickness is 1.25 in. VI. J-M Wool Felt. A sectional covering made of layers of wool felt with an interlining of two layers of asbestos paper. May be used on low pressure steam and hot water pipes. Weight per ft. 2.59 lbs. and thickness 1.10 in. VII. Sail-Mo Expanded. A covering for use in high and low pressure steam pipes. Made of eight layers of material, each consisting of a smooth and a corrugated piece of asbestos paper, the corrugations being so crushed down to form small longitudinal air spaces. Weight 3.47 lbs. per ft., and thickness 1.07 in. VIII. Carey Carocel. Composed of plain and corrugated asbestos paper firmly bound together. Corrugations are approximately 'A in. deep and run lengthwise of the pipe. For use on medium and low pressure steam pipes. Weight 3.06 lbs. per ft. and thickness 0.99 in. IX. Carey Serrated. A covering for use on high pressure steam pipes. Composed of successive layers of heavy asbestos felt having closely spaced indentations in it. Weight 5.66 lbs. per ft., and thickness 1.00 in. X. Carey Duplex. For use on low pressure steam and hot water pipes. Made of alternate layers of plain wool felt and corrugated asbestos paper firmly bound together. Corrugations run lengthwise of the pipe and make air cells approximately ^A in. deep. Weight 1.79 lbs. per ft. and 0.96 in. thick. XI. Carey 85 Per Cent. Magnesia. A covering for high pressiure steam and similar in composition to No. 1. Weight per foot 2.75 lbs. and thickness is 1.10 in. XII. SalUMo Wool Felt. Similar to No. VI except that it has no inter- lining of asbestos paper. For use on low pressure steam and hot water pipes. Weight per foot 3.73 lbs. and thickness is 1.01 in. XIII. Nonpareil High Pressure. A molded sectional covering consisting mainly of silica in the form of diatomaceous earth — the skeletons of micro- scopic organisms. For use on high pressure and superheated steam pipes. Weight 2.96 lbs. per ft., and is 1.16 in. thick. XIV. J-M Asbestos Fire Felt. Consists of asbestos fiber loosely felted together, forming a large number of small air spaces. For use on high pres- sure and superheated steam pipes. Weight per ft. is 3.75 lbs., and thickness 0.99 in. XV. J-M Asbestos Sponge Felted. Covering is made from a thin felt asbestos fiber and finely ground sponge forming a very cellular fabric. Made up of 41 of these sheets per inch thickness and air spaces are formed between the sheets in addition to those in the felt itself. Specially recommended for high pressure and superheated steam pipes. Weight per foot 4.04 lbs. and thickness 1.16 in. XVI. J-M Asbestocel. For use on medium pressure steam and heating pipes. Consists of alternate sheets of corrugated and plain asbestos paper PIPING INSULATION 295 forming air cells about '/s in. deep that run around the pipe. Weight per foot 1.94 lbs., and thickness 1.10 in. XVII. J~M Air Cell. Made of corrugated and plain sheets of asbestos paper arranged alternately so as to form air cells about '/< in. deep running lengthwise of the pipe. For use on medium pressure steam and heating pipes. Its weight per foot is 1.55 lbs., and thickness is 1.00 in." The results of exhaustive tests made on Nonpareil coverings are given in very complete form in a book published by the Arm- strong Cork and Insulation Company. This covering is com- posed of diatomaceous earth (kieselguhr) and asbestos fibre. These tests showed the conductivity of Nonpareil High Pressure Covering per square foot at the mean circumference per one inch thickness per degree difEerence in temperature to be 7.363 B.t.u. and the transmission through bare pipe 51.07 B.t.u. per square foot of pipe surface per degree difference in temperature for 24 hours. These transmissions were measured in still air and consequently are less than would obtain imder operating conditions. The following thicknesses of Nonpareil High Pressure covering are considered economical for the purposes Usted under average con- ditions. Standard thickness ranges from one inch for the small sizes to IV2 inches for the large sizes of pipe. For high pressure piping, inside of buildings. Cost of Steam per 1000 Pounds Saturated Steam Superheated Steam Less than 10 cents 10 cents to 15 cents 15 cents to 20 cents 20 cents and over Standard thickness Standard thickness IV2" thick 2" thick IV2" thick 2" thick Double layer IVj' Double layer IVa" For exhaust feed and hot well, high pressure drip piping, etc., imder all conditions hsted above — standard thickness. For high pressure steam outside of buildings imder all conditions Usted above — double layer of l^/z inch thickness. Low Pressure Steam, Hot and Cold Water Pipes. — All heat- ing piping, either steam or hot water, should be fully covered where radiation losses are to be avoided. Cold water pipes are frequently insulated in order to prevent "sweating" and dripping. For the above conditions, and where exhaust pipes are to be in- sulated, the low temperatures do not require thick coverings and wool felt or air cell coverings V2 "ich to one inch thickness may be used. 296 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Cold Pipes. — It is important to consider the question of in- sulation of pipe used to convey ammonia or brine for refrigera- tion purposes, if serious losses are to be prevented. The problem is not very different from insulation of hot pipes, but it is very essential that the material used is not easily injured by moisture. Hair, felt and paper in alternate layers has been used as a protec- tion for cold pipes. Hair felt soaked in boiling resin and applied to the pipes while hot is also used. Sectional coverings composed of granulated cork may be obtained ready for use on brine or ammonia pipes and fittings. Nonpareil cork covering is made by the Armstrong Cork and Insulation Com- . , ^ , Pany by compressing and 310. Support for Pipe with Cork ,, , , . Insulation. *^^° ^^^^ P"^^ g^^™" lated cork in metal moulds. After this the covering is coated inside and out with a water- proof mineral rubber finish, ironed on hot. Tests by the above company gave an average transmission per square foot at mean circumference, per one inch thickness per degree difference in temperature per 24 hours of 8.6 B.t.u. for cork covering and of 43.2 B.t.u. for bare pipe. Four grades of this covering are made. Standard brine covering, from two to three inches thick for temperatm-es of to 25 degrees F. ; special thick brine cover- ing, from three to four inches thick for temperatures below zero degrees F.; ice water covering, about IV2 inches thick for tem- peratures of 25 to 45 degrees F.; and cold water covering for use on cold water piping to prevent sweating. The method of sup- porting the pipe is shown in Fig. 310 where a hanger is on the outside with a piece of sheet iron protecting the covering. Forms of Pipe Coverings. — The materials for pipe coverings may be had in a variety of forms. For covering pipe, sheets of material may be wrapped around the pipe and fastened with wire or heavy twine; the material may be in plastic form and appHed in the shape of a mortar; or any of the large variety of moulded or sectional coverings, Fig. 311, may be used. Sectional coverings are made in lengths of three feet, and are spht length- wise into halves. When apphed to the pipe they are wrapped with PIPING INSULATION 297 canvas and then held on with iron or brass bands spaced from one to two feet apart. Fittings and valves may be insulated with a plastic coating or with moulded covers made in sections to fit over them. Fig. 311. Sectional Pipe Covering. Hair felting comes in rolls six feet wide and in thicknesses of V4 to 1 V2 inches. Asbestos paper is made in varying thicknesses and in rolls 36 inches wide. Underground Piping. — Two methods of insulating under- ground piping are described in Chapter XIII. Careful under- drainage is essential to any system. Forms of wood casing for underground steam and hot water piping made by A. Wyckoff & Son Company are shown in Figs. Fig. 312. Wood Casing — Split Form. 312 and 313. The form shown at X, Y and Z is made of thor- oughly seasoned gulf cypress staves, one inch thick, closely jointed together, wound with heavy galvanized steel wire, and then 298 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING wrapped with two layers of heavy corrugated paper. Another casing of one inch cypress staves is put on the outside and wound with galvanized wire. For use with high pressure steam pipe the Kg. 313. Improved Wood Casing. casing is hned with tin and two layers of asbestos paper to prevent the wood from charring. The casing is made in lengths of from four to eight feet which are connected by tenon and socket joints X, Fig. 312. For use on pipes which are aheady in place the casing may be had split in the form shown at Y and Z, Fig. 312. The casing shown in Fig. 313 is an improved form in which A is a two inch inner shell, B is asphaltimi packing, C is a V* iich air '7?/T, GohroitlMS^ frvn, ■ .Zi'tlaturia* I Boff' - Spae«a ,!. SrAAs \ amnpStnm \ Fig. 314. Double Plank Box Insulation. Fig. 315. Plank Box Insulation. space and D is a one inch outer shell. The casing is afterwards coated with Hydolene-B and rolled in sawdust. This form is made in lengths of from four to twelve feet, with tenon and socket joints. It cannot be split, but must be slipped over the pipes, while they are being connected up. PIPING INSULATION 299 Two forms of plank box insulation for underground piping are shown in Figs. 314 and 315, which have appeared in Power, and are described as being in successful use. Fig. 314 is by W. H. Wolfang, and shows double planking with shavings filled in be- Fig. 316. Split TUe Conduit. tween. The supports are rollers made from IV4 inch pipe and one inch rods. The side dimensions for four inch pipe are eight by twelve inches. Fig. 315 is by Henry G. Pope, and is com- posed of rough two inch plank. As noted, the top plank slopes to one side to shed water. Waterproofed building paper was tacked over each joint. Bricks were used for supporting the pipe. The method of anchoring is also shown in the figure. A method of constructing undergroimd mains up to 20 inch pipe using spHt tile is illustrated in Figs. 316 and 317, and de- scribed by the Armstrong Cork and Insulation Company. 300 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TABLE 100 Sizes op Steam Lines and Pbotecting Tile Steam Line Protecting Tile Steam Line Protecting Tile Size Inches Size, Inches Size, Inches Size, Inches 1 8 7 15 I'A 8 8 15 IV. 8 9 18 2 10 10 18 2V» 10 12 20 3 10 14 21 3'A 12 16 24 4 12 18 27 4V. 12 20 27 5 12 24 30 6 15 30 36 "For underground lines excellent results can be secured by using two inch thick, nonpareil, high pressure covering, protected with a good grade of hard-glazed, spUt tile, although for lines larger fiJbnpara/IHFCotVfinff e'lV.I.PIpB /flB Ga/r.Slsat Plon-IO''-on3 Copper C/oef W/r» fS Sptit rile Fig. 317. SpHt TUe Conduit. than twenty inches it is often advisable to use regular tunnel con- struction. A four inch drain is laid in the bottom of the trench to carry off seepage water and concrete supporting piers are in- stalled on sixteen-foot centres. A bed of crushed stone or coarse gravel is then put down to grade, and upon this the lower half of the tile is laid. The expansion rollers are strapped to the steam pipe so that they will rest directly over the concrete supporting piers. To prevent abrasion of the tile, No. 18 gauge galvanized PIPING INSULATION 301 Fig. 318. Method of Anchoring. steel plates are inserted between the expansion rollers and the tile. After the pipe is in position, the covering is applied and held in place by copper-clad steel wire, canvas on the outside being usually dispensed with. The joints are pointed up with nonpareil high pressure cement, and the top of the tile is then cemented in place with Portland cement mortar." The sizes of protecting tile are given in Table 100. Where a number of pipes, electric wires, etc., are to be carried underground, some form of tvmnel is about the best ar- rangement. Such tunnels can be built up of brick or can be made of concrete. Electric wires may be run in tile set in the walls or roof of the tunnel. Pipe Unes can be carried on brackets or sup- ports at the sides, with provision for expansion and drainage and regular methods of insulation. The floor of the tunnel should be arranged with drain connections to take care of any water that may accumulate from leaks in the piping or other causes. Out-of-Doors Piping. — The methods of insulation shown in Figs. 312 and 313 are well adapted for use on steam pipes running out of doors and ex- posed to the weather. For such purposes the outer wooden casing is painted with black asphaltimi paint. Very often the regular method of insulation as used on in-door lines are employed, making the covering somewhat thicker and enclosing it in waterproof paper, or wooden or steel plate boxing may be constructed for a protec- tion from the weather. Some details of an interesting out-door pipe line forming part of the River Power Plant of the Victor Talking Machine Com- pany are shown in Figs. 318, 319, 320, 321 and 322. This plant. Fig. 319. Roller Support. 302 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING fl B tB a 9- Aneltar -fl g B- -fJi»ewaO «>*0'-W0«'«=— /O'Mff SraamLirm^ ii i/INl i I 11 I J/l CLE\^ATIOH Fig. 320. Part Plan and Elevation of Outdoor Steam Line. lii .y liJ Fig. 321. Drawing of Supporting Structure for Outdcjor Steam Line. PIPING INSULATION 303 is the design of Mr. Albert C. Wood, consulting engineer, who has furnished the information concerning it. A part plan and elevation of the hue which is several hundred feet long is show in Fig. 320. One of the supporting structures is shown in Fig. 321 with its foundation resting upon two concrete piles, which were necessary because the ground is made and is underlaid with S/ocJts Resin ■S/xsct Pope. Me f hod of Coyering Sends » ftttlnga Ou/s/c^ of Building. Je ~SS^ fl^agnBafa B/ocMa -S - 9S/i f^ognva/o f/osf/e Fig. 322. Method of Covering Bends and Fittings. river mud. The supports were made very heavy in order to pro- vide for the possibihty of lumber stacks falling against them and also that the high pressure steam line might be substantially sup- ported. These supports are placed about 20 feet apart. They carry a ten inch high pressure steam line, 160 pounds per square inch (150 degrees superheat) and an eleven inch sawdust line, as well as brackets for 500,000 C.N., 250 volt D.C. cables. The method of anchoring is shown in Fig. 320. The roller support, which allows freedom for movement due to expansion, is clearly indicated in Fig. 319. 304 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING The insulation of the high pressure steam pipe consists of two layers, I'/a inches thick, 85 per cent, magnesia blocks, moulded to proper radius to suit the pipe with the joints broken both longitudinally and circumferentiaUy. The joints and interstices were filled with 85 per cent, magnesia plastic. Over this resin sized paper was appKed and wired every twelve inches with two turns of No. 16 cop- per wire. Then two layers of roofing material were apphed with all joints lapped at least two inches and wrapped with roofing compound. The first layer of roofing material was secured at the joints and at intervals of about 18 inches with three turns of No. 16 copper wire, while the second layer was secured at the joints and at regular intervals of about twelve inches with three turns of No. 14 copper wire. Fittings and Frost Boxing for Water Stand Pipe. Fig. 324. Square Boxing for Water Pipe. Fig. 325. Circular Boxing for Water Pipe. valves were covered as indicated in Fig. 322, blocks being used, together with 85 per cent, magnesia plastic. Air piping may be run on the surface of the ground or carried on trussed poles or towers. Proper care must be taken to pro- vide for drainage and necessary expansion. PIPING INSULATION 305 The protection of water standpipes from freezing is an impor- tant matter. In Fig. 323 is shown a tightly constructed frost boxing described by Mr. W. C. Teague in the A. S. M. E. Journal, April, 1914. Arrangements should be made for keeping the water heated by a hot water heater or steam coil placed in the bottom of the tank. A simple form of protection is shown in Fig. 324, composed of two plank boxes with an air space between them. The joints should be made very tight and the outside painted with asphal- tum paint or be otherwise protected. A circular form of protec- tion is shown in Fig. 325. CHAPTER XVII PIPING DRAWINGS The underlying principles are the same for all classes of draw- ings, but for each branch there are certain conventions and gen- eral methods of representation. It is the purpose of this chapter to deal with some of these general customs and details rather than to present a collection of comphcated drawings. Classification of Piping Drawings. — There are several kinds of piping drawings depending upon the purpose and requirements of the work. Sometimes' a freehand sketch is sufficient, sometimes a line diagram, and sometimes a large scale drawing, consist- ing of several views of the entire system, together with working drawings of details is necessary. A drawing for construction purposes must give complete information as to sizes, position of valves, branches and outlets. A drawing to show the layout of existing pipe Unes need not be as complete and is often made to small scale, using single Unes to represent the pipes, with notes to tell sizes, location and purpose for which the pipe is used. A drawing to show proposed changes should give both existing and proposed piping, using different kinds of hnes to distinguish the changes. Dot and dash lines, dash lines, or red or other colored ink may be used for this purpose. A drawing for repairs may consist of simply the part to be repaired, or may show the loca- tion or connection between the repairs and apparatus or other parts of the system. Drawings for repairs should be checked very carefuUy and just what is to be replaced or repaired should be made clear. Erection Drawings. — Drawings for erection are sometimes made with very few dimensions but with all pieces numbered and accompanied by a list giving complete information concerning each piece. A piping Ust may be made up in a variety of ways. One method is to Ust each piece of pipe, fitting and valve in order from one end of the system, and then collect all the pipe of each size, all the ells, tees, unions, valves, etc. A form similar to Fig. 326 is often useful. PIPING DRAWINGS 307 Detail drawings should be made in the same manner as for any other pm'pose. The detail drawing for a special fitting is shown in Fig. 327. All piping drawings should have a title giving the purpose of the piping, scale of drawing, and date, together with provision for changes and date of changes and any other neces- sary information. It is particularly important that piping draw- ings be kept up to date. The dimensions for standard flange fittings are given in Chapter IV, and throughout this book will be found tables giving dimensions for various piping fixtures and Size Pipe reef Number Number Fittings Thds. Mat'/ h^ake t s 36S R w/. /^ /es ■ /? W.I li — e Gtobe R Brass TZCo. '? — 2/ £-//s /? C.I. 1^ — . 7 Tees /? CI. '4 SCbup//nffs ffVL C.I. Fig. 326. Form for Listing Fittings. fittings, etc. When possible it is always well to use the manu- facturers' catalogs, provided the makes to be used are known. A steam piping drawing is shown in Fig. 328, in which the dimen- sions are indicated without the figures, for the sake of clearness. Conventional Representation. — Fittings and valves may be drawn as in the various figures shown throughout this book. When drawn to a small scale conventional representations are often used. A variety of such conventions are shown in Figs. 329 and 330. It is desirable to add an explanatory list to a draw- ing when these are used, xmless notes make clear the meaning of each one. They are very convenient for sketching and diagram- matic purposes. Several methods of showing pipe are given ia Fig. 331. Except in special cases, or for small pieces, it is not neces- sary to use shading. When a single fine is used it should be 308 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Drill i Mo/ea. for^^ Bo/ts Orifl fo 7en>p/ats 7-i"Ho/<9S for Conf /'iMB/0S for £'Bolfa. BASE CLBO\A/ FOR s INCH pipe:. Fig. 327. Detafl of Base Elbow. PIPING DRAWINGS m i I I N O I X V A ^ 3 1 :i :^i I— ,u////////////////////////////////////^^^^^^ /^ j—tj .tiitt/ •»i"*er ^ 310 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING enough heavier than the other hnes of the drawing to stand out clearly, usually about three times as heavy will be satisfactory. V Y Tea Croas Y- Srv/7e*t H(g)»- f7of7ffe l/mia—^i^t^— G/oSa l^^ 3 Coupfing \nn Sjjm'on PijotFTangt * ■ ' ■ S^F/ange Union 3'G/bbr Hrlf* J'Ctttc* Hi/tv\ y Pipe Nut 3''3''3'siek0utkt Fig. 330. Conventional Representations for Fittings. Fig. 332, and these will serve to suggest such others as may be required. The over all dimensions together with notes and locar PIPING DRAWINGS Ik Pipe iv/th sfiode /I'na —^ Single Line - Pipe Visible ■— — Sirtg/e Line - Pipe /nn'jibia 311 /V7 N # Shoe/s Linoa Lines are efua/iyspoeec/i buf yary in t^oijfftf. Sf7oc/e Lines. Lines are of equal ; — t"'^ lyeiffhf but yory in spaeing. ^- ■ ■y'^-^arM/mefian fyr spacing. £Ei3 -^E J H Fig. 331. Methods of Eepresenting Pipe. ^1 /dHn ■^^ g i 5 Fig. 332. Conventional Representations for Apparatus. 312 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING tion of pipe flanges or openings are necessary in many cases, and always desirable. 1, 2. Plan of Direct Acting Steam Pump. 3, 4, 5. Elevation of Direct Acting Steam Pump. 6. End View of Direct Acting Steam Pump. 7, 8, 9. Separator. 10, 11. Receiver — or Receiver Separator. 12. Vertical Steam Engine. 13. Plan of Horizontal Steam Engine. 14. 15. Steam Trap. 16. Feed Water Heater. 17. End View Horizontal Steam Engine. 18. Plan of Water Tube Boiler. 19. Elevation of Water Tube Boiler. 20. Plan of Fire Tube Boiler. 21. Centrifugal Pump. Dimensioning. — Most of the general rules for dimensioning drawings hold for piping plans, but there are a few points which may be mentioned. Always give figures to the centres of pipe, valves and fittings, and let the pipe fitters make the necessary allowances. If a pipe is to be left unthreaded, it is well to place a note on the drawing calling attention to the fact. If left-hand (L.H.) threads are wanted it should be noted. Wrought pipe sizes can generally be given in a note using the nominal sizes. The bosses into which pipe screws should be located from centre lines of the machines and from the base or foimdation. Flange connections should be located in the same way. Satis- factory sizes of cast-iron bosses to be provided for pipe to screw into are given in Table 101. This table also gives the distance which the pipe may be expected to enter in order to obtain a tight joint. TABLE 101 (Fig. 333) Cast-Iron Bosses Size B c Size B c Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches V. Vs .19 2 3V. .58 v« 1 .29 2V, 4V. .89 , V. IV. .30 3 5 .95 V. IVs .39 3V. 5V. 1.00 'A I'A .40 4 6 1.05 1 2V8 .51 4V. 6'A 1.10 17* 2V:i .54 5 7V. 1.16 IV. 2V4 .55 6 8V2 1.26 PIPING DRAWINGS 313 These values may be used where it is necessary to make an allow- ance for the thread. Crane Company gives the values shown in Table 102 for length of thread on pipe that is screwed into valves or fittings to make a tight joint. Fig. 333. Cast Iron Bosses. Fig. 334. Distance Pipe Enters Fitting. TABLE 102 (Fig. 334) Distance for Pipe to Enteb Fittings Site A Size A Size A Inches Inchea Inches Inches Inches Inches V. v* I'A Vs 6 lVl6 V4 'A 2 "/ic 6 IV. V. 'A 2'A "/l« 7 I'A V. 'A 3 1 8 IVie 'A V. 3'A 1V.6 9 I'A 1 Vi. 4 IVl. 10 1V» IV* V. 47^ IVs 11 IVs Flanged valves when drawn to large scale may have the over all dimensions given, the distance from centre to top of hand wheel or valve stem when open and when closed, diameter of hand wheel, etc., about as shown in Chapter VT. Separate flanges should be completely dimensioned as in Fig. 338, as should all special parts. It is necessary that the location of the piping should be definitely given, which means that the parts of the building containing the piping must be shown and must be accu- rately dimensioned. The location of apparatus and the pipe connections should be given by measurements from the centre 314 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING lines of the machines, distances between centres of machines, heights of connections, etc. In all cases the principal object of dimensioning must be kept in mind, namely, to tell exactly what is wanted in size, location Babbittor WhrteMetal ^lass Copper, Brass or Composition Wood Aluminum Rubber.Vulcanite or Insulation Water Puddle Rock Original Filling Earth 7 i i V/V. Coursed Uncoursed Rubble Ashlar W^ ^ Sand Other Materiaisi Fig. 335. A. S. M. E. Cross Sections. and material, in such a way as to leave no room for misunder- standing. To this end clearness and exactness are essential. Several examples of dimensioning are shown in Figs. 327, 328 and 343. When it is desired to indicate the different materials appearing in cross-section, the standard recommended by a committee of the A. S. M. E. may be used. This standard is shown in Fig. PIPING DRAWINGS 315 335. It is not advisable to depend upon such representations, and a note should always be added to tell the material. Their chief value is to make it easier to distinguish different pieces. Final drawings should be made after the engines, boilers and other machinery have been decided upon, as they can then be drawn completely and accurately. At least two views should be drawn, a plan and elevation. Often extra elevations and detail drawings are necessary. Every fitting and valve should be shown. A scale of Vs inches equals 1 foot is desirable for piping drawings when it can be used, as it is large enough to show the system to scale. Flanges. — The dimensions of the American Standard for flanges are given in Tables 39 and 40, but sometimes special flanges or drilling are required. The nimiber of bolts used for the Is k j§ Abifej for^'Bolts. Fig. 337. Tapered Filling-in Piece. S-/Mrfes fyrg'Bolta. Fig. 338. Flange. flanges or fittings and valves is generally divisible by four, and placed "two-up" or to "straddle" the centre Hne. If any other arrangement is required the location of bolt holes should be clearly shown, as in Fig. 336 at B and C. Regular spacing can be given in a note, as "16 holes equally spaced," etc. The draw- ing for a tapered filling-in piece is shown in Fig. 337, and for a 316 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING special flange in Fig. 338. The bolt holes are sometimes blacked in to indicate that the bolts or studs are not required, in which case a note should be added indicating such a meaning. A tapped or threaded hole may be shown by the methods of Fig. 339. The nominal diameter may be used or the actual diameter obtained from Table 4. The taper of the thread is usually exaggerated when shown. A straight hole with ordinary thread representa- tions may be used. Plan yfmmrs of Thrgae/ma fVanges m m •Stctifins of Thnaiimt nangaa. Kg. 339. Threaded Holes. Coils. — Several drawings for pipe coUs are shown in Fig. 340. Such drawings should tell the thickness of the pipe and the ma- terials, the diameter of the coil taken either inside or outside of the pipe as indicated; the length of the pipe or coil; the number of turns; the pitch of the turns; the position and arrangement of the ends, and the method of connection, support, etc. It is not necessary to draw the complete coil if the ends are clearly drawn. Single line representations require expHcit notes to tell whether centre line or outside dimensions are meant and other- wise explain what is wanted. Sketching. — Sketching is an invaluable aid as a preliminary step in any kind of drawing, and a sketch is often the only draw- ing needed. One's ideas can be made clear and the number and kind of fittings and valves checked up in this way. Where only a small amount of work is to be done, a sketch may be made and fully dimensioned, from which a Ust of pieces can be made with lengths, sizes, etc. This will avoid mistakes in cutting, and the sketch shows just how the parts go together without depending upon memory. Such a sketch may be used to order with, but PIPING DRAWING 317 'Turns — ' ^JI H • T-A ■ 1 , 1 / // h 1 h^ Fig. 340. Pipe Coils. 318 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING in such cases it should be made upon tracing cloth or thin paper so that a blue print can be made as a record. An H or 2H pencil will give lines black enough to print if ink is not used. The figures, however, should be put on in ink in all cases. If only one or two copies are wanted carbon paper may be used. Dimensions and notes should be put on as carefidly as on a finished drawing. The general procedure is much the same as for all kinds of sketching. First sketch the arrangement using a single line diagram. When satisfactory the real sketch may be started by drawing in the CD Turbine Exhaust' Fig. 341. Pictorial View of Piping. centre lines, estimating locations of fittings, valves, etc., which should be spaced in roughly in proportion to their actual posi- tions. The piping, valves, etc., can then be sketched in, using any of the conventions shown in Figs. 329 and 330. Finally locate dimension lines, figiu-es and notes, together with the date and a title of some kind. Pictorial methods can be used to great advan- tage for sketching purposes, especially for preliminary layouts, as the directions and changes in levels can be clearly shown. Fig. 341. Developed or Single Plane Drawings. — It will often be found convenient to swing the various parts of a piping layout into a single plane in order to show the various lengths and fittings in one view. Different methods of showing the same piping are here PIPING DRAWING 319 illustrated. Fig. 341 is a pictorial view using single lines to show the position in space; Fig. 342 is a developed line sketch with the sizes, fittings, etc., written on, and Fig. 343 is a developed draw- ing with complete dimensions and notes. Such drawings are valuable when Usting or making up an order as well as for the pipe fitters to work from. A free-hand Une sketch, as a preliminary step in laying out a steam line, can often be made in this way. 3t OA*- ,1 I k^ ^ ^ 'e ^-^ ^-.JZamltkl»(f!&'^ H k eef ,3i'r^ S^ J -fiiJ' Jitt-fit^^ Sic/ltuui^ Fig. 342. Developed Sketch. Isometric Drawing. — Two forms of pictorial drawing lend themselves readily to piping drawings, isometric and oblique. Both show the position of the pipe in space and are easily drawn and easily understood. They are especially valuable for sketch- ing and preliminary layout work. The principles here given will enable anyone to make use of this convenient form of representa- tion. Isometric drawing is based upon the three edges of a cube which come together at a corner. The lines representing these three edges are called isometric axes. One of these axes is vertical and the other two make angles of 30 degrees with the horizontal. See Fig. 344. These three lines represent three directions in space. 320 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING tnid fe PIPING DRAWINGS 821 lines parallel to the axes are called isometric lines. All other lines are non-isometric lines. All measurements are made along the axes or along isometric lines. Non-isometric lines cannot be Fig. 344. Isometric Axes. measm-ed or laid off directly, but must be transferred from an orthographic projection. The method of doing this is shown in Figs. 345, 346, and 347, where both orthographic and isometric drawings are shown for several cases. Angles are drawn in isomet- ric by transferring from the orthographic projection, as shown in Fig. 347, where B-C makes an angle with the other lines. It will be noticed that the effect of position in space would be lost ■Orthcgrephfc I I U ^ Figs. 345 and 346. Orthographic and Isometric Representations. without the isometric lines in Fig. 346. Circles show as ellipses when drawn in isometric, but are generally drawn by approxi- mate methods as shown on the three faces of the cube, Fig. 348, 322 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING where two radii having centres at A and B are used. Circular arcs can be drawn by the same method. In Fig. 349 the method of boxing in and laying out dimensions is shown for a plain ell. The orthographic projections of the ell OrfhogrvphtG Fig. 347. Orthographic and Isometric Representations. are shown at A and the points are niunbered to correspond with the isometric views. The first step is to lay off the centre dis- tances 2~S and S-4 as shown at B. The centre for the arc is found by the intersection of perpendiculars from 2 and 4- The distances are indicated by dimension lines on Figs. A and B, and are the same length in both figures. Appmjrfmtffm Fig. 348. Isometric Circles. The next step is to lay out the diameters for the isometric circles, as shown at C. The centres for the arcs are shown at D and the completed eU at E. PIPING DRAWINGS 323 Cerrter ^m Fig. 349. Steps in Making Isometric Drawing of a Plain Elbow. 324 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Fig. 350. Isometric Drawing of Screwed Elbow. Fig. 351. Isometric Drawing of Flanged Tee. -iJ ^^^'^ PIPING DRAWINGS 325 The method of blocking in and drawing a screwed ell is indi- cated in Fig. 350. The construction for a flanged tee is indicated in Fig. 351, in which some of the dimensions are noted. The Fig. 352. Isometric Drawings of Pipe. manner of obtaining the isometric diameter for piping is shown in Fig. 352, in which the measure of the actual diameter is marked. Some examples of piping as represented by isometric drawing are shown in Fig. 353 and other parts of the book. Fig. 353. The method of laying out for a definite problem is shown in Figs. 354, 355 and 356. A sketch plan and elevation for an engine exhaust are shown in Fig. 354. The piping and engine room are 326 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING TB -C«H-© Gmeftnaer ^JHoriffa Plan £>^/fre />>wy» /thntaiphmrfcl -04—4 ■ — *■ CaMbffser £nff/ffe y/zmm. Fig. 354. Plan and Elevations of Piping. •4/ Fig. 355. Isometric Drawing. PIPING DRAWINGS 327 boxed in, and the centres of pipe lines, valves, and fittings are measured off parallel to isometric lines as indicated in Fig. 355. Fig. 356. Isometrio DrawingB. The dimensions and notes are left off for the sake of clearness in showing the construction, but a few distances are indicated to show the manner of lajdng off measurements. Fig. 356 is the same as Fig. 355 except that the boxing has been left off. ^ Any conyanJant ano/m. .!_ Fig. 357. Oblique Axes. With a Uttle practice it is possible to make free hand isometric drawings that are a great help in clearing up ideas and deciding locations. Oblique Drawings. — Oblique drawings are made by the use of three axes located as shown in Fig. 357. Lines parallel to the 328 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING plane of the front face of the cube show in their true length and angles in their true size. The drawing of circles is shown on the Fig. 358. Oblique Circles. faces of the cube, Fig. 358. It should be noted that the centre for arcs is found by the intersection of perpendiculars erected at the points of tangency of the arcs. Except for the change in Fig. 359. Oblique Drawing. angles this method is the same as for isometric. Fig. 359 shows an oblique drawing. CHAPTER XVIII SPECIFICATIONS Specifications. — The specification of materials and piping apparatus for various purposes involves a knowledge of the con- ditions under which they are to be used. In the preceding chapters of this book an attempt has been made to describe piping ma- terials, commercial sizes, and to indicate the uses for which they are adapted. The possible consequences due to the failure of piping, often involving loss of life, are such that the best material, workman- ship, and design should always be the end in view when prepar- ing piping specifications. Some fluids and the materials adapted for use with them are as follows: Far cold water — almost any material, but depending upon pressure and impurities. For impure cold water — brass or similar composition. For hot water — brass or similar composition, galvanized iron, cast iron. For salt water or brine — brass or other composition. For ammonia water — iron or steel. For weak sulphuric acid — lead, lead lined iron or steel. For strong sulphuric add — wrought iron, wrought steel, cast iron. F(yr hydrochloric add — lead, lead-hned pipe. For fuel oil — steel tubing, extra heavy wrought iron or steel; galvanized pipe. Specifications for piping can be very much simplified by the use of well made and accurate scale drawings showing the entire system with the sizes and makes of its various components. The specifications should cover whatever is not named on the draw- ings and should give the trade name, make or manufactiu-ers' names, sizes and materials for all parts of the system which in- cludes the following: kinds of pipe; method of support; provision for expansion; pipe bends; flanges; bolting and drilling; kinds 330 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING o d b I pa i .s QQ B W 53 - 3 5^ T3 ^^ «, j^^ p. C* C ■a o § 'O I ■^ Dj -9 aa I 5 p. o "3 P5 CQ H g SPECIFICATIONS 331 332 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING I o % % g-3 a g a ■ Q ■ 00 * QQ p^ 02 d 00 ^ bl) 53 •53 .a' Si OS •I OS o (U 1- Is ti 6«i 1 1 1 1 .■ Eh ^ fe 5r c; cJd OB OS ■« -4^ 1 f^W P^W .a .a .a •4^ • Si aw J 1 i H g s g » o » o fTS hra *' g »' a o» a N e ^ te ^ fe e p4 W CD - ° g * gos m o §82 -5 i=o J2 . (-1 QJ ^ O 9< io a h J O IS Mia ^ l'«?>J SPECIFICATIONS "a -S ^ g< ^ s «* 1-1 N □□ . O T3 P. a a * •O •^ QQ T3 l> 1% g REFERENCES The following sources of mfoimation are included as a means of increasing the value of the book, which is necessarily limited in its treatment of the various phases of piping and alhed sub- jects. It is not intended to be a complete list of books and articles, but is suggestive, and may be amplified by the reader. Adams, A. I. — Wood Stave Pipe. Am. Soc. C. E. Transactions, Vol. 41, p. 27. Allen, J. K. — Sizes of Flow and Return Steam Mains. 104 pp. ill. Pub. by Domestic Engineering, Chicago, 1907. Amekican District Steam Compant. — Bulletins Nos. 103 to 143 covering subject of district heating. North Tonawanda, N. Y. American Gas Institute. — Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Pipe and Special Fittings. 55 pp. (Adopted Oct. 1911 and Oct. 1913.) The Chemical Publishing Co., Easton Pa., 1914. The American Standard Pipe Flanges, Fittings and Their Bolting. — Report of Committee of Am. Soc. M. E. Revised to Mar. 7 and 20, 1914. N. Y. Armstrong Cork and Insulation Company. — Nonpareil High Pressure Covering. 80 pp., 1916. Nonpareil Cork Covering for Cold Pipes. 60 pp., 1916. Pittsburgh, Pa. Batchbller, B. C. — The Rapieff Joint is described in the American Machin- ist, April 23, 1908. Bjorling, Phillip R. — Pipe and Tubes. 344 pp. ill. Whittaker and Co., London, 1902. Booth, Wm. H. — Steam Pipes. 187 pp. ill. A. Constable & Co., Ltd., London, 1905. Browning, William D. — Dimensions of Pipe, Fittings and Valves. 88 pp. iU. 3rd ed., 1910. For sale by National Book Co., Collinwood, Ohio. Chandler, S. M. — Bursting Strength of Cast-iron Elbows and Tees. Tests at Case School of Applied Science. American Machinist, Mar., 1906. Collins, Hubert E. — Pipes and Piping. 140 pp. ill. 81.00. McGraw- HiU Book Co., N. Y. 1908. Condensed Catalogues op Mechanical Equipment. — Gives names and addresses of manufacturers of piping and equipment engineers, etc. 6th Vol., Oct., 1916. Am. Soc. M. E., N. Y. Crane Compant. — The Effect of High Temperatures on the Phjrsical Prop- erties of Some Metals and Alloys, by I. M. Bregowsky and L. W. Spring, Power Plant Piping Specifications. Chicago. 348 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Crane, R. T. — Early History of Gas Pipes. Engineering Record, July 8, 1893. Dudley, Akthtjb W. — Experiments with Wood Pipe in New Hampshire Jom'nal of the New England Waterworks Association. Sept., 1916. DuBAND, W. L. — Flow of Steam in Pipes (A Chart). Mechanical World, May 26, 1916. Ellis, George A. — Tables Relating to the Flow of Water in Cast Iron Pipes. 53 pp. Press of Springfield Printing Co., Springfield, Mass. 1883. Engineering Standards Committee. — Leslie S. Robertson, M. Inst. C. E. Sec'y. Published for the Committee by C. Lockwood & Son, London. Report No. 10, 1904. British Standard Tables for Pipe Flanges. Report No. 21, 1905. British Standard Pipe Threads for Iron or Steel Pipes. Report No. 40, 1908. British Standard Specifications for Cast Iron Spigot and Socket Low Pressure Heating Pipes. Report No. 44, 1909. British Standard Specification for Cast Iron Pipes for Hydraulic Power. Report No. 58, 1912. British Standard Specification for Cast Iron Spigot and Socket Soil Pipes. Report No. 59, 1912. British Standard Specification for Cast Iron Spigot and Socket Waste and Ventilating Pipes, for other than Soil Purposes. Evans, W. H. — Model Piping Specifications. Walworth Mfg. Co., 1915, Boston, Mass. FoRSTALL, Walton. — The Installation of Cast Iron Street Mains. 121 pp. The Chemical Pubhshing Co., Easton, Pa. 1913. Foster, E. H. — Flow of Superheated Steam in Pipes. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 29, p. 247. Friend, J. Newton. — The Corrosion of Iron and Steel. Longmans, Green Co., N. Y. 1911. Garrett, Jesse. — Making Cast Iron Pipe. Journal of N. E. Waterworks Association, Sept., 1896. Gerhard, W. P. — Gas Piping and Gas Lighting. 306 pp. $3.00. McGraw- Hill Pub. Co., N. Y. 1908. Gibson, A. H. — Water Hammer in Hydraulic Pipe Lines. 60 pp. iU. D. Van Nostrand Co., N. Y. 1909. Gthllaumb, M. — Table, Determination of Pressure Fall in Steam Piping. Journal Am. Soc. M. E., 1914, p. 0129. Harrison Safety Boiler Works. — Philadelphia, Pa. " The Exhaust Steam Heating Encyclopedia," Bulletins and Catalogs, Cochrane Heaters, Separators, Multiport Valves, etc. Hawley, W. C. — Wooden Stave Pipe. 18 pp. ill. Engineers' Society of Western Pennsylvania, Pittsburgh, Pa. Mar. 21, 1905. Herschel, Clemens. — 115 Experiments on the Carrjfing Capacity of Large, Riveted, Metal Conduits. 122 to 130 pp. J. Wiley & Sons, N. Y. 1897. Hills, H. F. — Gas and Gas Fittings. 243 pp. iU. Whittaker & Co., N. Y. 1902. LIST OF BOOKS AND REFERENCES 349 Hole, Walter. — The Distribution of Gas. 837 pp. ill. $7.50. J. Allen & Co., London, 1912. HoLLis, I. N. — Cast Iron Fittings for Superheated Steam. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 31, p. 989. HoTTB, H. M. — The Relative Corrosion of Steel and Wrought Iron Tubing. Am. Soc. for Testing Materials. Vol. 8. Hubbard, Chas. I. — Heating and Ventilation. 213 pp. American Tech- nical Society. Chicago, HI. HuTTON, William. — Hot Water Supply and Kitchen Boiler Connections, etc. 211 pp. ill. $1.50. David Williams Co., N. Y. 1913. Jatne, Stephen O. — Wood Pipe for Conveying Water for Irrigation. 40 pp. U. S. Dept. of Agricultiu'e Bulletin No. 155. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 1914. Kellog, M. W. — Pipe, Fittings, Valves, Joints, Gaskets for Superheated Steam. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 29, p. 355. Kent, Wm. — The Mechanical Engineer's Pocket-Book. $5.00. John Wiley & Sons, N. Y. Lewis, W. K. — The Flow of Viscous Liquids Through Pipes. The Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, July, 1916. LovEKEN, S. D. — Joints for High Pressure Superheated Steam or Hydraulic Work are described in the American Machinist, June 8, 1905. Machinery Data Sheet Book No. 12. — Pipe and Pipe Fittings. 44 pp. ill. $0.25. The Industrial Press, N. Y. 1910. Machinery Reference Series No. 72. — Pumps and Condensers, Steam and Water Piping. 48 pp. ill. $0.25. The Industrial Press, N. Y. 1911. Mann, A. S. — Cast Iron Valves and Fittings for Superheated Steam. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 31, p. 1003. Marks, Lionel S. — Mechanical Engineers' Handbook. 1836 pp. $5.00. McGraw-HiU Book Co., N. Y. 1916. McMillan, L. B. — The Heat Insulating Properties of Commercial Steam Pipe Coverings. Journal of Am. Soc. M. E., Jan. 1916. Meter Connections. — Report of Committee of American Gas Institute, N. Y. 1916. Miller, E. F. — The Effect of Superheated Steam on the Strength of Cast Iron, Gun Iron, and Steel. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 31, p. 998. The Flow of Superheated Ammonia Gas in Pipes. Am. Soc. Refrig. Eng'rs Journal, Sept. 1916. Morris, William L. — Steam Power Plant Piping. 490 pp. ill. $5.00. McGraw-Hill Book Co., N. Y. 1909. " National" Bulletins Nos. 1 to 24. — National Tube Co., Pittsburgh, Pa. National Tube Company, Book op Standards. — 559 pp. $2.00. Na- tional Tube Co., Pittsburgh, Pa. Peabody, Ernest H. — Oil Fuel. Paper No. 214, Trans. International Engineering Congress, 1915. The Neal Pub. Co., San Francisco, Cal. Piping. — Practical Engineer, Jan. 1, 1917. Piping for Steam Generating Plants from a Safety Point of View. — The Travelers' Standard, Vol. IV, No. 8. 350 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Preston, Abteub C. — Experiments on the Flow of Oil in Pipes. Journal of Engineering of the University of Colorado, Dec. 1915. Plumbino & Gas Fittings. — Prepared for students of the International Correspondence Schools. The Colliery Engineer Co., Scranton, Pa. 1897. Sang, A. — The Corrosion of Iron and Steel. McGraw-Hill Book Co., N. Y. 1910. Specifications for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 31 pp. Hitzel- berger, Tietenberg & Co., N. Y. 1915. ScoBBT, Fred C. — The Flow of Water in Wood-Stave Pipe. 96 pp. U. S. Dept. of Agriculture Bulletin No. 376. Government Printing Office, 1916. Washington, D. C. Snow, William, G. — Pipe Fitting Charts. 285 pp. ill. $1.50. David Williams Co., N. Y. 1912. Standard Pipe and Pipe Threads. — Report of Committee. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions. Vol. 7, pp. 20, 414; Vol. 8, p. 29. Standard Specifications. — Am. Soc. for Testing Materials. Edgar War- burg, Sec'y Treas., Philadelphia, Pa. A 53-15. For Welded Steel and Wrought Pipe. A 44r-04. For Cast Iron Pipe and Special Fittings. Standardization op Special Threads for FixTtrRES and Fittings (Straight Threads). — Report of Committee of Am. Soc. M. E. Trans. Vol. 37, p. 1263. Stanley, W. E. — Loss of Head in Pipes, Bends, Valves and Other Fittings. The Purdue Engineering Review, May, 1916. Stewart, R. T. — Strength of Steel Tubes, Pipes and Cylinders under Internal Fluid Pressure. Am. Soc. M. E. Transactions, Vol. 34. Walker, W. H. — " The Relative Corrosion of Iron and Steel Water Pipes." N. E. Water Works Association, Boston, Dec. 1911. Wehrle, George. — Instructions for Gas Company Fitters. The Gas Age. An Extensive Series of Articles begirming Sept., 1916. Weston, E. B. — Tables Showing the Loss, of Head Due to Friction of Water in Pipes. 170 pp. D. Van Nostrand Co., N. Y. 1896. Among the technical magazines which contain much information on pip- ing the following may be mentioned. Compressed Air Magazine. Engineering News, N. Y. The Gas Age, N. Y. Journal of the A. S. M. E. Journal of the N. E. Waterworks Association. Power, N. Y. Practical Engineer, Chicago. The Valve Worid, Chicago. APPENDIX The drawings shown on Plates 1 to 8 inclusive are re-drawn for reproduc- tion from piping drawings prepared by Stone & Webster Engineering Cor- poration for a steam power plant (Cannon Street Station) which they are constructing for the New Bedford Gas & Edison Light Company, New Bed- ford, Massachusetts. A brief description of the plant is contained in The Walworth Log for December, 1916, which says that it is, perhaps, the last word in every detail as regards efficiency and low cost of operation, and con- tinues: "The coal ia brought to the company's wharf in barges, transferred by an electric unloading tower through the coal crusher into storage, only crushed coal being stored. It is transferred from storage by locomotive crane and dump cars into hoppers at the east end of the station; from here by skip chutes to bunker storage at end of firing aisle. "From bunker storage to automatic stokers the coal is transferred by a traveling coal weigher, same having two compartments, one for north and the other for south boilers. By the use of bunkers and traveling ash cars the ashes are removed and disposed of in a correspondingly modem way. By the use of force draft and Babcock & Wilcox boilers they are able to meet peak loads with a Uberal boiler overload. The steam leads and mains are figvffed to provide enough steam to meet any emergency which may arise." All of the high pressure piping, and most of the low pressure work in this station was furnished by the Walworth Manufacturing Company. On the original drawings all figures and lettering are made large and very distinct. The large reduction necessary for reproduction has of course caused a loss in the matter of clearness. A great deal of valuable information in connection with the preparation of piping drawings can be obtained by a careful study of these plates. The completeness of the notes, descriptions of valves and special fittings, old and new material, location of centre lines for present and future apparatus, together with the location of bmlding features should be noted. The grade lines specified on the elevations and the location of the north point on the different plans make comparisons easy. These drawings are considered typical for modem plants operating at about 200 pounds pressure. Plates 1 and 2 show the main steam pipe lines in plan and elevation. Expansion is cared for by bends and loops. Connections from the boilers to the 12 inch header are made by 6 inch bends. The location of connections for indicating pressure gauge and recording temperature and pressure gauges is indicated on Plate 1. Plates 3 and 4 give the plan and elevation of the auxiliary exhaust lines. Plates 5 and 6 show the boiler feed lines in plan and elevation. Note the enlarged detail for the connections at the Bailey Meter. 352 A HANDBOOK ON PIPING Plate 7 gives the plan and elevation for the boiler blow-off lines. Note the location of the valves. Plate 8 shows the plan and elevation for the heater suction and city water Unes. For the use of these valuable drawings the author is indebted to the Stone & Webster Engineering Corporation, who were kind enough to supply them for this purpose. INDEX Abendroth & Root, spiral riveted pipe, 22 Air, equivalent volumes of free, 244; piping, 237, 339, 340; weight of, 239 Air lift pumping system, 244; well pipe sizes, 246 Aluminum Co. of America, 284 Aluminum piping, 284; sizes and weights, 287 American District Steam Co., 216, 219, 220, 223 American Gas Institute, 251 American Metal Hose Co., 284 American pipe threads, 35 American Radiator Co., 203, 208 Am. Soc. Mech. Engrs., 13, 18, 37, 134, 138, 140, 289, 305, 314 Am. Soc. Test Materials, 13 American Spiral Pipe Works, 25 American standard flanged fittings, 58-70 Ammonia fittings, 71 Apparatus, conventional representa- tion, 311 Armstrong Cork & Insulation Co., 295, 299 Asphalted riveted pipe, 22 Atwood line weld, 76 Auld Co., 125, 128 Automatic valves, Crane-Erwood, 121; Fisher exhaust reUef, 132; Foster, 117 Babcock's formula, 143 Back pressure valves, 130 Baldwin, Wm. J., 43 Bamboo tubes, 1 Barlow's formula, 20 Barometric condenser, 183; piping for, 184 BeU and spigot joint, 89 Bending pipe, 281; machine, 282 Benjamin, C. H., 13 Bends, pipe, 275-281; dimensions of, 275 Blake & Enowles Pump Works, 180, 185 Blow-off piping, 169, 337, 343; tanks, 170, 171. Blow-off valves, 114; arrangement of, 169 Boiler feed piping, 232; specifica- tions, 342, 344, 345 Boiler stop valves, 117 Boiler tubes, 287 Bolt circles and drilling, 79 Bolted socket joint, 89 Books and references, 347 Brackets, 273; dimensions of, 275 Brass, pipe, 29; fittings, 54; uses of, 8 Brass tubing, 285 Bregowsky, I. M., 146 Bridgeport Brass Co., 228 Briggs, Robert, 35 Briggs standard, 2 British pipe threads, 42 British standard flanges and fittings, 72 Bronze, gun, 10 Bull head tees, 60 Burhom, Edwin, 27 Bursting pressures of, cylinders, 13; flanged fittiags, 57; wrought pipe, 18,21 Bushings, 47 Butterfly valves, 114 354 INDEX Butt weld pipe, 6 By-pass valves, 103 Caps, 47 Casing, wood, 297 Casting alloys, U. S. Navy, Bureau of Steam Engineering, 9 Cast iron, bosses, 312; cylinder tests, 13 Cast iron pipe. Am. std., 64, 65; dimensions of hub and spigot, 7, 13, 15; fittings, 49; flange ends, 7; formulae for, 12; joints, 96; plain, 16; uses of, 7; weights of hub and spigot, 14; weight of plain, 16 Cast steel fittings, 71 Cast steel screwed fittings, 57 Central station heating, 217; con- densation meter, 225; interior piping, 224 Chadwick-Boston Co., 30 Chasers, number of, 40 Check valves, 111; hydraulic, 235 Clark, Walter R., 228 Clearance, 40 Closed heater piping, 190 Cochrane steam-stack and cut-out valve, 193 Coils, 316; drawings of, 317 Cold pipes, coverings for, 296 Color system, 288 Compressed air piping, 237 Compressed air transmission tables, 238, 240-243 Condensers, 176 Conductivity chart for gas pipes, 249 Conduit, split tile, 299 Connections, boiler to header, 152; exhaust main, 174; gas engine, 256; gas meter, 252-264; hot water radiator, 208; lubricator, 267; special, 88; steam radiator, 203 Converse joints, 90 Copper pipe, 8, 29; flanges for, 93; method of manufacture, 8; uses of, 8 Copper tubing, 285 Corrosion of pipe, 2 Couplings, 44, 45 Coverings, pipe, 289; forms of, 296; tests on, 289; thicknesses of, 295 Crane Co., 53, 54, 57, 78, 82, 103, 104, 121, 146 Crimped end, 94 Crosby Steam Gage & Valve Co., 100 Crosses, 46 Cylinder tests, 13 ' Detail drawing, 308 Dimensioning drawings, 312 Dimensions of, Am. std. flanged fittings, 61-70; boiler tubes, 287; brass fittings, 55; British pipe threads, 42; British std. flanged fittings, 72-75; cast iron bosses, 312; cast iron screwed fittings, 50-54; Converse lock joint pipe, 91; expansion joints, 278 Dimensions of flanges, standard weight Walmanco, 85; extra heavy Walmanco, 86; extra heavy Crane- lap, 84; extra heavy shnmk and peened, 86; extra heavy tongued and grooved, 87; extra heavy male and female, 88 Dimensions of globe and gate valves, 104^111; hub and spigot pipe, 15; lead pipe, 32; malleable iron fit- tings, 56, 57; Matheson joint pipe, 92; pipe, 11; pipe bends, 275, 281; pipe brackets, 275; pipe saddles, 283; riveted pipe flanges, 95; screwed unions, 78; spiral riveted pipe, 22-26; straight riveted pipe, 27; Universal C. I. pipe, 97; Whitworth pipe threads, 43 Dopes, pipe, 270 Double extra strong wrought pipe, 3 Drainage, 161 Drainage fittings, 167 Draining exhaust pipe, 173 Drawings, conventional representa- tion, 307; dimensioning, 312; erec- tion, 306; flanged, 315; gas piping, 260; isometric, 319-327; oblique, 328; oil piping, 266; pictorial, 319- INDEX 355 328; piping, 306; single plane, 318, 320; sketching, 316; steam piping, 309; steam power plant, 351 Drilling for bolt circles, 79 Drip and blow-off piping, 161 Drip piping, 339 Drip pockets, 163 Drips from steam cylinders, 167 Eductor condenser, 185; piping for, 186 EflSciency of pipe coverings, 290 Elbows, 46, 59 Emergency stop valves, 118, 121 Engineering Standards Committee, 73 Engines, steam lines for, 154; exhaust from, 173 English pipe, 22; formula for, 22 Equalization of pipes, formula for, 144; tables, standard wrought pipe, 147; extra strong, 148; double extra, 149 Equivalent lengths of pipe, 90° elbow, 145; elbow, tee, etc., 230 Erecting, specifications, 341 Erection drawings, 306; pipe, 269 Evans, H. W., 341 Exhaust heads, 174 Exhaust piping, 172; method of draining, 173; specifications, 333, 342 Exhaust reUef valves, 132 Expansion, 274 Expansion bends, 275, 276; radii for, 280; thickness of pipe, 281; values, 280 Expansion chart, 279 Expansion joints, 96, 277; exhaust pipe, 176 Extra heavy Am. std. C I. pipe, 65; flanged fittings, 63 Extra strong wrought pipe, 3; dimen- sions of, 18; weight of, 18 Famsworth Mfg. Co., 64 Feed piping, 232 Feed water heaters, 188 Feed water purifier, live steam, 157 Field riveted joint, 89 Filling-in piece, 315 Fisher Governor Co., 129, 131, 132 Fisher reducing yalve, 126 Fittings, flanged, Am. std. C. I., 58-70; ammonia, 71; British std., 72-75; conventional representa- tions, 310; distance pipe enters, 313; drainage, 167; form for listing, 307; gas, 247; hydraulic, 233; oil pipe, 264; riveted steel plate, 172; screwed, 44-57; sizes of water supply, 233 Flanged fittings, strength of, 57 Flanged unions, 79 Flanges, Am. std., 65-67; British std., 72, 73; dimensions of, 85 drilling, 315; for copper pipe, 93 facing, 80; male and female, 81 raised face, 80; riveted, 89; straight face, 80; tongued and grooved, 81; with follower rings, 89 Flow of water in pipes, 227; chart, 229 Foreign pipe threads, 43 Formula, Barlow's, 20 Formula for, air lift pumping system, 245; cast iron pipe, 12; compressed air transmission, 238; copper pipe, 29; English pipe, 22; flow of water, 227, 228; gas pipes, 248; lead pipe, 30; safety valves, 136; spiral riveted pipe, 22; steam pipes, 143, 144; strength of pipe, 11; wooden stave pipe, 34 Forstall, Walton, 255 Foster Engineering Co., 117, 131 Fuel piping, oil, 267; U. S. Navy, 268 Gages, pipe thread, 37; steam, 160 Gas engine connections, 256 Gas fitting, 246 Gaskets, 271; ammonia, 71 Gas meters, 250; connecting, 252; sizes of, 251 Gas pipe, sizes of, 247, 257; testing, 250 356 INDEX Gas piping, arms, 261; drawings, 260; location of, 247; obstructions and joining, 255; outlets, 256; pressure tests, 255; schedule, 257; slope of, 255; specifications, 255; stems, 261 Gate valves, 99-103; standard pres- sures and dimensions, 104^111; strength of, 104 Giesecke, P. E., 228 Globe valves, 99; standard pressures and dimensions, 104r-lll Governors, pump, 128 Gravity pipe lines, 226 Gun bronze, 10 Handling pipe, 269 Header, hve steam, 152 Heads and pressures of water, 227 Heaters, feed water, 188; piping for, 199 Heating systems, piping for, 201 High temperature, effect of, 146, 150 Hirshfield, C. P., 138 Homestead Valve Mfg. Co., 116 Hoppes Mfg. Co., 157, 163, 175, 197 Hose, metal, 284 Hot water heating, 206; down feed system, 208; forced circulation system, 208; mains and risers, 210; open tank system, 207; pipe sizes, 209 Hot water suction pipe, 232 Hub and spigot pipe, 13; weights of, 14; dimensions of, 15 HydrauUc pipe and fittings, 233 Hydraulic stop valves, 236 Jayne, S. O., 34 Jenkins Bros.,' 100 Jet condensers, 180; piping for, 181 Joints, expansion, 277; flanged for steel pipe, 81; pipe, 76; specifi- cations, 340; welded, 76 Kewanee flanged irnion, 79 Lap weld furnace, 4 Lap welding roUs, 5 Lap weld process, 3 Laterals, 59 Lead pipe, formula for, 30; history, 1; joints, 93; manufacture of, 30; uses of, 8 Lip angle, 39 Live steam header, 152 Location of valves, 113 Long bends, British std., 75 Long, H. E., 217 Long radius fittings, 59 Lubricator connections, 267 Lunkenheimer Co., 54, 101 Main header, pipe lines from, 154 Malleable iron fittings, 55 Mason Regulator _Co., 123 Materials for valves, 99; specifica- tions, 334; strength of, 9; sym- bols for, 314 Matheson joints, 90 McMiUan, L. B., 289 Metal hose, 284 Meter cock, 247 Meters, gas, 250; steam condensa- tion, 225 MiU tests of wrought pipe, 20 Ingersoll-Rand Co., 238, 244 Injector piping, 156 Insulation, 289; for water stand pipe, 304 Interlock welded necks, 76 Interior water piping, 233 Int'l Ass'n for Test. Mat'Is, 146 Isometric drawing, 319-327 National Kpe Bending Co., 192 National Tube Co., 20, 38, 51, 56, 78, 102 New Bedford Gas and Edison Light Co., 351 Nipples, 47, 48 Nozzles, 282 Nut, pipe, 47 INDEX 357 ObKque drawing, 328 Oil fuel piping, 267; U. S. Navy, 268 Oil piping, 339; drawing, 266; fittings, 264; for lubrication, 263; Phenix system, 264; Richardsonsyatem,263 Open heater piping, 198 Operation of valves, 112 Outlets, gas, 256 Out-of-doors piping, 301 Outside diameter wrought pipe, 3; weight of, 19 Philadelphia Gas Works, 255 Pictorial drawing, 319, 328 Pilot valve, 120 Pipe coverings, forms of, 287, 296 Pipe joints, 76-83 Pipe nut, 47 Pipe saddles, dimensions of, 283 Pipe sizes. See Dimensions. Pipe threading, 38; machine, 39 Pipe threads, 35; foreign, 43; sym- bols, plan and section, 316; table of standard, 36; Whitworth, 41 Pipe tools, 38-41 Piping drawings, 306 Piping for various hquids, 329 Piping schedule, service, pipe, fittings, valves, gaskets, flanges, 330 Pittsburgh Valve, Foundry and Con- struction Co., 76 Plain cast iron pipe, 16 Plan of gas piping, 260 Plugs, 47 Plug valves, 116 Pohle, E. S., 244 Pope, Henry G., 299 Pop safety valves, 132; installation of, 134 Pottery tubes, 1 Power plant piping, 330 Power plant piping drawings, 351 Preference heater, 199 Pressures, bursting, 18 Pump, and receiver, 168; and surface condenser, 179; discharge piping, 231; governors, 128; suction pip- ing, 228; weU, 231 Pumping system, air Uft, 244; well pipe sizes, 246 Pumps, exhaust from, 173; gas prov- ing, 260; steam fines for, 154 Purifier, feed water, 157; method of piping, 158 Radiator connections, hot water, 208; steam, 203 Radiators, pipe sizes, 204, 209, 212 Reducing elbows, 58 Reducing fittings, 54; Am. std., 67-69 Reducing valves, 122; sizes of, 127 Reference books, 347 Relief valves, 132, 232 Representation, conventional, 307; fittings, 310; apparatus, 311 Return trap, 163; setting for, 167 Richardson-Phenix Co., 263 Riveted pipe, joints, 94; spiral, 22; straight, 27 Roller support, 301 Russell, James, 1 Saddles, 283 Safety valves, 132; hydraulic, 235; requirements, 134 Schedule, standard piping, 330; gas piping, 257 Schutte & Koerting Co., 185, 235 Scott, J. B., 140 Screwed fittings, 44; cast iron, 50- 54; malleable, 56, 57; reducing, 54; X cast steel, 57 Screwed unions, 77, 78 Sections, conventional, 314 Separators, 161 Service cock, 247 Short bends and tees, British std., 74 Side outlet elbows, 60 Side outlet tees, 60 Sizes of, gas engine pipes, 256; gas pipes, 247, 257 Sizes of pipes. See Dimensions. Sizes of, safety valves, 135; steam pipes, 143; tile conduit, 300; water supply fittings, 233 Sketching, 316 SUp joint, 94 ©^ E = PLATE MAIN STEAM LINES -PLAN PIPING CONNECTIONS -CANNON STSTATIOI NEA^ BEDFORD SAS 4 EDISON LIGHT CO. STONE 4.WEB3TER ENSINEERINS CORP ■^5 NMIN SI PIPING CON NEW BE STONE PLATE 2 p piece ni/ner 6y S.£ CS e Sy/^orf V^&I(^rm^/nejMit'^^y I f fo i9 AmBr/'coft \M LINES -ELEVATION |tions-cannon ST. station JRD 6AS & EDISON USHTCO. (EBSTER ENSINEEHIN6 CORB BOSTON e^- 4 ,* if-— -il _ "H; lV» I •i^ann.limihmpjd^ -Flo \, , '•~10''I0 '6 Sa ti^Sftf fo /?e>of ^.V-t_^ . /«-V t,o®^ *.r jM ix'-^Jx'S'Cimr) to eay&mp i^^yi iJi I* l./4S/* /, 2. 3. 4. 5, 6. 7, a. 9. tO,i present' poyvsr atatJon. Pi'pB B and under to be • end f/fti'ngs. f^pe ai'-si'inci to beSth scretv mnd fittings. Pipe 4^-/e'i/Ki.fobeSHiK Pipel^-az'uKl. to befSfe excepf as noted yai^es S"andwjt^rfifbei {^/y^sSs-Ss'fndi/si'yv to mounted, mt/i.se/Ktv ends klf/yes 4- endup A> be Sta tvifh f tanged ends. OS > P SO- PS3 fi'pe in pre. Fit to r£7ini;i. Ffftin -r^-^n — r .^a^t^.. AUXILIARY EX PIPIN6 CONNECTI NEW BEDFORD 5TONE4WEB; PLATE 3 n f4x/4>f6 Tie TW^firturm Sepanaiort Joint it NOTE For ekwtiona and secf/o/a see D^. f^-^593l(f^af&4J Size and dr/fh'ng of f/eviges to be American Standarel unfess afhenv/ae noted. /i /. 3, 3, 4, S. 6. Z e, 9, /O. II, 12. 13. A M-^ux/IUanos fn present^ po^/er station. Pipe S'and under to tie E-SS/eel lYifh Sl^ ivt.C/.sereMr end fittings. Pipeai-Ji'ifKltobeSt'dwtS^lmthStyivt CI. screiv mnd fittings. Pipe 4-'-t2''incl. tobeSM. ivt.Steel nithSfd wtCJ. ftangetf fittings. • Pipe 14"- 22'ifKl to be f Steel trithSid.wt CI. flangea fittings except as noted yalyesS"and^ndertobeStd.i¥t.ghbeCbn^. kislde screixrends. Values Si'-Si inciitsive to be Std wt g/obe CI. body, Ixvnxe mot/nfed, tfitb sereiv ends 0-Sand Y. iib/yes 4-andi/p to be Std-^t. gate,CJ- betfy, bronxe /nOentw^, ivilh flanged ends, OS end Y- P SO- PSS P^pe in present Station. r 11 to FS7incJ. Fittings In present Sta f ton- X -^D Conn, io drairt IVi/h foop 9aa/ ;jL. '^ d ■no* AUXILIARY EXHAUST LINES -PLAN PIPING CONNECTIONS-CANNON ST. STATION NEW BEDFORD SAS 4 EDISON LISHTCa- STONE 4 WEBSTER ENelNEERIN6 CORB xlO Ex.Hemyl ® ® @ @ ® PLATE 4 "D-D" 'on Flange ^ Gr32.SO A/OT£S Size ami drilling of flanges to be American Standard unless ofheri^iae noted. A- l-S-3-4-5-6-7-e-9-lQr/H4 auxlllariea in present station. U-l9-S0-4hS4-S5-S6-S7 valves In present station, F-30-31-32-33 f/ttings In present atatien. P~20-2Z-23-BS-S6-a7-29-30 pipe In present station. Piping In present stof /on to be usedaa faraspossib^ All flanges adjacent to present f/ttlnga & yatves to bt drilled from templates mode In field. For plan see Drowmg R-45930 [P/ats3j Pipe 2 "a under to bo £.S. steel t^f»i Std, vr't. C. /. serene end fittings. Pipe 2i-3i' inch to be Std.wt. stemt vfith Std.wt.Ci. screw end fittings Pipe 4-"-/2"inel. Std. wt sfeel with St. wt C. I. flanged f/lf/'ngs Pipe l4-'22''incf to be ^' steel »rm Std. wt. C.f. flanged fittings except as noted Vaiyes 3 "and under to be Std. tvt. globe conyMsttfon Inside screvir ends. Vatuvs Ss-Ss'lncl. to tie Std. tvt. giobe CI body bronze mounted tvlth screw ends O-S- £t Y. Valines ^" A up to be 5td. tvt. gate C./. bedy £»rwrx mounted in^ltb f/anged ends O. 3- Qe Y- AUXILIARY EXHAUST LINES-ELEVATION PIPING CONNECTIONS-CANNON ST. STATION NEW BEDFORD 6AS & EDISON LISHTCft- STONE & WEBSTER ENGINEERINS CORR BOSTON PL/fN AT Gfl 3S.S SaMi'-l'-O' ® @ ® T SECTION B-B • KS'4»4SAiswHet tee NOTESf All flatga to iie <^/lfed j^mtriem 3fatri tin^aa ofHeri^/se f»fed A-S-IO /luxifiarias In pmenf f^r^ari BoilBra S II, i3&fS to bm reme*af frdi. f^Bwmr Stcif/en. for £/eya//ana ond Sect/oraSee Dni% for Boifar Fe&ct ffegukifor Arr. See SPECIAL FITTING NF 33 Sca^ I'l-O" Make I Thv3 CI PLAN AT^ BOILERS Scale 4'= I'-O'- @ @ PLATE 5 SPECIAL riTTINO N^S^ Sea/a f'/'-O' '/o'-H >l%)Ac / Thaa.SemStm»t SPECIAL FiTTING N.t25 Scoh r=i'o' Moke J thtia Sem'Stetl. BOILER FEED LINES -PLAN PIPING CONNECTIONS-CANNON ST. STATION NEW BEDFORD SAS & EDISON LI6HTC0. STONE iWEBSTER ENSJNEERINS CORR BOSTON 3&IS-0'S6'0 6'erhra heavy pfpe f/'/pe /^ See/vfe 'S Pipe tap See ifete DETAIL AT BAILEY METER Hofes fori'p/pea air to be tappea per^tfy fowl, square \iH^ pfpe ffirough ceafa- ofp^e and hat any e/eeper fffon nacessaiy for eni(b of ffediafar coftn tiena te te ffuah wifft /raJcfe of pipe- Orif/ee gasHet fo be wmUceeteti tif/ffi gnrphi/e, phcetf centra/ tv/^ pipe and m/h ear i?efwixn fToef'afofs — ^ Thickness of orifice p/a^ nef faften iith aecot/nfin i&ne^Sianing pipe ForJ.0.3l5GA t/se ^ abayv deiai/ ^Ith a 6'pipe i^fead of on e'pipe j (■ @ ® ® (5) V ^...^.v4^ @ @ ® O ; .11 uz '1 1 e'STts K-^ B'6'BT 6 2 4fi ■4 It: D' c B-B D. VAN NOSTRAND COMPANY 25 PARK PLACE NEW YORK SHORT-TITLE CATALOG OF Publications antr 3mp0rtati0n0 OP SCIENTIFIC AND ENGINEERING BOOKS This list includes the technical publications of the following English publishers: SCOTT, GREENWOOD & CO. JAMES MUNRO & CO., Ltd. CONSTABLE&COMPANY,Ltd. TECHNICAL PUBLISHING CO ELECTRICIAN PRINTING & PUBLISHING CO. for vrhom D. Van Nostrand Company are American agents. 4 D. VAN NpSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Barnard, J. H. The Naval Militiaman's Guide i6mo, leather i oo Barnard, Major J. G. Rotary Motion. (Science Series No. 90.) i6m(i, 050 Bafnes, J. B. Elements of Military Sketching i6mo, *o 60 Barms, G. H. Engine Tests 8vo, *4 °o Barwise, S. The Purification of Sewage i2n>o, 3 5° Baterden, J. R. Timber. (Westminster Series.) S'vo, *2 00 Bates, E. L., and Charlesworth, F. Practical Mathematics and Geometry izmo, Part I. Preliminary and Elementary Course *i 50 Part II. Advanced Course *i 50 Practical Mathematics i2mo, *l 5° Practical Geometry and Graphics i2mo, 2 00 Batey, J. The Science of Works Management .i2mo, *i 50 Steam Boilers^ and Combustion ,. . . i2mo, *i 50 Bayonet Training Manual i6mo, o 30 Beadle, C. Chapters on Papermaking. Five Volumes i2mo, each, *2 00 Beaum'ont, R. Color in Woven Design 8vo, *6 00 Finishing of Textile Fabrics 8vo, *4 00 Standard Cloths 8vo, *5 00 Beaumont, W. W. The Steam-Engine Indicator 8vo, • 2 50 Eechhold, H. Colloids in Biology and Medicine. Trans, by J. G. Bifllowa (In Press.) Beckwith, A. Pottery Svo, paper, o 60 Bedell, F., and Pierce, C. A. Direct and Alternating Current Manual. • Svo, 4 00 Beech, F. Dyeing of Cotton Fabrics Svo, 4 00 Dyeing of Woolen Fabrics Svo, *3 50 Begtrup, J. The Slide Valve Svo, *2 00 Beggs, G. E. Stresses in Railway Girders and Bridges (In Press.) Bender, C. E. Continuous Bridges. (Science Series No. 26.) i6mo, 050 Proportions of Pins used in Bridges. (Science Series No. 4.) i6mo, o so Bengough, G. D. Brass. (Metallurgy Series.) (In Press.) Bennett, H. G. The Manufacture of Leather Svo, *5 00 Bernthsen, A. A Text - book of Organic Chemistry. Trans, by G. M'Gowan izmo, *3 00 Bersch, J. Manufacture of Mineral and Lake Pigments. Trans, by A. C. Wright Svo, Bertin, L. E. Marine Boilers. Trans, by L. S. Robertson Svo, Beveridge, J. Papermaker's Pocket Book i2mo, Binnie, Sir A. Rainfall Reservoirs and Water Supply Svo, Binns, C. F. Manual of Practical Potting Svo, The Potter's Craft i2mo, Birchmore, W. H. Interpretation of Gas Analysis i2mo, Blaine, R. G. The Calculus and Its Applications i2mo, Blake, W. H. Brewers' Vade Mecum Svo, Blasdale, W. C. Quantitative Chemical Analysis. (Van Nostrand's Textbooks.) i2mo, Bligh, W. G. The Practical Design of Irrigation Works Svo, *s 00 5 00 *4 00 *3 00 *7 so *2 00 •l 25 *I so *4 00 *2 50 *6 00 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 5 > Bloch, L. Science of Illuinination. Trans, by W. C. Clinton 8vo, *2 50 Blok, A. Illumination and Artificial Lighting i2nio, i 25 Bliicher, H. Modem Industrial Chemistry. Trans, by J. P. Millington. 8vo, *7 50 Blyth, A. W. Foods: Their Composition and Analysis 8vo, 7 50 Poisons: Their Effects and Detection Sto, 7 50 Bockmann, F. Celluloid i2mo, '2 $0 Bodmer, G. R. Hydraulic Motors and Turbines i2mo, 5 00 Boileau, J. T. Traverse Tables 8vo, 5 00 Bonney, 6. E. The Electro-platers' Handbook i:2mo, i 50 Booth, N. Guide to the Ring-spinning Frame izmo, *i 23 Booth, W. H. Water Softening and Treatment 8vo, *2 50 — — Superheaters and Superheating and Their Control . ) 8vo, *i 50 Bottcher, A. Cranes: Their Construction, Mechanical Equipment and Working. Trans, by A. Tolhausen 4to, *io 00 Bottlet, M. Modern Bleaching Agents. Trans, by C. Salter .... i2mo, *2 50 Bottone, S. R. Magnetos for Automobilists x2mo, *i 00 Boulton, S. B. Preservation of Timber. (Science Series No. 82.). i6mo, 050 Bourcart, E. Insecticides, Fungicides and Weedkillers 8vo, "4 50 Bourgougnon, A. Physical Problems. (Science Series No. 113.) . i6mo, 050 Bourry, E. Treatise on Ceramic Industries. Trans, by A. B. Searle. 8vo, *5 00 Bowie, A. J., Jr. A Practical Treatise on Hydraulic Mining 8vo, S 00 Bowles, O. Tables of Common Rocks. (Science Series No. i2S.).i6mo, o 50 Bowser, E. A. Elementary Treatise on Analytic Geometry i2mo, i 75 Elementary Treatise on the Differential and Integral Calculus . izmo, 2 25 — — Elementary Treatise on Analytic Mechanics i2mo, 3 00 Elementary Treatise on Hydro-mechanics i2mo, 2 50 A Treatise on Roofs and Bridges i2mo, *2 25 Boycott, G. W. M. Compressed Air Work and Diving 8vo, *4 . 00 Bragg, E. M. Marine Engine Design i2mo, *2 00 Design of Marine Engines and Auxiliaries 8vo, *3 00 Brainard, F. R. The Sextant. (Science Series No. loi.) i6mo, Brassey's Naval Annual for 1915. War Edition 8vo, 400 Briggs, R., and Wolff, A. R. Steam-Heatmg. (Science Series No. 68.) i6mo, o 50 Bright, C. The Life Story of Sir Charles Tilson Bright 8vo,' *4 50 Brisiee, T. J. Introduction to the Study of Fuel. (Outlines of Indus- trial Chemistry.) 8vo, *3 00 Broadfoot, S. K. Motors: Secondary Batteries. (Installation Manuals Series.) "mo, *o 75 Broughton, H. H. Electric Cranes and Hoists *9 00 Brown, G. Healthy Foundations. (Science Series No. 80.) i6mo, o 50 Brown, H. Irrigation 8vo, *5 00 Brown, H. Rubber ' -Svo, *2 00 W. A. Portland Cement Industry 8vo, 3 00 Brown, Wm. N. Dipping, Burnishing, Lacquering and Bronzing Brass Ware : "mo. *i ^5 . Handbook on Japanning izmOi *i 5° 6 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Brown, Wm. N. The Art of Enamelling on Metal .' i2mo, *i oo • House Decorating and Painting i2mo, *i 5" — — History of Decorative Art i2mo, *i 2S ■ "Workshop Wrinkles 8vo, *i oo Browne, C. L. Fitting and Erecting of Engines 8vo, *i 50 Browne, R. E. Water Meters. (Science Series No. 81.) i6mo, o 50 Bruce, E. M. Pure Food Tests i2mo, *i 25 Detection of Common Food Adulterants i2mo, i 25 Brunner, R. Manufacture of Lubricants, Shoe Polishes and Leather Dressings. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, *3 00 Buel, R. H. Safety Valves. (Science Series No. 21.) i6mo, o 50 Bunkley, J. W. Military and Naval Recognition Book i6mo, i 00 Burley, G. W. Lathes, Their Construction and Operation i2mo, i 25 Burnside, W. Bridge Foundations i2mo, *i 50 Burstall, F. W. Energy Diagram for Gas. With Text 8vo, i 50 Diagram. Sold separately *i 00 Burt, W. A. Key to the Solar Compass i6mo, leather, * 2 50 Buskett, E. W. Fire Assaying i2mo, *i 25 Butler, H. J. Motor Bodies and Chassis 8vo, *2 50 Byers, H. G., and Knight, H. G. Notes on Qualitative Analysis 8vo, *i 50 Cain, W. Brief Course in the'Calculus i2mo, "i 75 Elastic Arches. (Science Series No. 48.) i6mo, o 50 — — ^^Maximum Stresses. (Science Series No. 38.) i6mo, o 50 — — Practical Designing Retaining of Walls. (Science Series No. 3.) i6mo, o 50 — — Theory of Steel-concrete Arches and of Vaulted Structures. (Science Series No. 42.) i6mo, o 30 — — Theory of Voussoir Arches. (Science Series No. 12.) i6mo, o 50 Symbolic Algebra. (Science Series No. 73.) i6mo, o 50 Carpenter, F. D. Geographical Surveying. (Science Series No. 37.).i6mo, Carpenter, R. C, and Diederichs, H. Internal Combustion Engines. . 8vo, *5 00 Carter, H. A. Ramie (Rhea), China Grass i2mo, *2 00 Carter, H. R. Modern Flax, Hemp, and Jute Spinning 8vo, *3 00 Bleaching, Dyeing and Finishing of Fabrics Svo, *i 00 Gary, E. R. Solution of Railroad Problems with the Slide Rule . . i6mo, *i 00 easier, M. D. Simplified Reinforced Concrete Mathematics i2mo, *i 00 Cathcart, W. L. Machine Design. Part I. Fastenings Svo, '3 00 Cathcart, W. L., and Chaffee, J. I. Elements of Graphic Statics . . .8vo, "3 00 Short Course in Graphics i2mo, i 50 Caven, R. M., and Lander, G. D. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry. i2mo, *2 00 Chalkley, A. P. Diesel Engines ' Svo, *4 00 Chambers' Mathematical Tables Svo, i 75 Chambers, G. F. Astronomy i6mo, 'i 50 Chappel, E. Five Figure Mathematical Tables Svo, *2 00 Charnock, Mechanical Technology Svo, *3 00 Charpentier,*P. Timber Svo, *6 00 Chatley, H. Principles and Designs of Aeroplanes. (Science Series No. 126) i6mo, o so How to Use Water Power i2mo, *i 00 Gyrostatic Balancing . . .' Svo, *i 00 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 7 Child, C. D. Electric Arc .". . .8vo, *2 00 Christian, M. Disinfection and Disinfectants. Trans, by Chas. Salter i2mo, 2 00 Christie, W. W. Boiler-waters, Scale, Corrosion, Foaming .'8vo, '3 00 — — Chimney Design and Theory 8vo, *3 00 Furnace Draft. (Science Series No. 123.) i6mo, o 50 Water: Its Purification and Use in the Industries '. . . .8vo, *2 00 Church's Laboratory Guide. Rewritten by Edward Kinch 8vo, *i 50 Clapham, J. H. Woolen and Worsted Industries 8vo, 200 Clapperton, G. Practical Papermalfing 8vo, 2 50 Clark, A. G. Motor Car Engineering. Vol. I. Construction "3 00 Vol. II. Design 8vo, *3 00 Clark, C. H. Marine Gas Engines i2mo, *i 50 Clark, J. M. New System of Laying Out Railway Turnouts i2mo, r 00 Clarke, J. W., and Scott, W. Plumbing Practice. Vol. I. Lead Working and Plumbers' Materials 8vo, *4 00 Vol. II. Sanitary Plumbing and Fittings (In Press.) Vol. III. Practicar Lead Working on Soofs (In Press.) Clarkson, E. B. Elementary Electrical Engineering (In Press.) Clausen-Thue, W. ABC Universal Commercial Telegraphic Code. Sixth Edition (In Press.) Clerk, D., and Idell, F. E. Theory of the Gas Engine. (Science Series No. 62.) i6mo, o 50 Clevenger, S. R. Treatise on the Method of Government Surveying. i6mo, morocco, 2 50 Clouth, F. Rubber, Gutta-Percha, and Balata 8vo, *s on Cochran, J. Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Specifications Svo, *2 50 Inspection of Concrete Construction 8vo, *4 00 Treatise on Cement Specifications Svo, *i 00 Cocking, W. C. Calculations for Steel-Frame Structures i2mo, *2 25 CoflSn, J. H. C. Navigation and Nautical Astronomy i2mo, *3 50 Colburn, Z., and Thurston, R. H. Steam Boiler Explosions. (Science Series No. 2.) i6mo, o 50 Cole, R. S. Treatise on Photographic Optics i2mo, i 50 Coles-Finch, W. Water, Its Origin and Use Svo, *s 00 Collins, J. E. Useful Alloys and Memoranda for Goldsmiths, Jewelers. i6mo, o 50 Collis, A. G. High and Low Tension Switch-Gear Design 8vo, *3 50 Switchgear. (Installation Manuals Series.) i2mo, *o 50 Comstock, D. F., and Troland, L. T. The Nature of Electricity and Matter Svo, *2 00 Coombs, H. A. Gear Teeth. (Science Series No. 120.) i6mo, o 50 Cooper, W. R. Primary Batteries Svo, "4 00 Copperthwaite, W. C. Tunnel Shields 4to, *9 00 Corfield, W. H. Dwelling Houses. (Science Series No. 50.) i6mo, o 50 Water and Water-Supply. (Science Series No. 17.) i6mo, o 50 Cornwall, H. B. Manual of Blow-pipe Analysis Svo, •2 50 Cowee, G. A. Practical Safety Methods and Devices Svo, "3 oo 8 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Cowell, W. B. Pure Air, Ozone, and Water izmo, *2 oo Craig, J. W., and Woodward, W. P. Questions and Answers About Electrical Apparatus i2mo, leather, i 50 Craig, T. Motion of a Solid in a Fuel. (Science Series No. 49.) . i6mo, o 50 Wave and Vortex Motion. (Science Series No. 43.) i6mo, o 50 Cramp, W. Continuous Current Machine Design 8vo, *2 50 Crehore, A. C. Mystery of Matter and Energy 8vo, i 00 Creedy, F. Single Phase Commutator Motors 8vo, *2 00 Crocker, F. B. Electric Lighting. Two Volrunes. 8vo. Vol. I. The Generating Plant 300 Vol. n. Distributing Systems and Lamps Crocker, F. B., and Arendt, M. Electric Motors 8vo, *2 50 Crocker, F. B., and Wheeler, S. S. The Management of Electrical Ma- chinery i2mo, *i 00 Cross, C. F., Bevan, E. J., and Sindall, R. W. Wood Pulp and Its Applica- tions. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, Crosskey, L. R. Elementary Perspective 8vo, Crosskey, L. R., and Thaw, J. Advanced Perspective 8vo, Culley, J. L. Theory of Arches. (Science Series No. 87.) i6mo, Cushing, H. C, Jr., and Harrison, N. Central Station Management . . . Dadourian, H. M. Analytical Mechanics i2mo, Dana, R. T. Handbook of Construction plant i2mo, leather, Danby, A. Natural Rock Asphalts and Bitumens 8vo, Davenport, C. The Book. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, Davey, N. The Gas Turbine 8vo, Davies, F. H. Electric Power and Traction 8vo, Fotindations and Machinery Fixing. (Installation Manual Series.) i6mo, Deerr, N. Sugar Cane 8vo, Deite, C. Manual of Soapmaking. Trans, by S. T. King 4to, DelaCoux, H. The IndustrialUses of Water. Trans, by A. Morris. 8vo, Del Mar, W. A. Electric Power Conductors 8vo, Denny, G. A. Deep-level Mines of the Rand 4to, ' Diamond Drilling for Gold *5 00 De Roos, J. D. C. Linkages. (Science Series No. 47.) i6mo, o 50 Derr, W. L. Block Signal Operation Oblong i2mo, *i 50 Maintenance-of-Way Engineering (In Preparation.) Desaint, A. Three Hundred Shades and How to Mix Them 8vo, De Varona, A. Sewer Gases. (Science Series No. 55.) i6mo, Devey, R. G. Mill and Factory Wiring. (Installation Manuals Series.) i2mo, Dibdin, W. J. Purification of Sewage and Water 8vo, Dichmann, Carl. Basic Open-Hearth Steel Process i2mo, Dieterich, K. Analysis of Resins, Balsams, and Gum Resins 8vo, Dilworth, E. C. Steel Railway Bridges 4to. ' Dinger, Lieut. H. C. Care and Operation of Naval Machinery . . . i2mo, Dixon, D. B. Machinist's and Steam Engineer's Practical Calculator. i6mo, morocco, i 25 Dodge, G. F. Diagrams for Designing Reinforced Concrete Structures, folio, *4 00 *2 I 00 25 I *2 50 50 00 *3 *S 00 00 *2 *2 so 00 "4 *2 00 00 *I 8 00 00 *5 00 *4 50 *2 00 ■10 00 »8 00 50 *I 00 6 50 "3 SO *3 00 *4 00 "2 00 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 9 Dommett, W. E. Motor Car Mechanism i2mo, *i so Dorr, B. F. The Surveyor's Guide and Pocket Table-book. i6mo, morocco, 2 00 Draper, C. H. Elementary Text-book of Light, Heat and Sound . . i2mo, i 00 Heat and the Principles of Thermo-dynamics lamo, *2 00 Dron, R. W. Mining Formulas i2mo, i 00 Dubbel, H. High Power Gas Engines 8vo, *5 00 Dumesny, P., and Noyer, J. Wood Products, Distillates, and Extracts. 8vo, *4 so Duncan, W. G., and Penman, D. The Electrical Equipment of Collieries. 8vo, Dunkley, W. G. Design of Machine Elements 8vo, Dunstan, A. E., and Thole, F. B. T. Textbook of Practical Chemistry. i2mo, Durham, H. W. Saws 8vo, Duthie, A. L. Decorative Glass Processes. (Westminster Series.) . 8vo, Dwight, H. B. Transmission Line Formulas .' 8vo, Dyson, S. S. Practical Testing of Raw Materials 8vo, Dyson, S. S., and Clarkson, S. 8. Chemical Works 8vo, Eccles, W. H. Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony izmo, Eck, J. Light, Radiation and Illumination. Trans, by Paul Hogner, 8vo, Eddy, H. T. Maximum Stresses under Concentrated Loads 8vo, Eddy, L. C. Laboratory Manual of Alternating Currents i2mo, Edelman, P. Inventions and Patents i2mo, Edgcumbe, K. Industrial Electrical Measuring Instruments 8vQy {In Press.) Edler, R. Switches and Switchgear. Trans, by Ph. Laubach. . .8vo, Eissler, M. The Metallurgy of Gold 8vo, The Metallurgy of Silver 8vo, The Metallurgy of Argentiferous Lead 8vo, A Handbook on Modern Explosives 8vo, Ekin, T. C. Water Pipe and Sewage Discharge Diagrams folio, Electric Light Carbons, Manufacture of 8vo, Eliot, C. W., and Storer, F. H. Compendious Manual of Qualitative Chemical Analysis r2mo, *i 25 Ellis, C. Hydrogenation of Oils 8vo, {In Press.) Ellis, G. Modem Technical Drawing 8vo, *z 00 Ennis, Wm. D. Linseed Oil and Other Seed Oils 8vo, Applied Thermodynamics 8vo, ■ Flying Machines To-day i2mo, Vapors for Heat Engines i2mo, Ermen, W. F. A. Materials Used in Sizing 8vo, Erwin, M. The Universe and the Atom izmo, Evans, C. A. Macadamized Roads {In Press.) Ewing, A. J, Magnetic Induction in Iron 8vo, Fairie, J. Notes on Lead Ores izmo, *o 50. Notes on Pottery Clays izmo, *i 50 *4 00 I 50 'I 40 2 50 *2 00 *2 00 "5 00 *7 50 *4 so *2 50 I 50 50 *I 50 *4 00 7 SO 4 00 5 00 5 00 "3 00 I 00 *4 00 *4 SO *i so *i 00 *2 00 *2 00 *4 00 lO D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Fairley, W., and Andre, Geo. J. Ventilation of Coal Mines. (Science Series No. s8.) i6mo, o 50 Fairweather, W. C. Foreign and Colonial Patent Laws 8vo, *3 00 Falk, M. S. Cement Moitars and Concretes 8vo, *2 50 Fanning, J. T. Hydraulic and Water-supply Engineering 8vo, *S 00 Fay, I. W. The Coal-tar Colors 8vo, *4 00 Fembach, R. L. Glue and Gelatine 8vo, *3 00 Firth, J. B. Practical Physical Chemistry i2mo, *i 00 Fischer, E. The Preparation of Organic Compounds. Trans, by R. V. Stanford I2m04 *i 25 Fish, J. C. L. Lettering of Working Drawings Oblong 8vo, i 00 Mathematics of the Paper Location of a Railroad, .paper, i2mo, *o 25 Fisher, H. K. C, and Darby, W. C. Submarine Cable Testing 8vo, *3 50 Fleischmann, W. The Book of the Dairy. Trans, by C. M. Aikman. 8vo, 4 00 Fleming, J. A. The Alternate-current Transformer. Two Volumes. 8vo. Vol. L The Induction of Electric Currents *5 00 Vol. n. The Utilization of Induced Currents 5 50 Propagation of Electric Currents 8vo, *$ 00 A Handbook for the Electrical Laboratory and Testing Room. Two Volumes 8vo, each, *5 00 Fleury, P. Preparation and Uses of White Zinc Paints 8vo, *2 50 Flynn, P. J. Flow of Water. (Science Series No. 84.) i2mo, o 50 Hydraulic Tables. (Science Series No. 66.) i6mo, o 50 Forgie, J. Shield Tunneling 8vo. (In Press.) Foster, IT. A. Electrical Engineers' Pocket-book. {Seventh Edition.) i2mo, leather, 5 00 Engineering Valuation of Public Utilities and Factories 8vo, *3 00 Handbook of Electrical Cost Data 8vo (In Press.) Fowle,'F. F. Overhead Transmission Line Crossings i2mo, 'i 50 The Solution of Alternating Current Problems 8vo (In Press.) Foz, W. G. Transition Curves. (Science Series No. no.) i6mo, o 50 Fox, W., and Thomas, C. W. Practical Course in Mechanical Draw- ing i2mo, I 25 Foye, J. C. Chemical Problems. (Science Series No. 69.) i6mo, o 50 Handbook of Mineralogy. (Science Series No. 86.) i6mo, o 50 Francis, J. B. Lowell Hydraulic Experiments 4to, 15 00 Franzen, H. Exercises in Gas Analysis izmo, *i 00 Freudemacher, P. W. Electrical Mining Installations. (Installation Manuals Series.) i2mo, *i 00 Frith, J. Alternating Current Design 8vo, *2 00 Fritsch, J. Manufacture of Chemical Manures. Trans, by D. Grant. 8vo, *4 00 Frye, A. I. Civil Engineers' Pocket-book i2mo, leather, •$ 00 Fuller, G. W. Investigations into the Purification of the Ohio River. 4to, '10 00 Furnell, J. Paints, Colors, Oils, and Varnishes 8vo. *i 00 Gairdner, J. W. I. Earthwork 8vo {In Press.) Gant, L. W. Elements of Electric Traction 8vo, *2 50 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG ii Garcia, A. J. R. V. Spanish-English Railway Terms 8vo, *4 50 Gardner, H. A. Paint Researches, and Their Practical Applications, 8vo, *5 00 Garforth, W. E. Rules for Recovering Coal Mines after Explosions and Fires i2mo, leather, i 50 Garrard, C. C. Electric Switch and Controlling Gear 8vo, *6 00 Gaudard, J. Foundations. (Science Series No. 34.) i6nio, 050 Gear, H. B., and Williams, P. F. Electric Central Station Distribution Systems 8vo, *3 50 Geerligs, H. C. P. Cane Sugar and Its Manufacture 8vo, *s 00 Geikie, J. Structural and Field Geology 8vo, *4 00 Mountains. Their Growth, Origin and Decay 8vo, *4 00 The Antiquity of Man in Europe 8vo, *3 60 Georgi, F., and Schubert, A. Sheet Metal Working. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, 3 00 Gerhard, W. P. Sanitation, Watersupply and Sewage Disposal of Country Houses i2mo, *2 00 Gas Lighting (Science Series No. in.) i6mo, o 50 Household Wastes. (Science Series No. 97.) i6mo, o 50 House Drainage. (Science Series No. 63.) i6mo, o 50 • Sanitary Drainage of Buildings. (Science Series No. 93.) i6mo, o 50 Gerhardi, C. W. H. Electricity Meters 8vo, *4 00 Geschwind, L. Manufacture of Alum and Sulphates. Trans, by C. Salter Svo, *5 00 Gibbings, A. H. Oil Fuel Equipment for Locomotives 8vo, *2 50 Gibbs, W. E. Lighting by Acetylene i2mo, *i 50 Gibson, A. H. Hydraulics and Its Application Svo, "^5 00 Water Hammer in Hydraulic Pipe Lines i2mo, *2 00 Gibson, A. H., and Ritchie, E. G. Circular Arc Bow Girder 4to, *3 50 Gilbreth, F. B. Motion Study i2mo, *2 00 Bricklaying System Svo, "^3 00 Field System lamo, leather, *3 00 Primer of Scientific Management i2mo, *i 00 Gillette, H. P. Handbook of Cost Data i2mo, leather, *5 00 ■ Rock Excavation Methods and Cost i2mo, *5 00 and Dana, R. T. Cost Keeping and Management Engineering . Svo, ''3 50 and Hill, C. S. Concrete Construction, Methods and Cost. .. .Svo, *5 00 Gillmore, Gen. Q. A. Roads, Streets, and Pavements i2mo, i 25 Godfrey, E. Tables for Structural Engineers i6mo, leather, *2 50 Golding, H. A. The Theta-Phi Diagram i2mo, *i 25 Goldschmidt, R. Alternating Current Commutator Motor 8vo, *3 00 Goodchild, W. Precious Stones. (Westminster Series.) Svo, »2 00 Goodeve, T. M. Textbook on the Steam-engine 12 mo, 2 00 Gore, G. Electrolytic Separation of Metals Svo, =^3 50 Gould, E. S. Arithmetic of the Steam-engine i2mo, i 00 Calculus. (Science Series No. 112.) i6mo, o 50 High Masonry Dams. (Science Series No. 22.) i6mo, 050 Gould, E. S. Practical Hydrostatics and Hydrostatic Formulas. (Science Series No. 117.) i6mo, o 50 *3 00 2 00 "■l 25 *2 so *3 00 *3 00 3 00 *3 so *4 so *l 23 *2 oo *2 00 12 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Gratacap, L. P. A Popular Guide to Minerals 8vo, Gray, J. Electrical Influence Machines i2mo, Marine Boiler Design i2nio, Greenhill, G. Dynamics of Mechanical Flight 8vo, Gregorius, R. Mineral Waxes. Trans, by C. Salter i2mo, Grierson, R. Some Modern Methods of Ventilation 8vo, Griffiths, A. B. A Treatise on Manures i2mo, Dental Metallurgy 8vo, Gross, E. Hops 8vo, Grossman, J. Ammonia and Its Compounds i2mo, Groth, L. A. Welding and Cutting Metals by Gases or Electricity. (Westminster Series) 8vo, Grover, F. Modern Gas and Oil Engines 8vo Gruner, A. Power-loom Weaving 8vo, *3 oo Grunsky, C. E. Topographic Stadia Surveying i6mo, 2 00 Guldner, Hugo. Internal Combustion Engines. Trans, by H. Diederichs. 4to, *i5 00 Gunther, C. 0. Integration Svo, Gurden, R. L. Traverse Tables folio, half morocco, Guy, A. E. Experiments on the Flexure of Beams Svo, f Haenig, A. Emery and Emery Industry Svo, Hainbach, R. Pottery Decoration. Trans, by C. Salter i2mo. Hale, W. J. Calculations of General Chemistry i2mo. Hall, C. H. Chemistry of Paints and Paint Vehicles i2mo. Hall, G. L. Elementary Theory of Alternate Current Working. . . .Svo, Hall, R. H. Governors and Governing Mechanism i2mo, Hall, W. S. Elements of the Differential and Integral Calculus Svo, Descriptive Geometry Svo volume and a 4to atlas, Haller, G. F., and Cunningham, E. T. The Tesla Coil i2mo, Halsey, F. A. Slide Valve Gears i2mo, The Use of the Slide Rule. (Science Series Ho. 114.) i6mo, Worm and Spiral Gearing. (Science Series No. 116.) i6mo, Hancock, H. Textbook of Mechanics and Hydrostatics Svo, Hancock, W. C. Refractory Materials. (Metallurgy Series.) (In Press.) Hardy, E. Elementary Principles of Graphic Statics i2mo, *i 50 Baring, H. Engineering Law. Vol. I. Law of Contract Svo, Harper, J. H. Hydraulic Tables on the Flow of Water i6mo, Harris, S. M. Practical Topographical Surveying (/n Press.') Harrison, W. B. The Mechanics' Tool-book i2mo, Hart, J. W. External Plumbing Work Svo, Hints to Plumbers on Joint Wiping Svo, Principles of Hot Water Supply Svo, Sanitary Plumbing and Drainage Svo, Haskins, C. H. The Galvanometer and Its Uses i6mo, Hatt, J. A. H. The Colorist square i2mo, Hausbrand, E. Drying by Means of Air and Steam. Trans, by A. C. Wright i2mo, *2 00 Evaporating, Condensing and Cooling Apparatus. Trans, by A. C. Wright Svo, *s 00 *I 25 *7 50 *i 25 *2 50 *3 00 *i 00 *2 00 *I 50 *2 00 *2 25 *3 50 *I 25 I so so so 1 so *4 00 *2 00 I 50 *3 00 *3 00 *3 00 *3 00 I SO *i so *3 SO *S 00 *7 *3 so 50 *3 SO *5 00 *i 00 *i 00 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 13 Hausmann, E. Telegraph Engineering 8vo, *3 00 Hausner, A. Manufacture of Preserved Foods and Sweetmeats. Trans. by A. Morris and H. Robson 8vo, *3 00 "Hawkesworth, J. Graphical Handbook for Reinforced Concrete Design. 4to, *2 50 Hay, A. Continuous Current Engineering 8vo, *2 50 Hayes, H. V. Public Utilities, Their Cost New and Depreciation. . .8vo, *2 00 Public Utilities, Their Fair Present Value and Return 8vo, *z 00 Heath, F. H. Chemistry of Photography 8vo. (In Press.) Heather, H. J. S. Electrical Engineering 8vo, Heaviside, O. Electromagnetic Theory. Vols. I and II ... . 8vo, each, Vol. m Svo, Heck, R. C. H. The Steam Engine and Turbine Svo, Steam-Engine and Other Steam Motors. Two Volumes. Vol. I. Thermodynamics and the Mechanics Svo, Vol. II. Form, Construction, and Working Svo, Notes on Elementary Kinematics Svo, boards, Graphics of Machine Forces Svo, boards, Heermann, P. Dyers' Materials. Trans, by A. C. Wright lamo, *2 50 Heidenreich, E. L. Engineers' Pocketbook of Reinforced Concrete, i6mo, leather, *3 00 Hellot, Macquer and D'Apligny. Art of Dyeing Wool, Silk and Cotton. Svo, Henrici, 0. Skeleton Structures Svo, Hering, C, and Getman, F. H. Standard Tables of Electro-Chemical Equivalents i2mo, Hering, D. W. Essentials of Physics for College Students Svo, Hering-Shaw, A. Domestic Sanitation and Plumbing. Two .Vols.. .Svo, Hering-Shaw, A. Elementary Science Svo, Herington, C. F. Powdered Coal as Fuel Svo, Herrmann, G. The Graphical Statics of Mechanism. Trans, by A. P. Smith i2mo, Herzfeld, J. Testing of Yarns and Textile Fabrics Svo, Hildebrandt, A. Airships, Past and Present 8vo, Hildenbrand, B. W. Cable-Making. (Science Series No. 32.). .. .i6mo, Hilditch, T. P. A Concise History of Chemistry i2mo. Hill, C. S. Concrete Inspection i6mo. Hill, J. W. The Purification of Public Water Supplies. New Edition. (In Press.) Interpretation of Water Analysis (In Press.) Hill, M. J. M. The Theory of Proportion Svo, Hiroi, I. Plate Girder Construction. (Science Series No. 95.) . . . i6mo, Statically-Indeterminate Stresses i2mo, Hirshfeia, C. F. Engineering Thermodynamics. (Science Series No. 45.) lemo. Hoar, A. The Submarine Torpedo Boat i2mo, Hobart, H. M. Heavy Electrical Engineering 8vo, Design of Static Transformers i2mo, Electricity ■ Svo, Electric Trains 8vq, ■ Electric Propulsion of Ships Svo, *2 00 I SO *I 50 *1 73 *s 00 *2 00 3 00 2 00 *3 50 *3 50 50 *i 25 *i 00 *2 50 50 *2 00 *2 50 00 *4 50 *2 00 *2 00 *2 50 *2 50 *I op o 75 'I 50 *7 50 6 00 I 25 50 *2 00 *3 00 3 00 *2 00 2 00 *I 50 *I 25 *0 50 *0 70 *2 00 *5 00 *2 00 14 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Holiait, J. F. Haid Soldering, Soft Soldering and Brazing i2mo, Hobbs, W. R. P. The Arithmetic of Electrical Measurements. .. .i2mo, Hoif, J. N. Paint and Varnish Facts and Formulas i2mo, Hole, W. The Distribution of Gas .8vo, Holley, A. L. Railway Practice folio, Hopkins, N. M. Model Engines and Small Boats i2mo, Hopkinson, J., Shoolbred, J. N., and Day, R. E. Dynamic Electricity. (Science Series No. 71.) i6mo, Horner, J. Practical Ironfounding 8vo, Gear Cutting, in Theory and Practice 8vo, Horniman, Roy. How to Make the Railways Pay For the War. . . .8vo, Houghton, C. E. The Elements of Mechanics of Materials i2mo, Houstoun, R. A. Studies in Light Production i2mo, Hovenden, F. Practical Mathematics for Young Engineers i2mo, Howe, G. Mathematics for the Practical Man i2mo, Howorth, J. Repairing and Riveting Glass, China and Earthenware. 8vo, paper, Hoyt, W. E. Chemistry by Experimentation Svo, Hubbard, E. The Utilization of Wood-waste Svo, Hiibner, J. Bleaching and Dyeing of Vegetable and Fibrous Materials. (Outlines of Industrial Chemistry.) Svo, Hudson, 0. F. Iron and Steel. (Outlines of Industrial Chemistry.) .8vo, Humphrey, J. C. W. Metallography of Strain. (Metallurgy Series.) (In Press.) Humphreys, A. C. The Business Features of Engineering Practice .. Svo. *i 25 Hunter, A. Bridge Work Svo. (In Press.) Hurst, G. H. Handbook of the Theory of Color Svo, *2 50 Dictionary of Chemicals and Raw Products Svo, *4 50 Lubricating Oils, Fats and Greases Svo, *4 00 Soaps Svo, *5 00 Hurst, G. H., and Simmons, W. H. Textile Soaps and Oils Svo, 3 00 Hurst, H. E., and Lattey, R. T. Text-book of Physics Svo, *3 00 Also published in three parts. Part I. Dynamics and Heat *i 25 Part II. Sound and Light *i 25 Part III. Magnetism and Electricity *i 50 Hutchinson, R. W., Jr. Long Distance Electric Power Transmission. i2mo, *3 00 Hutchinson, R. W., Jr., and Thomas, W. A. Electricity in Mining. i2mo, (In Press.) Hutchinson, W. B. Patents and How to Make Money Out of Them. i2mo, I 00 Button, W. S. The Works' Manager's Handbook Svo, 6 00 Hyde, E. W. Skew Arches. (Science Series No. 15.) i6mo, o 50 Hyde, F. S. Solvents, Oils, Gums, Waxes ,,,,,,,.., Svo, *2 00 Induction Coils. (Science Series No. 53.) i6mo, o 50 Ingham, A. E. Gearing. A practical treatise Svo, *2 50 Ingle, H. Manual of Agricultural Chemistry Svo, '3 00 I SO *4 00 *2 GO *3 GO 'I SO *3 50 *I GO D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 15 Inness, C. H. Problems in Machine Design i2nio, *2 00 Air Compressors and Blowing Engines i2mo, *2 00 Centrifugal Pumps i2mo, *2 00 The Fan i2mo, *2 00 Jacob, A., and Gould, E. S. On the Designing and Construction- of Storage Reservoirs. (Science Series No. 6) i6mo, o 50 Jannettaz, E. Guide to the Determination of Rocks. Trans, by G. W. Plympton i2mo, Jehl, F. Manufacture of Carbons 8vo, Jennings, A. S. Commercial Paints and Painting. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, Jennison, F. H. The Manufacture of Lake Pigments 8vo, Jepson, G. Cams and the Principles of their Construction 8vo, Mechanical Drawing 8vo {In Preparation.) Jervis-Smith, F. J. Dynamometers 8vo, Jockin, W. Arithmetic of the Gold and Silversmith i2mG, Johnson, J. H. Arc Lamps and Accessory Apparatus. (Installation Manuals Series.) i2mo, *o 75 Johnson, T.M. Ship Wiring and Fitting. (Installation Manuals Series.) i2mo, *o 75 Johnson, W. McA. The Metallurgy of Nickel (In Preparation.) Johnston, J. F. W., and Cameron, C. Elements of Agricultural Chemistry and Geology i2mo, Joly, J. Radioactivity and Geology izmo, Jones, H. C. Electrical Nature of Matter and Radioactivity i2mo, Nature of Solution 8vo, New Era in Chemistry i2mo, Jones, J. H, Tinplate Industry 8vo, Jones, M. W. Testing Raw Materials Used in Paint i2mo, Jordan, L. C. Practical Railway Spiral i2mo, leather, Joynson, F. H Designing and Construction of Machine Geariifg . . 8vo, J-"ptner, H. F. V. Siderology: The Science of Iron 8vo, Eapp, G. Alternate Current Machinery. (Science Series No. 96.). i6mo, o 50 liapper, F. Overhead Transmission Lines 4to, "4 00 Eeim, A. W. Prevention of Dampness in Buildings 8vo, *2 00 Keller, S.S. Mathematics for Engineering Students. i2mo, half leather. and Knox, W. E. Analytical Geometry and Calculus *2 00 Kelsey, W. R. Continuous-current Dynamos and Motors 8vo, "2 50 Kemble, W. T., and Underbill, C. R. The Periodic Law and the Hydrogen Spectrum 8vo, paper, *o 50 Kemp, J. F. Handbook of Rocks 8vo, *i 50 Kennedy, A. B. W., and Thurston, R. H. Kinematics of Machinery. (Science Series No. 54.) i6mo, o 50 Kennedy, A. B. W., Unwin, W. C, and Idell, F. E. Compressed Air. (Science Series No, 106.) i6mo, 50 2 60 '3 00 "2 *3 00 50 "2 00 "3 00 "2 GO *I SO 2 00 *s 00 l6 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Kennedy, R. Electrical Installations. Five Volumes 4to, 1500 Single Volumes each, 3 50 Flying Machines; Practice and Design i2mo, *2 00 Prinfciples of Aeroplane Construction 8vo, 'i 50 Kennelly, A. E. Electro-dynamic Machinery 8vo, i 50 Kent, W. . Strength of Materials. (Science Series No. 41.) i6mo, o 50 Kershaw, J. B. C. Fuel, Water and Gas Analysis 8vo, *2 50 Electrometallurgy. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *2 00 The Electric Furnace in Iron and Steel Production i2mo, "i 50 — ^Electro-Thermal Methods of Iron and Steel Production. .. .8vo, *3 00 Kindelan, J. Trackman's Helper i2mo, 2 00 Kinzbrunner, C. Alternate Current Windings 8vo, *i 50 Continuous Current Armatures 8vo, *i 50 Testing of Alternating Current Machines 8vo, "2 00 Eirkaldy, A.. W., and Evans, A. D. History and Economics of Transport 8vo, *3 00 Kirkaldy, W. G. David Kirkaldy's System of Mechanical Testing. .4to, 10 00 Kirkbride, J. Engraving for Illustration 8vo, *i 50 Kirkham, J. E. Structural Engineering 8vo, *5 00 Kirkwood, J. P. Filtration of River Waters 4to, 7 50 Kirschke, A. Gas and Oil Engines i2mo, *i 25 Klein, J. F. Design of a High-speed Steam-engine 8vo, *5 00 Physical Significance of Entropy 8vo, "1 50 Klingenberg, G. Large Electric Power Stations 4to, *5 00 Knight, R.-Adm. A. M. Modern Seamanship Svo, *6 50 Knott, C. G., and Mackay, J. S. Practical Mathematics Svo, 2 00 Knox, G. D. Spirit of the Soil iims, *i 25 Knox, J. Physico-Chemical Calculations i2mo, *i 25 • Fixation of Atmospheric Nitrogen. (Chemical Monographs.) .i2mo, *i 00 Kbester, F. Steam-Electric Power Plants 4to, *5 00 Hydroelectric Developments and Engineering '. 4to, *5 00 KoUer, T. The Utilization of Waste Products Svo, *3 00 r Cosmetics Svo, *2 50 Koppe, S. W. blycerine lamo, *2 50 Kozmin, P. A. Flour Milling. Trans, by M. Falkner Svo, 7 50 Kremann, E. Application of the Physico-Chemical Theory to Tech- nical Processes and Manufacturing Methods. Trans, by H. E, Potts Svo, "3 00 Kretchmar, K. Yarn and Warp Sizing 8vo, *4 00 Laffargue, A. Attack in Trench Warfare i6mo, o 50 Lallier, E. V. Elementary Manual of the Steam Engine i2mo, *2 00 Lambert, T. Lead and Its Compounds Svo, *3 50 Bone Products and Manures Svo, *3 00 Lamborn, L. L. Cottonseed Products Svo, *3 00 Modern Soaps, Candles, and Glycerin .' Svo, *7 50 Lamprecht, R. Recovery Work After Pit Fires. Trans, by C. Salter . Svo, *4 00 Lancaster, M. Electric Cooking, Heating and Cleaning 8vo, *i 00 Lanchester, F. W. Aerial Flight. Two Volumes. Svo. Vol. I. Aerodynamics *6 00 Vol. II. Aerodonetics *6 00 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG t; Lanchester, F. W. The Flying Machine 8vo, "3 00 Lange, K. R. By-Products of Coal-Gas Manufacture lamo, 2 00 Larner, E. T. Principles of Alternating Currents i2mo. *i 25 La Rue, B. F. Swing Bridges. (Science Series No. 107.) i6mo, o 50 Lassar-Cohn. Dr. Modern Scientific Chemistry. Trans, by M. M. Pattison Muir i2mo, "2 00 Latimer, L. H., Field, C. J., and Howell, J. W. Incandescent Electric Lighting. (Science Series Wo. 57.) i6mo, Latta, M. N. Handbook of American Gas-Engineering Practice . . . 8vo, ■ American Producer Gas Practice 4to, Laws, B. C. Stability and Equilibrium of Floating Bodies 8vo, Lawson, W. E. British Railways. A Financial and Commercial Survey 8vo, Leask, A. R. Breakdowns at Sea i2mo, — — Refrigerating Machinery i2mo, Lecky, S. T. S. "Wrinkles" in Practical Navigation 8vo, Le Doux, M. Ice-Making Machines. (Science Series No. 46.) . . i6mo, Leeds, C. C. Mechanical Drawing for Trade Schools oblong 4to, ■ Mechanical Drawing for High and Vocational Schools 4to, Lefevre, L. Architectural Pottery. Trans, by H. K. Bird and W. M. Binns 4to, Lehner, S. Ink Manufacture. Trans, by A. Morris and H. Robson . 8vo, Lemstrom, S. Electricity in Agriculture and Horticulture 8vo, Letts, E. A. Fundamental Problems in Chemistry 8vo, Le Van, W. B. Steam-Engine Indicator. (Science Series No. 78.)i6mo, Lewes, V. B. Liquid and Gaseous Fuels. (Westminster Series.) . .Svo, Carbonization of Coal Svo, Lewis, L. P. Railway Signal Engineering Svo, Lewis Automatic Machine Rifle ; Operation of : i6mo, Licks, H. E. Recreations in Mathematics i2mo, Lieber, B. F. Lieber's Five Letter Standard Telegraphic Code . . . Svo, Code. German Edition Svo, ■ — Spanish Edition Svo, Frfench Edition Svo, Terminal Index Svo, Lieber's Appendix folio, ^-^^- Handy Tables 4to, Bankers and Stockbrokers' Code and Merchants and Shippers' Blank Tables Svo, 100,000,000 Combination Code Svo, Engineering Code Svo, Livermore, V. P., and Williams, J. How to Become a Competent Motor- man i2mo, Livingstone, R. Design and Construction of Commutators Svo, ■ Mechanical Design and Construction of Generators 8vo, Lloyd, S. L. Fertilizer Materials (In Press.) Lobben, P. Machinists' and Draftsmen's Handbook Svo, Lockwood, T. D. Electricitys Magnetism, and Electro-telegraph. . . .Svo, Electrical Measurement and the Galvanometer i2mo, 50 *4 SO *6 00 *3 50 2 00 2 00 2 00 10 00 SO ■^2 00 *I 25 *7 50 *2 SO *I 50 *2 00 SO *2 00 *3 00 *3 SO *0 '75 *I 25, *IO 00 *I0 00 *IO 00 *I0 00 *2 SO *I5 00 *2 50 "IS 00 "10 00 "12 50 "I 00 *2 25 '3 50 2 50 2 50 75 i8 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Lodge, O. J. Elementary Mechanics i2mo, i 50 Signalling Across Space without Wires 8vo, *2 00 Loewenstein, L. C, and Crissey, C. P. Centrifugal Pumps *4 50 Lomax, J. W. Cotton Spinning i2mo, i 50 Lord, R. T. Decorative and Fancy Fabrics 8vo, '3 50 Loring, A. E. A Handbook of the Electromagnetic Telegraph i6mo o 50 Handbook. (Science Series No. 39.) i6m, o 500 Lovell, D. H. Practical Switchwork i2mo, *i 00 Low, D. A. Applied Mechanics (Elementary) i6mo, o 80 Lubschez, B. J. Perspective izmo, *i 50 Lucke, C. E. Gas Engine Design 3vo, "3 00 Power Plants: Design, Efficiency, and Power Costs. 2 vols. (In Preparation.) Luckiesh, M. Color and Its Application 8vo, *3 00 Light and Shade and Their Applications ,...8vo, "2 50 Lunge, G. Coal-tar and Ammonia. Three Volumes 8vo, *2o 00 Technical Gas Analysis 8vo, *4 00 — — Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid and Alkali. Four Volumes. . . .8vo, Vol. I. Sulphuric Acid. In three parts '18 00 Vol. I. Supplement 8vo, 5 00 Vol. n. Salt Cake, Hydrochloric Acid and Leblanc Soda. In two parts *iS • 00 Vol. in. Ammonia Soda '10 00 Vol. IV. Electrolytic Methods (In Press.) Technical Chemists' Handbook i2mo, leather, "3 50 Technical Methods of Chemical Analysis. Trans, by C. A. Keane in collaboration with the corps of specialists. Vol. I. In two parts ; . . . 8vo, *i5 00 Vol. n. In tw.o parts 8vo, '18 00 Vol. III. In two parts 8vo, *i8 00 The set (3 vols.) complete *5o 00 Luquer, L. M. Minerals in Rock Sections 8vo, '1 So Macewen, H. A. Food Inspection 8vo, *2 50 Mackenzie, N. F. Notes on Irrigation Works 8vo, *2 50 Mackie, J. How to Make a Woolen Mill Pay 8vo, *2 00 Maguire, Wm. R. Domestic Sanitary Drainage and Plumbing . . . .8vo, 4 00 Malcolm, C. W. Textbook on Graphic Statics 8vo, *3 00 Malcolm, H. W. Submarine Telegraph Cable (In Press.) Mallet, A. Compound Engines. Trans, by R. R. Buel. (Science Series No. 10.) i6mo, Mansfield, A. N. Electro-magnets. (Science Series No. 64.) . . . i6mo, o 50 Marks, E. C. R. Construction of Cranes and Lifting Machinery . i2mo, *i 50 Construction and Working of Pumps i2mo, *i 50 Manufacture of Iron and Steel Tubes i2mo, *2 00 Mechanical Engineering Materials i2mo, *i 00 Marks, G. C. Hydraulic Power Engineering 8vo, 3 50 Inventions, Patents and Designs i2mo, *i 00 Marlow, T. G. Drying Machinery and Practice 8vo, *s 00 *2 00 *2 00 *2 00 *2 50 *I 50 'I 00 *4 00 *3 50 *i so D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 19 Marsh, C. F. Concise Treatise on Reinforced Concrete 8vo, "2 30 ■ Reinforced Concrete Compression Member Diagram. Mounted on Cloth Boards *r . 50 Marsh, C. F., and Dunn, W. Manual of Reinforced Concrete and Con- crete Block Construction i6mo, morocco, '2 50 Marshall, W. J., and Sankey, H. R. Gas Engines. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, Martin, G. Triumphs and Wonders of Modern Chemistry 8vo, Modern Chemistry and Its Wonders 8vo, Martin, N. Properties and Design of Reinforced Concrete i2mo, Martin, W. D. Hints to Engineers i2mo, Massie, W. W., and Underbill, C. R. Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony. i2mo, Mathot, R. E. Internal Combustion Engines 8vo, Maurice, W. Electric Blasting Apparatus and Explosives 8vo, Shot Firer's Guide 8vo, Maxwell, J. C. Matter and Motion. (Science Series No. 36.). i6mo, o so Maxwell, W. H., and Brown, J. T. Encyclopedia of Municipal and Sani- tary Engineering 4to, '10 00 Mayer, A. M. Lecture Notes on Physics 8vo, Mayer, C, and Slippy, J. C. Telephone Line Construction 8vo, McCullough, E. Practical Surveying i2mo, Engineering Work in Cities and Towns Svo, — — Reinforced Concrete i2mo, McCullough, R. SI Mechanical Theory of Heat Svo, McGibbon, W. C. Indicator Diagrams for Marine Engineers Svo, Marine Engineers' Drawing Book oblong 4to, McGibbon, W. C. Marine Engineers Pocketbook i2mo, Mcintosh, J. G. Technology of Sugar Svo, Industrial Alcohol Svo, Manufacture of Varnishes and Kindred Industries. Three Volumes. Svo. Vol. I. Oil Crushing, Refining and Boiling *3 5° Vol. II. Varnish Materials and Oil Varnish Making *4 00 Vol. III. Spirit Varnishes and Materials *4 So McKillop, M., and McKillop, A. D. Efficiency Methods i2mo, i 50 McKnight, J. D., and Brown, A. W. Marine Multitubular Boilers *i 50 McMaster, J. B. Bridge and Tunnel Centres. (Science Series No. 20.) i6mo, o 50 McMechen, F. L. Tests for Ores, Minerals and Metals i2mo, 'i 00 McPherson, J. A. Water-works Distribution Svo, 2 50 Meade, A. Modern Gas Works Practice Svo, *? 50 Meade, Alwyne. Modern Gas Works- Practice Svo, 7 50 Meade R. K. Design and Equipment of Small Chemical Laboratories, Svo, Melick, C. W. Dairy Laboratory Guide i2mo, *i 25 Mensch, L. J. Reinforced Concrete Pocket Book i6mo, leather, *4 00 Merck, E. Chemical Reagents; Their Purity and Tests. Trans, by H. E. Schenck Svo, i 00 Merivale, J. H. Notes and Formulae for Mining Students i2mo, i 50 2 00 *3 00 *2 00 *3 00 *i 50 3 50 -^3 00 *2 SO *4 00 *S 00 *3 00 I 50 2 50 *2 SO *2 00 *2 00 *I 00 *I 00 *3 00 20 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Merritt, Wm. H. Field Testing for Gold and Silver i6nio, leather, Mertens. Tactics and Technique of River Crossings. Translated by W. Kruger 8vo, Mierzinski, S. Waterproofing of Fabrics. Trans, by A. Morris and H. Robson 8vo, Miessner, B. F. Radio Dynamics i2mo, Miller, G. A. Determinants. (Science Series No 105.) i6mo, Miller, W. J. Introduction to Historical Geology i2mo, Milroy, M. E. W. Home Lace-making i2mo, Mills, C. N. Elementary Mechanics for Engineers 8vo, Mitchell, C. A. Mineral and Aerated Waters 8vo, Mitchell, C. A., and Prideaux, R. M. Fibres Used in Textile and Allied Industries 8vo, *3 00 Mitchell, C. F., and G. A. Building Construction and Drawing. i2mo. Elementary Course *i 50 Advanced Course "2 50 Monckton, C. C. F. Radiotelegraphy. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, "2 00 Monteverde, R. D. Vest Pocket Glossary of English-Spanish, Spanish- English Technical Terms 64mo, leather, *i 00 Montgomery, J. H. Electric Wiring Specifications i6mo, *i 00 Moore, E. C. S. New Tables for the Complete Solution of Ganguillet and Kutter's Formula 8vo, *s 00 Morecroft, J. H., and Hehre, F. W. Short Course in Electriqal Testing. 8vo, Morgan, A. P. Wireless Telegraph Apparatus for Amateurs i2mo, Moses, A. J. The Characters of Crystals 8vo, and Parsons, C. L. Elements of Mineralogy 8vo, Moss, S.A. Elements of Gas Engine Design. (Science Series No.i2i.)i6mo, The Lay-out of Corliss Valve Gears. (Science Series No. iig.)i6mo, Mulford, A. C. Boundaries and Landmarks i2mo, MuUin, J. P. Modem Moulding and Pattern-making i2mo, Munby, A. E. Chemistry and Physics of Building Materials. (West- minster Series.) 8vo, Murphy, J. G. Practical Mining i6mo, Murray, J, A. Soils and Manures, (Westminster Series.) 8vo, Nasmith, J. The Student's Cotton Spinning 8vo, Recent Cotton Mill Construction i2mo, Neave, G. B., and Heilbron, I. M. Identification of Organic Compounds. ^ i2mo, Neilson, R. M. Aeroplane Patents 8vo, Nerz, F. Searchlights. Trans, by C. Rodgers 8vo, Neuberger, H., and Noalhat, H. Technology of Petroleum. Trans, by J. G. Mcintosh 8vo, ' Newall, J. W. Drawing, Sizing and Cutting Bevel-gears 8vo, Newell, F. H., and Drayer, C. E. Engineering as a Career. . i2mo, cloth, paper, Newbeging, T. Handbook for Gas Engineers and Managers 8vo, Wicol, G. Ship Construction and Calculations 8vo, Nipher, F. E. Theory of Magnetic Meastirements i2mo, 1 00 *I 50 "1 50 *2 00 *3 00 SO 50 *I 00 2 SO "2 00 I 00 *2 00 3 00 2 50 *i 25 *2 00 *3 00 '10 00 I 50 *i 00 75 *6 50 *5 00 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 21 Wisbet, H. Grammar of Textile Design 8vo, ''3 00 Nolan, H. The Telescope. (Science Series No. 51.) i6mo, o 50 North, H. B. Laboratory Experiments in General Chemistry. .. ,.i2mo, *i 00 Nugent, E. Treatise on Optics i2mo, i 50 O'Connor, H. The Gas Engineer's Pocketbook i2mo, leather, 3 50 Ohm, G. S., and Lockwood, T. D. Galvanic Circuit. Translated by William Francis. (Science Series No. 102.) i6mo, o 50 Olsen, J. C. Text-book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis 8vo, 3 50 Olsson, A. Motor Control, in Txwret Turning and Gun Elevating. (U. S. Navy Electrical Series, No. i.) i2mo, paper, *o 50 Ormsby, M. T. M. Surveying izino, i 50 Oudin, M. A. Standard Polyphase Apparatus and Systems 8vo, *3 00 Owen, D. Recent Physical Research 8vo, *i 50 Pakes, W. C. C, and Nankivell, A. T. The Science of Hygiene . .8vo, *i 7S ' Palaz, A. Industrial Photometry. Trans, by G. W. Patterson, Jr. . 8vo, *4 00 Pamely, C. Colliery Manager's Handbook 8vo, *io 00 Parker, P. A. M. The Control of Water 8vo, *5 00 Parr, G. D. A. Electrical Engineering Measuring Instruments 8vo, *3 50 Parry, E. J. Chemistry of Essential Oils and Artificial Perfumes, (In Press.) Foods and Drugs. Two Volumes. Vol. I. Chemical and Microscopical Analysis of Foods and Drugs. *7 so Vol. II. Sale of Food and Drugs Act *3 00 and Coste, J. H. Chemistry of Pigments 8vo, *4 50 Parry, L. Notes on Alloys Svo, *3 00 Metalliferous Wastes Svo, *2 00 Analysis of Ashes and Alloys Svo, *2 00 Parry, L. A. Risk and Dangers of Various Occupations Svo, *3 00 Parshall, H. F., and Hobart, H. M. Armature Windings 4to, *7 50 Electric Railway Engineering 4to, =^io 00 Parsons, J. L. Land Drainage , Svo, *i 50 Parsons, S. J. Malleable Cast Iron Svo, *2 50 Partington, J. R. Higher Mathematics for Chemical Students. .i2mo, *2 00 Textbook of Thermodynamics Svo, *4 00 Passmore, A. C. Technical Terms Used in Architecture Svo, *3 50 Patchell, W. H. Electric Power in Mines Svo, *4 00 Paterson, G. W. L. Wiring Calculations i2mo, *2 00 Electric Mine Signalling Installations lamo, *i 50 Patterson, D. The Color Printing of Carpet Yarns Svo, *3 50 Color Matching on Textiles Svo, *3 00 Textile Color Mixing Svo, *3 00 Paulding, C. P. Condensation of Steam in Covered and Bare Pipes. .Svo, *2 00 Transmission of Heat through Cold-storage Insulation i2mo, *i 00 Payne, D. W. Iron Founders' Handbook Svo, *4 00 Peckham, S. F. Solid Bitumens Svo, *5 00 Peddie, R. A. Engineering and Metallurgical Books i2mo, "i 50 Peirce, B. System of Analytic Mechanics 4to, 10 00 Linnear Associative Algebra 4to, 3 00 Pendred, V. The Railway Locomotive. (Westminster Series.) Svo, *2 00 22 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Perkin, F. M. Practical Methods of Inorganic Chemistry izmo, Perrin, J. Atoms 8vo, and Jaggers, E. M. Elementary Chemistry i2mo, Perrine, F. A. C. Conductors for Electrical Distribution 8vo, Petit, G. White Lead and Zinc White Paints 8vo, Petit, R. How to Build an Aeroplane. Trans, by T. O'B. Hubbard, and J. H. Ledeboer 8vo, Pettit, Lieut. J. S. Graphic Processes. (Science Series No. 76.) . . . i6mo, Philbrick, P. H. Beams and Girders. (Science Series No. 88.) . , . i6mo, Phillips, J. Gold Assaying 8vo, Datigerous Goods 8vo, Phin, J. Seven Follies of Science i2mo, Pickworth, C. N. The Indicator Handbook. Two Volumes. . i2mo, each, Logarithms for Beginners i2mo. boards, The Slide Rule izmo, Plattner's Manual of Blow-pipe Analysis. Eighth Edition, revised. Trans. by H. B. Cornwall 8vo, Plympton, 6. W. The Aneroid Barometer. (Science Series No. 35.) i6mo, How to become an Engineer. (Science Series Ho. 100.) i6mo, Van Nostrand's Table Book. (Science Series No. 104.) i6mo, Pochet, M. L. Steam Injectors. Translated from the French. (Science Series No. 29.) : i6mo, Pocket Logarithms to Four Places. (Science Series No. 65.) i6mo, leather, Polleyn, F. Dressings and Finishings for Textile Fabrics 8vo, Pope, F. G. Organic Chemistry i2mo, Pope, F. L. Modern Practice of the Electric Telegraph 8vo, Popplewell, W. C. Prevention of Smoke 8vo, — — Strength of Materials 8vo, Porritt, B. D. The Chemistry of Rubber. (Chemical Monographs, No. 3.) .lamo, Porter, J. R. Helicopter Flying Machine , i2mo, Potts, H. E. Chemistry of the Rubber Industry. (Outlines of Indus- trial Chemistry) 8vo, Practical Compounding of Oils, Tallow and Grease '. 8vo, Pratt, K. Boiler Draught i2mo, High Speed Steam Engines 8vo, Pray, T., Jr. Twenty Years with the Indicator 8vo, Steam Tables and Engine Constant 8vo, Prelini, C. Earth and Rock Excavation 8vo, Graphical Determination of Earth Slopes 8vo, < Tunneling. New Edition 8vo, Dredging. A Practical Treatise 8vo, Prescott, A. B. Organic Analysis 8vo, Prescott, A. B., and Johnson, 0. C. Qualitative Chemical Analysis. . 8vo, Prescott, A. B., and Sullivan, E. C. First Book m Qualitative Chemistry. i2mo, Prideauz, E. B. R. Problems in Physical Chemistry 8vo, Primrose, G. S. C. Zinc. (Metallurgy Series.) (In Press.) Prince, G. T. Flow of Water i2mo, *I 00 *2 50 *I 00 *3 50 *i 50 *i 50 SO *2 50 3 SO *i 25 I 50 SO I 00 *4 00 50 50 50 50 SO I 00 *3 00 *2 25 I SO *3 50 *i 75 *i 00 'I 25 *2 50 *3 50 '1 25 *2 00 2 30 7. 00 *3 00 *2 00 *3 00 *3 00 5 00 *3 SO *i 50 *2 00 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 23 PuUen, W. W. F. Application of Graphic Methods to the Design of Structures i2mo, *2 50 Injectors: Theory, Construction and Worliing i2mo, ^Indicator Diagrams 8vo, Engine Testing 8vo, Putsch, A. Gas and Coal-dust Firing 8vo, Pynchon, T. li. Introduction to Chemical Physics 8vo, Rafter G. W Mechanics of Ventilation. (Science Series No. 33.) , i6mo, Potable Water. (Science Series No. 103.) i6mo, Treatment of Septic Sewage. (Science Series No. 118.) . . .i6mo, Rafter, G. W., and Baker, M. N. Sewage Disposal in the United States. 4to, Raikes, H. P. Sewage Disposal Works 8vo, Randau, P. Enamels and Enamelling 8vo, Rankine, W. J. M. Applied Mechanics 8vo, ■ Civil Engineering 8vo, ■ Machinery and Millwork 8vo, ■ The Steam-engine and Other Prime Movers 8vo, Rankine, W. J. M., and Bamber, E. F. A Mechanical Text-book 8vo, Sansome, W. R. Freshman Mathematics i2mo, Raphael, F. C. Localization of Faults in Electric Light and Power Mains. 8vo, Rasch, E. Electric Arc Phenomena. Trans, by K. Tornberg 8vo, Rathbone, R. L. B. Simple Jewellery 8vo, Rateau, A. Flow of Steam through Nozzles and Orifices. Trans, by H. B. Brydon 8vo Rausenberger, F. The Theory of the Recoil of Guns 8vo, Rautenstrauch, W. Notes on the Elements of Machine Design. 8vo, boards, Rautenstrauch, W., and Williams, J. T. Machine Drafting and Empirical Design. Part I. Machine Drafting 8vo, *i 25 Part n. Empirical Design (In Preparation.) Raymond, E. B. Alternating Current Engineering i2mo, *2 50 Rayner, H. Silk Throwing and Waste Silk Spinning '8vo, *2 50 Recipes for the Color, Paint, Varnish, Oil, Soap and Drysaltery Trades . 8vo, *3 50 Recipes for Flint Glass Making r2mo, *4 50 Redfern, J. B., and Savin, J. Bells, Telephones (Installation Manuals Series.) i6mo, *o 50 Redgrove, H. S. Experimental Mensuration lamo, *i 25 Redwood, B. Petroleum. (Science Series No. 92.) i6mo, o so Reed, S. Turbines Applied to Marine Propulsion *5 00 Reed's Engineers' Handbook 8vo, *6 50 Key to the Nineteenth Edition of Reed's Engineers' Handbook . . 8vo, *3 00 Useful Hints to Sea-going Engineers izmo, 2 50 Reid, E. E. Introduction to Research in Organic Chemistry. (In Press.) Reid, H. A. Concrete and Reinforced Concrete Construction 8vo, 1=5 00 Reinhardt, C. W. Lettering for Draftsmen, Engineers, and Students. oblong 4to, boards, i 00 *I 50 *2 50 u 50 *3 00 3 00 SO 50 50 *6 00 *4 00 *4 00 S 00 6 SO 5 00 S 00 3 SO *i 35 3 50 *2 00 "2 00 *I so *4 SO *I SO 24 D- VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Keinhardt, C. W. The Technic of Mechanical Drafting, oblong, 4to, boards, *i oo Reiser, F. Hardening and Tempering of Steel. Trans, by A. Morris and H. Robson '. i2mo, *2 50 Reiser, H. Faults in the Manufacture of Woolen Goods. Trans, by A. Morris and H. Robson 8vo, Spinning and Weaving Calculations 8vo, Renwick, W. G. Marble and Marble Working 8vo, Reuleaux, F. The Constructor. Trans, by H. H. Suplee 4to, Reuterdahl, A. Theory and Design of Reinforced Concrete Arches. 8vo, Rey, Jean. The Range of Electric Searchlight Projectors 8vo, Reynolds, 0., and Idell, F. E. Triple Expansion Engines. (Science Series No. 99.) i6mo, Rhead, G. F. Simple Structural Woodwork i2mo, Rhodes, H. J. Art of Lithography 8vo, Rice, J. M., and Johnson, W. W. A New Method of Obtaining the Differ- ential of Functions i2mo, Richards, W. A. Forging of Iron and Steel i2mo, Richards, W. A., and North, H. B. Manual of Cement Testing i2mo, Richardson, J. The Modern Steam Engine 8vo, Richardson, S. S. Magnetism and Electricity i2mo, Rideal, S. Glue and Glue Testing 8vo, Rimmer, E. J. Boiler Explosions, Collapses and Mishaps 8vo, Rings, F. Concrete in Theory and Practice i2mo, Reinforced Concrete Bridges 4to, Ripper, W. Course of Instruction in Machine Drawing folio, Roberts, F. C. Figure of the Earth. (Science Series No. 79.) i6mo, Roberts, J., Jr. Laboratory Work in Electrical Engineering 8vo, Robertson, L. S. Water-tube Boilers 8vo, Robinson, J. B. Architectural Composition 8vo, Robinson, S. W. Practical Treatise on the Teeth of Wheels. (Science Series No. 24.) i6mo, ^— Railroad Economics. (Science Series No. 59.) i6mo, . Wrought Iron Bridge Members. (Science Series No. 60.) i6mo, Robson, J. H. Machine Drawing and Sketching 8vo, Roebling, J. A. Long and Short Span Railway Bridges folio, Rogers, A. A Laboratory; Guide of Industrial Chemistry Svo, I Elements ■ of • Industrial Chemistry i2mo, Manual of Industrial Chemistry Svo, Rogers, F. Magnetism of Iron Vessels. (Science Series No. 30.) . i6mo, Rohland, P. Colloidal and Crystalloidal State of Matter. Trans, by W. J. Britland and H. E. Potts i2mo, Rollinson, C. Alphabets Oblong, i2mo. Rose, J. The Pattern-makers' Assistant Svo, ^— Key to Engines and Engine-running i2mo, Rose, T. K. The Precious Metals. (Westminster Series.) '. .Svo, Rosenhaln, W. Glass Manufacture. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, Physical Metallurgy, An Introduction to. (Metallurgy Series.) Svo, Roth, W. A. Physical Chemistry 8vo, *a 00 *2 50 *S 00 5 00 *4 00 *2 00 *4 50 50 *l 00 3 50 SO I 50 '=1 50 *3 SO *2 00 *4 00 *i 75 *2 SO *5 00 *6 00 SO *2 00 2 00 *2 50 Sc 50 SO Tj SO 25 00 2 00 *3 00 *5 00 So •i 25 *i 00 2 SO 2 50 *2 00 *2 00 *3 50 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 25 Rowan, F. J. Practical Physics of the Modem Steam-boiler 8vo, *3 00 and Idell, F. E. Boiler Incrustation and Corrosion. (Science Series Wo. 27.) i6mo, Roxburgh, W. General Foundry Practice. (Westminster Series.). 8vo, Riihmer, E. Wireless Telephony. Trans, by J. Erskine-Murray . .8vo, Russell, A. Theory of Electric Cables and Networks 8vo, Rutley, F. Elements of Mineralogy i2mo, Sanford, P. G. Nitro-explosives 8vo, Satinders, C. H. Handbook of Practical Mechanics i6mo, leather, Sayers, H. M. Brakes for Tram Cars 8vo, Scheele, C. W. Chemical Essays 8vo, Scheithauer, W. Shale Oils and Tars 8vo, Scherer, R. C^asein. Trans, by C. Salter Svo, Schidrowitz, P. Rubber, Its Production and Industrial Uses Svo, Schindler, K. Iron and Steel Construction Works i2mo, Schmall, C. N. First Course in Analytic Geometry, Plane and Solid. i2mo, half leather, Schmeer, L. Flow of Water Svo, Schumann, F. A Manual of Heating and Ventilation. .. .ramo, leather, Schwarz, E. H. L. Causal Geology Svo, Schweizer, V. Distillation of Resins Svo, Scott, W. W. Qualitative Analysis. A Laboratory Manual Svo, Standard Methods of Chemical Analysis Svo, Scribner, J. M. Engineers' and Mechanics' Companion. .i6mo, leather, Scuddeir, H. Electrical Conductivity and Ionization Constants of Organic Compounds Svo, Searle, A. B. Modern Brickmaking Svo, Cement, Concrete and Bricks Svo, Searle, G. M. "Sumners' Method." Condensed and Improved. (Science Series No. 124.) i6mo, Seaton, A. E. Manual of Marine Engineering Svo Seaton, A. E., and Eounthwaite, H. M. Pocket-book of Marine Engi- neering i6mo, leather, 3 50 Seeligmann, T., Torrilhon, G. L., and Falconnet, H. India Rubber and Gutta Percha. Trans, by J. G. Mcintosh Svo, *5 00 Seidell, A. Solubilities of Inorganic and Organic Substances Svo, 4 50 Seligman, R. Aluminum. (Metallurgy Series.) {In Press.) Sellew, W. H. Steel Rails 4to, *io 00 Railway Maintenance Engineering i2mo, *2 50 Senter, G. Outlines of Physical Chemistry i2mo, *i 75 • Text-book of Inorganic Chemistry i2mo, *i 75 Sever, G. F. Electric Engineering Experiments Svo, boards, *i 00 Sever, G. F., and Townsend, F. Laboratory and Factory Tests in Elec- trical Engineering Svo, *2 50 Sewall, C. H. Wireless Telegraphy Svo, *2 00 Lessons in Telegraphy i2mo, *i 00 50 *2 00 *3 SO *3 00 *i 25 *4 00 I 00 I 25 *i 25 *2 00 '3 So *3 00 '■s 00 *i 25 *i 75 *3 00 I 50 *2 50 4 50 *i 50 *6 00 I 50 *3 00 *5 00 -■^3 00 50 8 00 26 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Sewell, T. The Construction of Dynamos 8vo, Sexton, A. H. Fuel and Refractory Materials lamo, Chemistry of the Materials of Engineering i2mo, Alloys (Non-Ferrous) 8vo, Sexton, A. H., and Primrose, J. S. G. The Metallurgy of Iron and Steel. 8vo, Seymour, A. Modern Printing Inks 8vo, Shaw, Henry S. H. Mechanical Integrators. (Science Series No. 83.) i6mo, Shaw, S. History of the Staffordshire Potteries 8vo, Chemistry of Compounds Used in Porcelain Manufacture. .. .8vo, Shaw, T. R. Driving of Machine Tools i2mo, Shaw, W. N. Forecasting Weather 8vo, Sheldon, S., and Hausmann, 'E. Direct Current Machines lamo, Alternating Current Machines i2mo, Sheldon, S., and Hausmann, E. Electric Traction and Transmission Engineering ; . i2mo, Physical Laboratory Experiments, for Engineering Students. .8vo, Shields, J. E. Notes on Engineering Construction i-2mo, Shreve, S. H. Strength of Bridges and Roofs 8vo, Shunk, W. F. The Field Engineer i2mo, morocco, Simmons, W. H., and Appleton, H. A. Handbook of Soap Manufacture, 8vo, Simmons, W. H., and Mitchell, C. A. Edible Fats and Oils .8vo, Simpson, 6. The Naval Constructor i2mo, morocco, Simpson, W. Foundations 8vo. (In Press.) Sinclair, A. Development of the Locomotive Engine. . . 8vo, half leather, Sindall, R. W. Manufacture of Paper. (Westminster Series.) . . . .8vo, Sindall, R. W., and Bacon, W. N. The Testing of Wood Pulp 8vo, Sloane, T. O'C. Elementary Electrical Calculations i2mo, Smallwood, J. C. Mechanical Laboratory Methods. (Van Nostrand's Textbooks.) i2mo, leather. Smith, C. A. M. Handbook of Testing, MATERIALS 8vo, Smith, C. A. M., and Warren, A. G. New Steam Tables 8vo, Smith, C. F. Practical Alternating Currents and Testing 8vo, Practical Testing of Dynamos and Motors 8vo, Smith, F. A. Railway Curves i2mo, Standard Turnou ts on American Railroads i2mo, Maintenance of Way Standards i2mD, Smith, F. E. Handbook of General Instruction for Mechanics . . . izmo. Smith, H. G. Minerals and the Microscope i2mo. Smith, J. C. Manufacture of Paint 8vo, Smith, R. H. Principles of Machine Work rzmo, Advanced Machine Work i2mo. Smith, W. Chemistry of Hat Manufacturing i2mo, Snell, A. T. Electric' Motive Power 8vo, Snow, W. G. Pocketbook of Steam Heating and Ventilation. (In Press.) Snow, W. G., and Nolan, T. Ventilation of Buildings. (Science Series No. 5.) i6mo, Soddy, F. Radioactivity 8vo, *3 00 *2 50 *2 50 *3 00 *6 50 *2 00 50 2 00 *5 00 *2 00 *3 SO =f2 50 *2 50 *2 50 *I 25 I 50 3 50 2 50 *3 00 *3 00 *5 00 .■> 00 *2 00 *2 50 '2 00 *2 50 *2 50 *I 25 '2 so '2 00 *I 00 *I 00 *I 50 I SO *1 25 *3 50 *3 00 *3 00 *4 00 SO *3 00 *2 00 *2 00 *5 00 *5 00 *7 50 *i 50 *i 50 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 27 Solomon, M. Electric Lamps. (Westminster Series.") 8vo, Somerscales, A. N. Mechanics for Marine Engineers i2mo, Mechanical and Marine Engineering Science 8vo, Sothern, J. W. The Marine Steam Turbine 8vo, 'Verbal Notes and Sketches for Marine Engineers 8vo, Sothern, J. W., and Sothern, H. M. Elementary Mathematics for Marine Engineers lamo, Simple Problems in Marine Engineering Design i2mo, Southcombe, J. E. Chemistry of the Oil Industries. (Outlines of In- dustrial Chemistry.) 8vo, *3 00 Soxhlet, D. H. Dyeing and Staining Marble. Trans, by A. Morris ^d H. Robson 8vo, *2 50 Spangenburg, L. Fatigue of Metals. Translated by S. H. Shreve. (Science Series No. 23.) '. i6mo, 50 Specht, G. J., Hardy, A. S., McMaster, J. B., and Walling. Topographical Surveying. (Science Series No. 72.) : i6mo, Spencer, A. S. 'Design of Steel-Framed Sheds Svo, Speyers, C. L. Text-book of Physical Chemistry Svo, Spiegel, L. Chemical Constitution and Physiological Action. ( Trans. by C. Luedeking and A. C. Boylston.) izmo, Sprague, E. H. Hydraulics izmo, Elements of Graphic Statics Svo, Stability of Masonry izmo, • Elementary Mathematics for Engineers izmo, Stahl, A. W. Transmission of Power. (Science Series No. 28.) . i6mo, Stahl, A. W., and Woods, A. T. Elementary Mechanism i2mo, Staley, C, and Pierson, G. S. The Separate System of Sewerage. . .8vo, Standage, H. C. Leatherworkers' Manual Svo, Sealing Waxes, Wafers, and Other Adhesives Svo, Agglutinants of all Kinds for all Purposes i2mo, Stanley, H. Practical Applied Physics (In Press.) Stansbie, J. H. Iron and Steel. (Westminster Series.) Svo, *2 00 Steadman, F. M. Unit Photography izmo, *2 00 Stecher, G. E. Cork. Its Origin and Industrial Uses izmo, i 00 Steininan, D. B. Suspension Bridges and Cantilevers. (Science Series No. 127.) o so .■50 ''a 50 *i 50 *i 25 I 50 z 00 I 50 *I 50 «2 00 *3 00 '3 SO *2 00 *3 SO Stevens, E. J. Field Telephones and Telegraphs 100 Stevens, H. P. Paper Mill Chemist i6mo, Stevens, J. S. Theory of Measurements izmo, Stevenson, J. L. Blast-Furnace Calculations i2mo, leather, Stewart, G. Modern Steam Traps i2mo. Stiles, A. Tables for Field Engineers i2mo, Stodola, A. Steam Turbines. Trans, by L. C. Loewenstein Svo, Stone, H. The Timbers of Commerce Svo, Stopes, M. Ancient Plants Svo, The Study of Plant Life Svo, Sudborough, J. J., and James, T. C. Practical Organic Chemistry. . i2mo, Suffling, E. R. Treatise on the Art of Glass Painting Svo, Sullivan, T. V., and Underwood, N. Testing and Valuation of Builds ing and Engineering Materials (/« Press.} *2 *l SO 25 *2 00 *I 2S I *5 00 00 3 SO *2 00 *2 00 '2 00 *3 SO *2 so 50 *2 *2 50 00 *I 00 =^3 00 28 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Sur, F. J. S. Oil Prospecting and Extracting 8vo, *i 00 Svenson, C. L. Handbook on Piping 8vo, 3 00 Swan, K. Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. (Westminster Series.)- 8vo, *2 00 Swinburne, J., Wordingham, C. H., and Martin, T. C. Electric Currents. (Science Series No. 109.) i6mo, o 50 Swoope, C. W. Lessons in Practical Electricity izmo, *2 00 Tailfer, L. Bleaching Linen and Cotton Yarn and Fabrics 8vo, 6 00 Tate, J. S. Surcharged and Different Forms of Retaining-walls. (Science Series No. 7.) i6mo, Taylor, F. N. Small Water Supplies i2mo, Masonry in Civil Engineering 8vo, Taylor, T. U. Surveyor's Handbook i2mo, leather, Backbone of Perspective i2mo, Taylor, W. P. Practical Cement Testing 8vo, Templeton, W. Practical Mechanic's Workshop Companion. i2mo, morocco, 2 00 Tenney, E. H. Test Methods for Steam Power Plants. (Van Nostrand's Textbooks.) i2mo, *2 50 Terry, H. L. India Rubber and its Manufacture. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, "2 00 Thayer, H. R. Structural Design. 8vo. Vol. I. Elements of Structural Design Vol. 11. Design of Simple Structures *4 Vol. in. Design of Advanced Structures (In Preparation.) Foundations and Masonry (In Preparation.) Thiess, J. B., and Joy, G. A. Toll Telephone Practice 8vo, Thom, C, and Jones, W. H. Telegraphic Connections oblong, i2mo, Thomas, C. W. Paper-makers' Handbook (In Press.) Thompson, A. B. Oil Fields' of Russia 4to, Oil Field Development 7 Thompson, S. P. Dynamo Electric Machines. (Science Series No. 75.) i6mo, Thompson, W. P. Handbook of Patent Law of All Countries i6mo, Thomson, G. Modem Sanitary Engineering i2mo, Thomson, G. S. Milk and Cream Testing i2mo, Modern Sanitary Engineering, House Drainage, etc 8vo, Thomley, T. Cotton Combing Machines 8vo, *3 00 Cotton Waste 8vo, *3 00 Cotton Spinning. 8vo. First Year *i 50 Second Year '3 00 Third Year *2 50 Thurso, J. W. Modem Turbine Practice 8vo, *4 00 Tidy, C. Meymott. Treatment of Sewage. (Science Series No. 94.) i6mo, o 50 Tillmans, J. Water Purification and Sewage Disposal. Trans, by Hugh S. Taylor 8vo, *z 00 Tinney, W. H. Gold-mining Machinery 8vo, *3 00 Titherley, A. W. Laboratory Course of Organic Chemistry 8vo, *2 00 *2 00 *4 00 '3 50 I 50 *7 SO 7 SO so I *3 SO 00 •l 7S '3 00 D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 29 Tizard, H. T. Indicators. {In Press.) Toch, M. Chemistry and Technology of Paints 8vo, *4 00 Materials for Permanent Painting i2mo, *2 00 Tod, J., and McGibbon, W. C. Marine Engineers' Board of Trade Examinations 8vo, Todd, J., and Whall,, W. B. Practical Seamanship 8vo, Tonge, J. Coal. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, Townsend, F. Alternating Current Engmeering 8vo, boards, Townsend, J. S. Ionization of Gases by Collision 8vo, Transactions of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 8vo. Eight volumes now ready. Vol. I. to IX., 1908-1916 8vo, each. Traverse Tables. (Science Series No. 115.) i6mo, morocco, Treiber, E. Foundry Machinery. Trans, by C. Salter izmo, Trinks, "W., and Housum, C. Shaft Governors. (Science Series No. 122.) i6mo, Trowbridge, W. P. Turbine Wheels. (Science Series No. 44.) . . i6mo, Tucker, J. H. A Manual of Sugar Analysis 8vo, Timner, P. A. Treatise on Roll-turning. Trans, by J. B. Pearse. 8vo, text and folio atlas, Tumbull, Jr., J., and Robinson, S. W. A Treatise on the Compound Steam-engine. (Science Series No. 8.) i6mo. Turner, H. Worsted Spinners' Handbook i2mo, Turrill, S. M. Elementary Course in Perspective i2mo, Twyford, H. B. Purchasing , 8vo, Tyrrell, H. G. Design and Construction of Mill Buildings 8vo, Concrete Bridges and Culverts i6mo, leather, Artistic Bridge Design 8vo, *3 00 Underbill, C. R. Solenoids, Electromagnets and Electromagnetic Wind- ings i2mo, *2 00 Underwood, N., and Sullivan, T. V. Chemistry and Technology of Printing Inks 8vo, Urquhart, J. W. Electro-plating izmo, — ■ — Electrotyping . . . , i2mo, tJsbome, P. O. G. Design of Simple Steel Bridges 8vo, Vacher, F. Food Inspector's Handbook izmo, Van Nostrand's Chemical Annual. Fourth issue igi8. .leather, i2mo, Year Book of Mechanical Engineering Data (In Press.) Van Wagenen, T. F. Manual of Hydraulic Mining i6mo, Vega, Baron Von. Logarithmic Tables 8vo, cloth, half morroco, Vincent, C. Ammonia and its Compounds. Trans, by M. J. Salter . 8vo, Volk, C. Haulage and Winding Appliances 8vo, Von Georgievics, G. Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres. Trans. by C. Salter 8vo, Chemistry of Dyestuffs. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, Vose, G. L. Graphic Method for Solving Certain Questions in Arithmetic and Algebra (Science Series No. 16.) i6m6, o 50 *2 00 8 00 *2 00 '0 75 *I 25 6 00 SO I 00 I 50 50 SO 3 SO 10 00 *2 00 *j. 25 *3 00 *4 00 *3 00 *3 00 2 00 2 00 "4 00 *3 00 I 00 2 00 2 50 *2 CO *4 00 *4 So '4 SO 30 D- VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG Vosmaer, A. Ozone 8vo, *2 50 Wabner, R. Ventilation in Mines. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, *4 50 Wade, E. J. Secondary Batteries 8vo, '4 o^ Wadmore, T. M. Elementary Chemical Theory i2mo, *i 50 Wadsworth, C. Primary Battery Ignition »i2mo, *o 50 Wagner, E. Preserving Fruits, Vegetables, and Meat ' i2mo, *2 So Wagner, J. B. A Treatise on the Natural and Artificial Processes of Wood Seasoning 8vo, 3 00 ' Waldram, P. J. Principles of Structiiral Mechanics i2mo, *3 00 Walker, F. Aerial Navigation 8vo, 2 00 Dynamo Building. (Science Series No. 98.) i6mo, o 50 Walker, J. Organic Chemistry for Students of Medicine 8vo, *2 50 Walker, S. F. Steam Boilers, Engines and Turbines 8vo, 3 00 Refrigeration, Heating and Ventilation on Shipboard izmo, *2- 00 Electricity in Mining 8vo, '3 50 Wallis-Tayler, A. J. Bearings and Lubrication 8vo, *i 50 Aerial or Wire Ropeways 8vo, *3 00 Sugar Machinery i2mo, *2 go Walsh, J. J. Chemistry and Physics of Mining and Mine Ventilation, i2mo, *2 00 Wanklyn, J. A. Water Analysis ; i2mo, 2 00 Wansbrough, W. D. The A B C of the Differential Calculus i2mo, *i 50 Slide Valves i2mo, *2 00 Waring, Jr., G. E. Sanitary Conditions. (Science Series No. 31.) .i6mo, 050 Sewerage and Land Drainage *6 00 Modern Methods of Sewage Disposal i2mo, 2 00 How to Drain a House i2mo, i 25 Warnes, A. R. Coal Tar Distillation 8vo, *3 00 Warren, F. D. Handbook on Reinforced Concrete i2mo, *2 50 Watkins, A. Photography. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, =^2 00 Watson, E. P. Small Engines and Boilers i2mo, i 25 Watt, A. Electro-plating and Electro-refining of Metals 8vo, ^4 50 Electro-metallurgy i2mo, i 00 The Art of Soap Making 8vo, 3 00 Leather Manufacture 8vo, *4 00 Paper-Making 8vo, 3 00 Webb, H. L. Guide to the Testing of Insulated Wires and Cables. i2mo, i 00 Webber, W. H. Y. Town Gas. (Westminster Series.) 8vo, *2 00 Wegmann, Edward. Conveyance and Distribution of Water for Water Supply 8vo. (/« Press) Weisbach, J. A Manual of Theoretical Mechanics 8vo, *6 00 sheep, *7 50 Weisbach, J., and Herrmann, G. Mechanics of Air Machinery 8vo, *3 75 Wells, M. B. Steel Bridge Designing 8vo, *2 50 Weston, E. B. Loss of Head Due to Friction of Water in Pipes. .i2mo, *i 50 Wheatley, 0. Ornamental Cement Work 8vo, *2 00 Whipple, S. An Elementary and Practical Treatise on Bridge Building. 8vo, 3 00 White, C. H. Methods tf Metallurgical Analysis. (Van Nostrand's Textbooks.) 12=10, ago D. VAN NOSTRAND CO.'S SHORT TITLE CATALOG 31 White, G. F. Qualitative Chemical Analysis i2mo, *i 25 White, G. T. Toothed Gearing i2mo, *i 25 Widmer, E. J. Military Balloons 8vo, 3 00 Wilcox, R. M. Cantilever Bridges. (Science Series No. 25.) . . . .i6mo, 50 Wilda, H. Steam Turbines. Trans, by C. Salter lamo, i 50 Cranes and Hoists. Trans by C. Salter i2mo, i 50 Wilkinson, H. D. Submarine Cable Laying and Repairing 8vo, *6 00 Williamson, J. Surveying .8vo, =^3 00 Williamson, R. S. On the Use of the Barometer 4to, 15 00 Practical Tables in Meteorology and Hypsometery 4to, 2 50 Wilson, F. J., and Heilbron, I. M. Chemical Theory and Calculations. i2mo, *i 00 Wilson, J. F. Essentials of Electrical Engineering 8vo, 2 50 Wimperis, H. E. Internal Combustion Engine 8vo, "''s 00 Application of Power to Road Transport izmo, *i 50 Primer of Internal Combustion Engine izmo, *i 00 Winchell, N. H., and A. N. Elements of Optical Mineralogy Bvo, *3 50 Winslow, A. Stadia Surveying. (Science Series No. 77.) i6mo, o 50 Wisser, Lieut. J. P. Explosive Materials. (Science Series No. 70.) i6mo, o 50 Wisser, Lieut. J. P. Modern Gun Cotton. (Science Series No. 89.) .i6mo, 050 Wolff, C. E. Modern Locomotive Practice 8vo, "^4 20 Wood, De V. Luminiferous Aether. (Science Series No. 85). ..i6mo, o 50 Wood, J. K. Chemistry of Dyeing. (Chemical Monographs No. 2.) i2mo, ''i 00 Worden, E. C. The Nitrocellulose Industry. Two Volumes 8vo, *io 00 Technology of Cellulose Esters. In 10 volumes. 8vo. Vol. VIII. Cellulose Acetate. *5 00 Wren, H. Organometallic Compounds of Zinc and Magnesium. (Chem- ical Monographs No. i.) i2mo, "^i 00 Wright, A. C. Analysis of Oils and Allied Substances 8vo, *3 50 ——Simple Method for Testing Painters' Materials 8vo, *2 50 Wright, F. W. Design of a Condensing Plant i2mo, *i 50 Wright, H. E. Handy Book for Brewers 8vo, *5 00 Wright, J. Testing, Fault Finding, etc., for Wiremen. (Installation Manuals Series.) i6mo, "o 50 Wright, T. W. Elements of Mechanics 8vo, *2 50 Wright, T. W., and Hayford, J. F. Adjustment of Observations. ..8vo, *3 00 Wynne, W. E., and Sparagen, W. Handbook of Engineering Mathe- matics Bvo, *2 00 Yoder, J. H., and Wharen, G. B. Locomotive Valves and Valve Gears, 8vo, *3 00 Young, J. E. Electrical Testing for Telegraph Engineers 8vo, *4 00 Youngsoru Slide Valve and Valve Gears < Svo, 3 00 Zahner, R. Transmission of Power. (Science Series No. 40.)..i6mo, Zeidler, J., and Lustgarten, J. Electric Arc Lamps 8vo, *2 00 Zeuner, A. Technical Thermodynamics. Trans, by J. F. Klein. Two Volumes 8vo, *8 00 Zimmer, G. F. Mechanical Handling and Storing of Materials. .. .4to, *i2 50 Zipser, J. Textile Raw Materials. Trans, by C. Salter 8vo, *s 00 Zur Nedden, F. Engineering Workshop Machines and Processes. Trans. by J. A. Da,venport Svo, *2 00 D. Van Nostrand Company JM. _l ^U^ II - II IM — ^.^— are prepared to supply, either from their complete stock or at short notice, Any Technical or Scientific Book In addition to publishing a very large and varied number of Scientific and Engineering Books, D. Van Nostrand Company have on hand the largest assortment in the United States of such books issued by American and foreign publishers. All inquiries are cheerfully and care- fully answered and complete catalogs sent free on request. 25 Park Place - - New York ® @ © ('2) ELEMTION , PLATE 7 Verhca/t Outlet Notes Size and drilhng of flanges fo be American Standard unless o/heny/se noted. P-^ = f /ping in present Potver Station \/lS-Vf3-Vdlyes in present Poiver Station Piping in building S^'and ot'er to be full weight sfeel tvith extra heafy cast /ran flanges screimvd on. i/ne/ergroand outside of building to be extra heawy flanged cast iron laid In v^ooden boix. BOILER BLOW-OFF LINES PIPING CONNECTIONS CANNON ST. STATION NEW BEDFORD 6A5 « EDISON LISHTCO, STONE i WEBSTER ENSINEERIfIS CORP BOSTON